Search Results

Search found 6374 results on 255 pages for 'double underscore'.

Page 254/255 | < Previous Page | 250 251 252 253 254 255  | Next Page >

  • JMS Step 5 - How to Create an 11g BPEL Process Which Reads a Message Based on an XML Schema from a JMS Queue

    - by John-Brown.Evans
    JMS Step 5 - How to Create an 11g BPEL Process Which Reads a Message Based on an XML Schema from a JMS Queue .jblist{list-style-type:disc;margin:0;padding:0;padding-left:0pt;margin-left:36pt} ol{margin:0;padding:0} .c12_5{vertical-align:top;width:468pt;border-style:solid;background-color:#f3f3f3;border-color:#000000;border-width:1pt;padding:5pt 5pt 5pt 5pt} .c8_5{vertical-align:top;border-style:solid;border-color:#000000;border-width:1pt;padding:5pt 5pt 0pt 5pt} .c10_5{vertical-align:top;width:207pt;border-style:solid;border-color:#000000;border-width:1pt;padding:5pt 5pt 5pt 5pt} .c14_5{vertical-align:top;border-style:solid;border-color:#000000;border-width:1pt;padding:0pt 5pt 0pt 5pt} .c21_5{background-color:#ffffff} .c18_5{color:#1155cc;text-decoration:underline} .c16_5{color:#666666;font-size:12pt} .c5_5{background-color:#f3f3f3;font-weight:bold} .c19_5{color:inherit;text-decoration:inherit} .c3_5{height:11pt;text-align:center} .c11_5{font-weight:bold} .c20_5{background-color:#00ff00} .c6_5{font-style:italic} .c4_5{height:11pt} .c17_5{background-color:#ffff00} .c0_5{direction:ltr} .c7_5{font-family:"Courier New"} .c2_5{border-collapse:collapse} .c1_5{line-height:1.0} .c13_5{background-color:#f3f3f3} .c15_5{height:0pt} .c9_5{text-align:center} .title{padding-top:24pt;line-height:1.15;text-align:left;color:#000000;font-size:36pt;font-family:"Arial";font-weight:bold;padding-bottom:6pt} .subtitle{padding-top:18pt;line-height:1.15;text-align:left;color:#666666;font-style:italic;font-size:24pt;font-family:"Georgia";padding-bottom:4pt} li{color:#000000;font-size:10pt;font-family:"Arial"} p{color:#000000;font-size:10pt;margin:0;font-family:"Arial"} h1{padding-top:0pt;line-height:1.15;text-align:left;color:#888;font-size:24pt;font-family:"Arial";font-weight:normal} h2{padding-top:0pt;line-height:1.15;text-align:left;color:#888;font-size:18pt;font-family:"Arial";font-weight:normal} h3{padding-top:0pt;line-height:1.15;text-align:left;color:#888;font-size:14pt;font-family:"Arial";font-weight:normal} h4{padding-top:0pt;line-height:1.15;text-align:left;color:#888;font-size:12pt;font-family:"Arial";font-weight:normal} h5{padding-top:0pt;line-height:1.15;text-align:left;color:#888;font-size:11pt;font-family:"Arial";font-weight:normal} h6{padding-top:0pt;line-height:1.15;text-align:left;color:#888;font-size:10pt;font-family:"Arial";font-weight:normal} Welcome to another post in the series of blogs which demonstrates how to use JMS queues in a SOA context. The previous posts were: JMS Step 1 - How to Create a Simple JMS Queue in Weblogic Server 11g JMS Step 2 - Using the QueueSend.java Sample Program to Send a Message to a JMS Queue JMS Step 3 - Using the QueueReceive.java Sample Program to Read a Message from a JMS Queue JMS Step 4 - How to Create an 11g BPEL Process Which Writes a Message Based on an XML Schema to a JMS Queue Today we will create a BPEL process which will read (dequeue) the message from the JMS queue, which we enqueued in the last example. The JMS adapter will dequeue the full XML payload from the queue. 1. Recap and Prerequisites In the previous examples, we created a JMS Queue, a Connection Factory and a Connection Pool in the WebLogic Server Console. Then we designed and deployed a BPEL composite, which took a simple XML payload and enqueued it to the JMS queue. In this example, we will read that same message from the queue, using a JMS adapter and a BPEL process. As many of the configuration steps required to read from that queue were done in the previous samples, this one will concentrate on the new steps. A summary of the required objects is listed below. To find out how to create them please see the previous samples. They also include instructions on how to verify the objects are set up correctly. WebLogic Server Objects Object Name Type JNDI Name TestConnectionFactory Connection Factory jms/TestConnectionFactory TestJMSQueue JMS Queue jms/TestJMSQueue eis/wls/TestQueue Connection Pool eis/wls/TestQueue Schema XSD File The following XSD file is used for the message format. It was created in the previous example and will be copied to the new process. stringPayload.xsd <?xml version="1.0" encoding="windows-1252" ?> <xsd:schema xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema"                 xmlns="http://www.example.org"                 targetNamespace="http://www.example.org"                 elementFormDefault="qualified">   <xsd:element name="exampleElement" type="xsd:string">   </xsd:element> </xsd:schema> JMS Message After executing the previous samples, the following XML message should be in the JMS queue located at jms/TestJMSQueue: <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?><exampleElement xmlns="http://www.example.org">Test Message</exampleElement> JDeveloper Connection You will need a valid Application Server Connection in JDeveloper pointing to the SOA server which the process will be deployed to. 2. Create a BPEL Composite with a JMS Adapter Partner Link In the previous example, we created a composite in JDeveloper called JmsAdapterWriteSchema. In this one, we will create a new composite called JmsAdapterReadSchema. There are probably many ways of incorporating a JMS adapter into a SOA composite for incoming messages. One way is design the process in such a way that the adapter polls for new messages and when it dequeues one, initiates a SOA or BPEL instance. This is possibly the most common use case. Other use cases include mid-flow adapters, which are activated from within the BPEL process. In this example we will use a polling adapter, because it is the most simple to set up and demonstrate. But it has one disadvantage as a demonstrative model. When a polling adapter is active, it will dequeue all messages as soon as they reach the queue. This makes it difficult to monitor messages we are writing to the queue, because they will disappear from the queue as soon as they have been enqueued. To work around this, we will shut down the composite after deploying it and restart it as required. (Another solution for this would be to pause the consumption for the queue and resume consumption again if needed. This can be done in the WLS console JMS-Modules -> queue -> Control -> Consumption -> Pause/Resume.) We will model the composite as a one-way incoming process. Usually, a BPEL process will do something useful with the message after receiving it, such as passing it to a database or file adapter, a human workflow or external web service. But we only want to demonstrate how to dequeue a JMS message using BPEL and a JMS adapter, so we won’t complicate the design with further activities. However, we do want to be able to verify that we have read the message correctly, so the BPEL process will include a small piece of embedded java code, which will print the message to standard output, so we can view it in the SOA server’s log file. Alternatively, you can view the instance in the Enterprise Manager and verify the message. The following steps are all executed in JDeveloper. Create the project in the same JDeveloper application used for the previous examples or create a new one. Create a SOA Project Create a new project and choose SOA Tier > SOA Project as its type. Name it JmsAdapterReadSchema. When prompted for the composite type, choose Empty Composite. Create a JMS Adapter Partner Link In the composite editor, drag a JMS adapter over from the Component Palette to the left-hand swim lane, under Exposed Services. This will start the JMS Adapter Configuration Wizard. Use the following entries: Service Name: JmsAdapterRead Oracle Enterprise Messaging Service (OEMS): Oracle WebLogic JMS AppServer Connection: Use an application server connection pointing to the WebLogic server on which the JMS queue and connection factory mentioned under Prerequisites above are located. Adapter Interface > Interface: Define from operation and schema (specified later) Operation Type: Consume Message Operation Name: Consume_message Consume Operation Parameters Destination Name: Press the Browse button, select Destination Type: Queues, then press Search. Wait for the list to populate, then select the entry for TestJMSQueue , which is the queue created in a previous example. JNDI Name: The JNDI name to use for the JMS connection. As in the previous example, this is probably the most common source of error. This is the JNDI name of the JMS adapter’s connection pool created in the WebLogic Server and which points to the connection factory. JDeveloper does not verify the value entered here. If you enter a wrong value, the JMS adapter won’t find the queue and you will get an error message at runtime, which is very difficult to trace. In our example, this is the value eis/wls/TestQueue . (See the earlier step on how to create a JMS Adapter Connection Pool in WebLogic Server for details.) Messages/Message SchemaURL: We will use the XSD file created during the previous example, in the JmsAdapterWriteSchema project to define the format for the incoming message payload and, at the same time, demonstrate how to import an existing XSD file into a JDeveloper project. Press the magnifying glass icon to search for schema files. In the Type Chooser, press the Import Schema File button. Select the magnifying glass next to URL to search for schema files. Navigate to the location of the JmsAdapterWriteSchema project > xsd and select the stringPayload.xsd file. Check the “Copy to Project” checkbox, press OK and confirm the following Localize Files popup. Now that the XSD file has been copied to the local project, it can be selected from the project’s schema files. Expand Project Schema Files > stringPayload.xsd and select exampleElement: string . Press Next and Finish, which will complete the JMS Adapter configuration.Save the project. Create a BPEL Component Drag a BPEL Process from the Component Palette (Service Components) to the Components section of the composite designer. Name it JmsAdapterReadSchema and select Template: Define Service Later and press OK. Wire the JMS Adapter to the BPEL Component Now wire the JMS adapter to the BPEL process, by dragging the arrow from the adapter to the BPEL process. A Transaction Properties popup will be displayed. Set the delivery mode to async.persist. This completes the steps at the composite level. 3 . Complete the BPEL Process Design Invoke the BPEL Flow via the JMS Adapter Open the BPEL component by double-clicking it in the design view of the composite.xml, or open it from the project navigator by selecting the JmsAdapterReadSchema.bpel file. This will display the BPEL process in the design view. You should see the JmsAdapterRead partner link in the left-hand swim lane. Drag a Receive activity onto the BPEL flow diagram, then drag a wire (left-hand yellow arrow) from it to the JMS adapter. This will open the Receive activity editor. Auto-generate the variable by pressing the green “+” button and check the “Create Instance” checkbox. This will result in a BPEL instance being created when a new JMS message is received. At this point it would actually be OK to compile and deploy the composite and it would pick up any messages from the JMS queue. In fact, you can do that to test it, if you like. But it is very rudimentary and would not be doing anything useful with the message. Also, you could only verify the actual message payload by looking at the instance’s flow in the Enterprise Manager. There are various other possibilities; we could pass the message to another web service, write it to a file using a file adapter or to a database via a database adapter etc. But these will all introduce unnecessary complications to our sample. So, to keep it simple, we will add a small piece of Java code to the BPEL process which will write the payload to standard output. This will be written to the server’s log file, which will be easy to monitor. Add a Java Embedding Activity First get the full name of the process’s input variable, as this will be needed for the Java code. Go to the Structure pane and expand Variables > Process > Variables. Then expand the input variable, for example, "Receive1_Consume_Message_InputVariable > body > ns2:exampleElement”, and note variable’s name and path, if they are different from this one. Drag a Java Embedding activity from the Component Palette (Oracle Extensions) to the BPEL flow, after the Receive activity, then open it to edit. Delete the example code and replace it with the following, replacing the variable parts with those in your sample, if necessary.: System.out.println("JmsAdapterReadSchema process picked up a message"); oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLElement inputPayload =    (oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLElement)getVariableData(                           "Receive1_Consume_Message_InputVariable",                           "body",                           "/ns2:exampleElement");   String inputString = inputPayload.getFirstChild().getNodeValue(); System.out.println("Input String is " + inputPayload.getFirstChild().getNodeValue()); Tip. If you are not sure of the exact syntax of the input variable, create an Assign activity in the BPEL process and copy the variable to another, temporary one. Then check the syntax created by the BPEL designer. This completes the BPEL process design in JDeveloper. Save, compile and deploy the process to the SOA server. 3. Test the Composite Shut Down the JmsAdapterReadSchema Composite After deploying the JmsAdapterReadSchema composite to the SOA server it is automatically activated. If there are already any messages in the queue, the adapter will begin polling them. To ease the testing process, we will deactivate the process first Log in to the Enterprise Manager (Fusion Middleware Control) and navigate to SOA > soa-infra (soa_server1) > default (or wherever you deployed your composite to) and click on JmsAdapterReadSchema [1.0] . Press the Shut Down button to disable the composite and confirm the following popup. Monitor Messages in the JMS Queue In a separate browser window, log in to the WebLogic Server Console and navigate to Services > Messaging > JMS Modules > TestJMSModule > TestJMSQueue > Monitoring. This is the location of the JMS queue we created in an earlier sample (see the prerequisites section of this sample). Check whether there are any messages already in the queue. If so, you can dequeue them using the QueueReceive Java program created in an earlier sample. This will ensure that the queue is empty and doesn’t contain any messages in the wrong format, which would cause the JmsAdapterReadSchema to fail. Send a Test Message In the Enterprise Manager, navigate to the JmsAdapterWriteSchema created earlier, press Test and send a test message, for example “Message from JmsAdapterWriteSchema”. Confirm that the message was written correctly to the queue by verifying it via the queue monitor in the WLS Console. Monitor the SOA Server’s Output A program deployed on the SOA server will write its standard output to the terminal window in which the server was started, unless this has been redirected to somewhere else, for example to a file. If it has not been redirected, go to the terminal session in which the server was started, otherwise open and monitor the file to which it was redirected. Re-Enable the JmsAdapterReadSchema Composite In the Enterprise Manager, navigate to the JmsAdapterReadSchema composite again and press Start Up to re-enable it. This should cause the JMS adapter to dequeue the test message and the following output should be written to the server’s standard output: JmsAdapterReadSchema process picked up a message. Input String is Message from JmsAdapterWriteSchema Note that you can also monitor the payload received by the process, by navigating to the the JmsAdapterReadSchema’s Instances tab in the Enterprise Manager. Then select the latest instance and view the flow of the BPEL component. The Receive activity will contain and display the dequeued message too. 4 . Troubleshooting This sample demonstrates how to dequeue an XML JMS message using a BPEL process and no additional functionality. For example, it doesn’t contain any error handling. Therefore, any errors in the payload will result in exceptions being written to the log file or standard output. If you get any errors related to the payload, such as Message handle error ... ORABPEL-09500 ... XPath expression failed to execute. An error occurs while processing the XPath expression; the expression is /ns2:exampleElement. ... etc. check that the variable used in the Java embedding part of the process was entered correctly. Possibly follow the tip mentioned in previous section. If this doesn’t help, you can delete the Java embedding part and simply verify the message via the flow diagram in the Enterprise Manager. Or use a different method, such as writing it to a file via a file adapter. This concludes this example. In the next post, we will begin with an AQ JMS example, which uses JMS to write to an Advanced Queue stored in the database. Best regards John-Brown Evans Oracle Technology Proactive Support Delivery

    Read the article

  • PTLQueue : a scalable bounded-capacity MPMC queue

    - by Dave
    Title: Fast concurrent MPMC queue -- I've used the following concurrent queue algorithm enough that it warrants a blog entry. I'll sketch out the design of a fast and scalable multiple-producer multiple-consumer (MPSC) concurrent queue called PTLQueue. The queue has bounded capacity and is implemented via a circular array. Bounded capacity can be a useful property if there's a mismatch between producer rates and consumer rates where an unbounded queue might otherwise result in excessive memory consumption by virtue of the container nodes that -- in some queue implementations -- are used to hold values. A bounded-capacity queue can provide flow control between components. Beware, however, that bounded collections can also result in resource deadlock if abused. The put() and take() operators are partial and wait for the collection to become non-full or non-empty, respectively. Put() and take() do not allocate memory, and are not vulnerable to the ABA pathologies. The PTLQueue algorithm can be implemented equally well in C/C++ and Java. Partial operators are often more convenient than total methods. In many use cases if the preconditions aren't met, there's nothing else useful the thread can do, so it may as well wait via a partial method. An exception is in the case of work-stealing queues where a thief might scan a set of queues from which it could potentially steal. Total methods return ASAP with a success-failure indication. (It's tempting to describe a queue or API as blocking or non-blocking instead of partial or total, but non-blocking is already an overloaded concurrency term. Perhaps waiting/non-waiting or patient/impatient might be better terms). It's also trivial to construct partial operators by busy-waiting via total operators, but such constructs may be less efficient than an operator explicitly and intentionally designed to wait. A PTLQueue instance contains an array of slots, where each slot has volatile Turn and MailBox fields. The array has power-of-two length allowing mod/div operations to be replaced by masking. We assume sensible padding and alignment to reduce the impact of false sharing. (On x86 I recommend 128-byte alignment and padding because of the adjacent-sector prefetch facility). Each queue also has PutCursor and TakeCursor cursor variables, each of which should be sequestered as the sole occupant of a cache line or sector. You can opt to use 64-bit integers if concerned about wrap-around aliasing in the cursor variables. Put(null) is considered illegal, but the caller or implementation can easily check for and convert null to a distinguished non-null proxy value if null happens to be a value you'd like to pass. Take() will accordingly convert the proxy value back to null. An advantage of PTLQueue is that you can use atomic fetch-and-increment for the partial methods. We initialize each slot at index I with (Turn=I, MailBox=null). Both cursors are initially 0. All shared variables are considered "volatile" and atomics such as CAS and AtomicFetchAndIncrement are presumed to have bidirectional fence semantics. Finally T is the templated type. I've sketched out a total tryTake() method below that allows the caller to poll the queue. tryPut() has an analogous construction. Zebra stripping : alternating row colors for nice-looking code listings. See also google code "prettify" : https://code.google.com/p/google-code-prettify/ Prettify is a javascript module that yields the HTML/CSS/JS equivalent of pretty-print. -- pre:nth-child(odd) { background-color:#ff0000; } pre:nth-child(even) { background-color:#0000ff; } border-left: 11px solid #ccc; margin: 1.7em 0 1.7em 0.3em; background-color:#BFB; font-size:12px; line-height:65%; " // PTLQueue : Put(v) : // producer : partial method - waits as necessary assert v != null assert Mask = 1 && (Mask & (Mask+1)) == 0 // Document invariants // doorway step // Obtain a sequence number -- ticket // As a practical concern the ticket value is temporally unique // The ticket also identifies and selects a slot auto tkt = AtomicFetchIncrement (&PutCursor, 1) slot * s = &Slots[tkt & Mask] // waiting phase : // wait for slot's generation to match the tkt value assigned to this put() invocation. // The "generation" is implicitly encoded as the upper bits in the cursor // above those used to specify the index : tkt div (Mask+1) // The generation serves as an epoch number to identify a cohort of threads // accessing disjoint slots while s-Turn != tkt : Pause assert s-MailBox == null s-MailBox = v // deposit and pass message Take() : // consumer : partial method - waits as necessary auto tkt = AtomicFetchIncrement (&TakeCursor,1) slot * s = &Slots[tkt & Mask] // 2-stage waiting : // First wait for turn for our generation // Acquire exclusive "take" access to slot's MailBox field // Then wait for the slot to become occupied while s-Turn != tkt : Pause // Concurrency in this section of code is now reduced to just 1 producer thread // vs 1 consumer thread. // For a given queue and slot, there will be most one Take() operation running // in this section. // Consumer waits for producer to arrive and make slot non-empty // Extract message; clear mailbox; advance Turn indicator // We have an obvious happens-before relation : // Put(m) happens-before corresponding Take() that returns that same "m" for T v = s-MailBox if v != null : s-MailBox = null ST-ST barrier s-Turn = tkt + Mask + 1 // unlock slot to admit next producer and consumer return v Pause tryTake() : // total method - returns ASAP with failure indication for auto tkt = TakeCursor slot * s = &Slots[tkt & Mask] if s-Turn != tkt : return null T v = s-MailBox // presumptive return value if v == null : return null // ratify tkt and v values and commit by advancing cursor if CAS (&TakeCursor, tkt, tkt+1) != tkt : continue s-MailBox = null ST-ST barrier s-Turn = tkt + Mask + 1 return v The basic idea derives from the Partitioned Ticket Lock "PTL" (US20120240126-A1) and the MultiLane Concurrent Bag (US8689237). The latter is essentially a circular ring-buffer where the elements themselves are queues or concurrent collections. You can think of the PTLQueue as a partitioned ticket lock "PTL" augmented to pass values from lock to unlock via the slots. Alternatively, you could conceptualize of PTLQueue as a degenerate MultiLane bag where each slot or "lane" consists of a simple single-word MailBox instead of a general queue. Each lane in PTLQueue also has a private Turn field which acts like the Turn (Grant) variables found in PTL. Turn enforces strict FIFO ordering and restricts concurrency on the slot mailbox field to at most one simultaneous put() and take() operation. PTL uses a single "ticket" variable and per-slot Turn (grant) fields while MultiLane has distinct PutCursor and TakeCursor cursors and abstract per-slot sub-queues. Both PTL and MultiLane advance their cursor and ticket variables with atomic fetch-and-increment. PTLQueue borrows from both PTL and MultiLane and has distinct put and take cursors and per-slot Turn fields. Instead of a per-slot queues, PTLQueue uses a simple single-word MailBox field. PutCursor and TakeCursor act like a pair of ticket locks, conferring "put" and "take" access to a given slot. PutCursor, for instance, assigns an incoming put() request to a slot and serves as a PTL "Ticket" to acquire "put" permission to that slot's MailBox field. To better explain the operation of PTLQueue we deconstruct the operation of put() and take() as follows. Put() first increments PutCursor obtaining a new unique ticket. That ticket value also identifies a slot. Put() next waits for that slot's Turn field to match that ticket value. This is tantamount to using a PTL to acquire "put" permission on the slot's MailBox field. Finally, having obtained exclusive "put" permission on the slot, put() stores the message value into the slot's MailBox. Take() similarly advances TakeCursor, identifying a slot, and then acquires and secures "take" permission on a slot by waiting for Turn. Take() then waits for the slot's MailBox to become non-empty, extracts the message, and clears MailBox. Finally, take() advances the slot's Turn field, which releases both "put" and "take" access to the slot's MailBox. Note the asymmetry : put() acquires "put" access to the slot, but take() releases that lock. At any given time, for a given slot in a PTLQueue, at most one thread has "put" access and at most one thread has "take" access. This restricts concurrency from general MPMC to 1-vs-1. We have 2 ticket locks -- one for put() and one for take() -- each with its own "ticket" variable in the form of the corresponding cursor, but they share a single "Grant" egress variable in the form of the slot's Turn variable. Advancing the PutCursor, for instance, serves two purposes. First, we obtain a unique ticket which identifies a slot. Second, incrementing the cursor is the doorway protocol step to acquire the per-slot mutual exclusion "put" lock. The cursors and operations to increment those cursors serve double-duty : slot-selection and ticket assignment for locking the slot's MailBox field. At any given time a slot MailBox field can be in one of the following states: empty with no pending operations -- neutral state; empty with one or more waiting take() operations pending -- deficit; occupied with no pending operations; occupied with one or more waiting put() operations -- surplus; empty with a pending put() or pending put() and take() operations -- transitional; or occupied with a pending take() or pending put() and take() operations -- transitional. The partial put() and take() operators can be implemented with an atomic fetch-and-increment operation, which may confer a performance advantage over a CAS-based loop. In addition we have independent PutCursor and TakeCursor cursors. Critically, a put() operation modifies PutCursor but does not access the TakeCursor and a take() operation modifies the TakeCursor cursor but does not access the PutCursor. This acts to reduce coherence traffic relative to some other queue designs. It's worth noting that slow threads or obstruction in one slot (or "lane") does not impede or obstruct operations in other slots -- this gives us some degree of obstruction isolation. PTLQueue is not lock-free, however. The implementation above is expressed with polite busy-waiting (Pause) but it's trivial to implement per-slot parking and unparking to deschedule waiting threads. It's also easy to convert the queue to a more general deque by replacing the PutCursor and TakeCursor cursors with Left/Front and Right/Back cursors that can move either direction. Specifically, to push and pop from the "left" side of the deque we would decrement and increment the Left cursor, respectively, and to push and pop from the "right" side of the deque we would increment and decrement the Right cursor, respectively. We used a variation of PTLQueue for message passing in our recent OPODIS 2013 paper. ul { list-style:none; padding-left:0; padding:0; margin:0; margin-left:0; } ul#myTagID { padding: 0px; margin: 0px; list-style:none; margin-left:0;} -- -- There's quite a bit of related literature in this area. I'll call out a few relevant references: Wilson's NYU Courant Institute UltraComputer dissertation from 1988 is classic and the canonical starting point : Operating System Data Structures for Shared-Memory MIMD Machines with Fetch-and-Add. Regarding provenance and priority, I think PTLQueue or queues effectively equivalent to PTLQueue have been independently rediscovered a number of times. See CB-Queue and BNPBV, below, for instance. But Wilson's dissertation anticipates the basic idea and seems to predate all the others. Gottlieb et al : Basic Techniques for the Efficient Coordination of Very Large Numbers of Cooperating Sequential Processors Orozco et al : CB-Queue in Toward high-throughput algorithms on many-core architectures which appeared in TACO 2012. Meneghin et al : BNPVB family in Performance evaluation of inter-thread communication mechanisms on multicore/multithreaded architecture Dmitry Vyukov : bounded MPMC queue (highly recommended) Alex Otenko : US8607249 (highly related). John Mellor-Crummey : Concurrent queues: Practical fetch-and-phi algorithms. Technical Report 229, Department of Computer Science, University of Rochester Thomasson : FIFO Distributed Bakery Algorithm (very similar to PTLQueue). Scott and Scherer : Dual Data Structures I'll propose an optimization left as an exercise for the reader. Say we wanted to reduce memory usage by eliminating inter-slot padding. Such padding is usually "dark" memory and otherwise unused and wasted. But eliminating the padding leaves us at risk of increased false sharing. Furthermore lets say it was usually the case that the PutCursor and TakeCursor were numerically close to each other. (That's true in some use cases). We might still reduce false sharing by incrementing the cursors by some value other than 1 that is not trivially small and is coprime with the number of slots. Alternatively, we might increment the cursor by one and mask as usual, resulting in a logical index. We then use that logical index value to index into a permutation table, yielding an effective index for use in the slot array. The permutation table would be constructed so that nearby logical indices would map to more distant effective indices. (Open question: what should that permutation look like? Possibly some perversion of a Gray code or De Bruijn sequence might be suitable). As an aside, say we need to busy-wait for some condition as follows : "while C == 0 : Pause". Lets say that C is usually non-zero, so we typically don't wait. But when C happens to be 0 we'll have to spin for some period, possibly brief. We can arrange for the code to be more machine-friendly with respect to the branch predictors by transforming the loop into : "if C == 0 : for { Pause; if C != 0 : break; }". Critically, we want to restructure the loop so there's one branch that controls entry and another that controls loop exit. A concern is that your compiler or JIT might be clever enough to transform this back to "while C == 0 : Pause". You can sometimes avoid this by inserting a call to a some type of very cheap "opaque" method that the compiler can't elide or reorder. On Solaris, for instance, you could use :"if C == 0 : { gethrtime(); for { Pause; if C != 0 : break; }}". It's worth noting the obvious duality between locks and queues. If you have strict FIFO lock implementation with local spinning and succession by direct handoff such as MCS or CLH,then you can usually transform that lock into a queue. Hidden commentary and annotations - invisible : * And of course there's a well-known duality between queues and locks, but I'll leave that topic for another blog post. * Compare and contrast : PTLQ vs PTL and MultiLane * Equivalent : Turn; seq; sequence; pos; position; ticket * Put = Lock; Deposit Take = identify and reserve slot; wait; extract & clear; unlock * conceptualize : Distinct PutLock and TakeLock implemented as ticket lock or PTL Distinct arrival cursors but share per-slot "Turn" variable provides exclusive role-based access to slot's mailbox field put() acquires exclusive access to a slot for purposes of "deposit" assigns slot round-robin and then acquires deposit access rights/perms to that slot take() acquires exclusive access to slot for purposes of "withdrawal" assigns slot round-robin and then acquires withdrawal access rights/perms to that slot At any given time, only one thread can have withdrawal access to a slot at any given time, only one thread can have deposit access to a slot Permissible for T1 to have deposit access and T2 to simultaneously have withdrawal access * round-robin for the purposes of; role-based; access mode; access role mailslot; mailbox; allocate/assign/identify slot rights; permission; license; access permission; * PTL/Ticket hybrid Asymmetric usage ; owner oblivious lock-unlock pairing K-exclusion add Grant cursor pass message m from lock to unlock via Slots[] array Cursor performs 2 functions : + PTL ticket + Assigns request to slot in round-robin fashion Deconstruct protocol : explication put() : allocate slot in round-robin fashion acquire PTL for "put" access store message into slot associated with PTL index take() : Acquire PTL for "take" access // doorway step seq = fetchAdd (&Grant, 1) s = &Slots[seq & Mask] // waiting phase while s-Turn != seq : pause Extract : wait for s-mailbox to be full v = s-mailbox s-mailbox = null Release PTL for both "put" and "take" access s-Turn = seq + Mask + 1 * Slot round-robin assignment and lock "doorway" protocol leverage the same cursor and FetchAdd operation on that cursor FetchAdd (&Cursor,1) + round-robin slot assignment and dispersal + PTL/ticket lock "doorway" step waiting phase is via "Turn" field in slot * PTLQueue uses 2 cursors -- put and take. Acquire "put" access to slot via PTL-like lock Acquire "take" access to slot via PTL-like lock 2 locks : put and take -- at most one thread can access slot's mailbox Both locks use same "turn" field Like multilane : 2 cursors : put and take slot is simple 1-capacity mailbox instead of queue Borrow per-slot turn/grant from PTL Provides strict FIFO Lock slot : put-vs-put take-vs-take at most one put accesses slot at any one time at most one put accesses take at any one time reduction to 1-vs-1 instead of N-vs-M concurrency Per slot locks for put/take Release put/take by advancing turn * is instrumental in ... * P-V Semaphore vs lock vs K-exclusion * See also : FastQueues-excerpt.java dice-etc/queue-mpmc-bounded-blocking-circular-xadd/ * PTLQueue is the same as PTLQB - identical * Expedient return; ASAP; prompt; immediately * Lamport's Bakery algorithm : doorway step then waiting phase Threads arriving at doorway obtain a unique ticket number Threads enter in ticket order * In the terminology of Reed and Kanodia a ticket lock corresponds to the busy-wait implementation of a semaphore using an eventcount and a sequencer It can also be thought of as an optimization of Lamport's bakery lock was designed for fault-tolerance rather than performance Instead of spinning on the release counter, processors using a bakery lock repeatedly examine the tickets of their peers --

    Read the article

  • Towards Database Continuous Delivery – What Next after Continuous Integration? A Checklist

    - by Ben Rees
    .dbd-banner p{ font-size:0.75em; padding:0 0 10px; margin:0 } .dbd-banner p span{ color:#675C6D; } .dbd-banner p:last-child{ padding:0; } @media ALL and (max-width:640px){ .dbd-banner{ background:#f0f0f0; padding:5px; color:#333; margin-top: 5px; } } -- Database delivery patterns & practices STAGE 4 AUTOMATED DEPLOYMENT If you’ve been fortunate enough to get to the stage where you’ve implemented some sort of continuous integration process for your database updates, then hopefully you’re seeing the benefits of that investment – constant feedback on changes your devs are making, advanced warning of data loss (prior to the production release on Saturday night!), a nice suite of automated tests to check business logic, so you know it’s going to work when it goes live, and so on. But what next? What can you do to improve your delivery process further, moving towards a full continuous delivery process for your database? In this article I describe some of the issues you might need to tackle on the next stage of this journey, and how to plan to overcome those obstacles before they appear. Our Database Delivery Learning Program consists of four stages, really three – source controlling a database, running continuous integration processes, then how to set up automated deployment (the middle stage is split in two – basic and advanced continuous integration, making four stages in total). If you’ve managed to work through the first three of these stages – source control, basic, then advanced CI, then you should have a solid change management process set up where, every time one of your team checks in a change to your database (whether schema or static reference data), this change gets fully tested automatically by your CI server. But this is only part of the story. Great, we know that our updates work, that the upgrade process works, that the upgrade isn’t going to wipe our 4Tb of production data with a single DROP TABLE. But – how do you get this (fully tested) release live? Continuous delivery means being always ready to release your software at any point in time. There’s a significant gap between your latest version being tested, and it being easily releasable. Just a quick note on terminology – there’s a nice piece here from Atlassian on the difference between continuous integration, continuous delivery and continuous deployment. This piece also gives a nice description of the benefits of continuous delivery. These benefits have been summed up by Jez Humble at Thoughtworks as: “Continuous delivery is a set of principles and practices to reduce the cost, time, and risk of delivering incremental changes to users” There’s another really useful piece here on Simple-Talk about the need for continuous delivery and how it applies to the database written by Phil Factor – specifically the extra needs and complexities of implementing a full CD solution for the database (compared to just implementing CD for, say, a web app). So, hopefully you’re convinced of moving on the the next stage! The next step after CI is to get some sort of automated deployment (or “release management”) process set up. But what should I do next? What do I need to plan and think about for getting my automated database deployment process set up? Can’t I just install one of the many release management tools available and hey presto, I’m ready! If only it were that simple. Below I list some of the areas that it’s worth spending a little time on, where a little planning and prep could go a long way. It’s also worth pointing out, that this should really be an evolving process. Depending on your starting point of course, it can be a long journey from your current setup to a full continuous delivery pipeline. If you’ve got a CI mechanism in place, you’re certainly a long way down that path. Nevertheless, we’d recommend evolving your process incrementally. Pages 157 and 129-141 of the book on Continuous Delivery (by Jez Humble and Dave Farley) have some great guidance on building up a pipeline incrementally: http://www.amazon.com/Continuous-Delivery-Deployment-Automation-Addison-Wesley/dp/0321601912 For now, in this post, we’ll look at the following areas for your checklist: You and Your Team Environments The Deployment Process Rollback and Recovery Development Practices You and Your Team It’s a cliché in the DevOps community that “It’s not all about processes and tools, really it’s all about a culture”. As stated in this DevOps report from Puppet Labs: “DevOps processes and tooling contribute to high performance, but these practices alone aren’t enough to achieve organizational success. The most common barriers to DevOps adoption are cultural: lack of manager or team buy-in, or the value of DevOps isn’t understood outside of a specific group”. Like most clichés, there’s truth in there – if you want to set up a database continuous delivery process, you need to get your boss, your department, your company (if relevant) onside. Why? Because it’s an investment with the benefits coming way down the line. But the benefits are huge – for HP, in the book A Practical Approach to Large-Scale Agile Development: How HP Transformed LaserJet FutureSmart Firmware, these are summarized as: -2008 to present: overall development costs reduced by 40% -Number of programs under development increased by 140% -Development costs per program down 78% -Firmware resources now driving innovation increased by a factor of 8 (from 5% working on new features to 40% But what does this mean? It means that, when moving to the next stage, to make that extra investment in automating your deployment process, it helps a lot if everyone is convinced that this is a good thing. That they understand the benefits of automated deployment and are willing to make the effort to transform to a new way of working. Incidentally, if you’re ever struggling to convince someone of the value I’d strongly recommend just buying them a copy of this book – a great read, and a very practical guide to how it can really work at a large org. I’ve spoken to many customers who have implemented database CI who describe their deployment process as “The point where automation breaks down. Up to that point, the CI process runs, untouched by human hand, but as soon as that’s finished we revert to manual.” This deployment process can involve, for example, a DBA manually comparing an environment (say, QA) to production, creating the upgrade scripts, reading through them, checking them against an Excel document emailed to him/her the night before, turning to page 29 in his/her notebook to double-check how replication is switched off and on for deployments, and so on and so on. Painful, error-prone and lengthy. But the point is, if this is something like your deployment process, telling your DBA “We’re changing everything you do and your toolset next week, to automate most of your role – that’s okay isn’t it?” isn’t likely to go down well. There’s some work here to bring him/her onside – to explain what you’re doing, why there will still be control of the deployment process and so on. Or of course, if you’re the DBA looking after this process, you have to do a similar job in reverse. You may have researched and worked out how you’d like to change your methodology to start automating your painful release process, but do the dev team know this? What if they have to start producing different artifacts for you? Will they be happy with this? Worth talking to them, to find out. As well as talking to your DBA/dev team, the other group to get involved before implementation is your manager. And possibly your manager’s manager too. As mentioned, unless there’s buy-in “from the top”, you’re going to hit problems when the implementation starts to get rocky (and what tool/process implementations don’t get rocky?!). You need to have support from someone senior in your organisation – someone you can turn to when you need help with a delayed implementation, lack of resources or lack of progress. Actions: Get your DBA involved (or whoever looks after live deployments) and discuss what you’re planning to do or, if you’re the DBA yourself, get the dev team up-to-speed with your plans, Get your boss involved too and make sure he/she is bought in to the investment. Environments Where are you going to deploy to? And really this question is – what environments do you want set up for your deployment pipeline? Assume everyone has “Production”, but do you have a QA environment? Dedicated development environments for each dev? Proper pre-production? I’ve seen every setup under the sun, and there is often a big difference between “What we want, to do continuous delivery properly” and “What we’re currently stuck with”. Some of these differences are: What we want What we’ve got Each developer with their own dedicated database environment A single shared “development” environment, used by everyone at once An Integration box used to test the integration of all check-ins via the CI process, along with a full suite of unit-tests running on that machine In fact if you have a CI process running, you’re likely to have some sort of integration server running (even if you don’t call it that!). Whether you have a full suite of unit tests running is a different question… Separate QA environment used explicitly for manual testing prior to release “We just test on the dev environments, or maybe pre-production” A proper pre-production (or “staging”) box that matches production as closely as possible Hopefully a pre-production box of some sort. But does it match production closely!? A production environment reproducible from source control A production box which has drifted significantly from anything in source control The big question is – how much time and effort are you going to invest in fixing these issues? In reality this just involves figuring out which new databases you’re going to create and where they’ll be hosted – VMs? Cloud-based? What about size/data issues – what data are you going to include on dev environments? Does it need to be masked to protect access to production data? And often the amount of work here really depends on whether you’re working on a new, greenfield project, or trying to update an existing, brownfield application. There’s a world if difference between starting from scratch with 4 or 5 clean environments (reproducible from source control of course!), and trying to re-purpose and tweak a set of existing databases, with all of their surrounding processes and quirks. But for a proper release management process, ideally you have: Dedicated development databases, An Integration server used for testing continuous integration and running unit tests. [NB: This is the point at which deployments are automatic, without human intervention. Each deployment after this point is a one-click (but human) action], QA – QA engineers use a one-click deployment process to automatically* deploy chosen releases to QA for testing, Pre-production. The environment you use to test the production release process, Production. * A note on the use of the word “automatic” – when carrying out automated deployments this does not mean that the deployment is happening without human intervention (i.e. that something is just deploying over and over again). It means that the process of carrying out the deployment is automatic in that it’s not a person manually running through a checklist or set of actions. The deployment still requires a single-click from a user. Actions: Get your environments set up and ready, Set access permissions appropriately, Make sure everyone understands what the environments will be used for (it’s not a “free-for-all” with all environments to be accessed, played with and changed by development). The Deployment Process As described earlier, most existing database deployment processes are pretty manual. The following is a description of a process we hear very often when we ask customers “How do your database changes get live? How does your manual process work?” Check pre-production matches production (use a schema compare tool, like SQL Compare). Sometimes done by taking a backup from production and restoring in to pre-prod, Again, use a schema compare tool to find the differences between the latest version of the database ready to go live (i.e. what the team have been developing). This generates a script, User (generally, the DBA), reviews the script. This often involves manually checking updates against a spreadsheet or similar, Run the script on pre-production, and check there are no errors (i.e. it upgrades pre-production to what you hoped), If all working, run the script on production.* * this assumes there’s no problem with production drifting away from pre-production in the interim time period (i.e. someone has hacked something in to the production box without going through the proper change management process). This difference could undermine the validity of your pre-production deployment test. Red Gate is currently working on a free tool to detect this problem – sign up here at www.sqllighthouse.com, if you’re interested in testing early versions. There are several variations on this process – some better, some much worse! How do you automate this? In particular, step 3 – surely you can’t automate a DBA checking through a script, that everything is in order!? The key point here is to plan what you want in your new deployment process. There are so many options. At one extreme, pure continuous deployment – whenever a dev checks something in to source control, the CI process runs (including extensive and thorough testing!), before the deployment process keys in and automatically deploys that change to the live box. Not for the faint hearted – and really not something we recommend. At the other extreme, you might be more comfortable with a semi-automated process – the pre-production/production matching process is automated (with an error thrown if these environments don’t match), followed by a manual intervention, allowing for script approval by the DBA. One he/she clicks “Okay, I’m happy for that to go live”, the latter stages automatically take the script through to live. And anything in between of course – and other variations. But we’d strongly recommended sitting down with a whiteboard and your team, and spending a couple of hours mapping out “What do we do now?”, “What do we actually want?”, “What will satisfy our needs for continuous delivery, but still maintaining some sort of continuous control over the process?” NB: Most of what we’re discussing here is about production deployments. It’s important to note that you will also need to map out a deployment process for earlier environments (for example QA). However, these are likely to be less onerous, and many customers opt for a much more automated process for these boxes. Actions: Sit down with your team and a whiteboard, and draw out the answers to the questions above for your production deployments – “What do we do now?”, “What do we actually want?”, “What will satisfy our needs for continuous delivery, but still maintaining some sort of continuous control over the process?” Repeat for earlier environments (QA and so on). Rollback and Recovery If only every deployment went according to plan! Unfortunately they don’t – and when things go wrong, you need a rollback or recovery plan for what you’re going to do in that situation. Once you move in to a more automated database deployment process, you’re far more likely to be deploying more frequently than before. No longer once every 6 months, maybe now once per week, or even daily. Hence the need for a quick rollback or recovery process becomes paramount, and should be planned for. NB: These are mainly scenarios for handling rollbacks after the transaction has been committed. If a failure is detected during the transaction, the whole transaction can just be rolled back, no problem. There are various options, which we’ll explore in subsequent articles, things like: Immediately restore from backup, Have a pre-tested rollback script (remembering that really this is a “roll-forward” script – there’s not really such a thing as a rollback script for a database!) Have fallback environments – for example, using a blue-green deployment pattern. Different options have pros and cons – some are easier to set up, some require more investment in infrastructure; and of course some work better than others (the key issue with using backups, is loss of the interim transaction data that has been added between the failed deployment and the restore). The best mechanism will be primarily dependent on how your application works and how much you need a cast-iron failsafe mechanism. Actions: Work out an appropriate rollback strategy based on how your application and business works, your appetite for investment and requirements for a completely failsafe process. Development Practices This is perhaps the more difficult area for people to tackle. The process by which you can deploy database updates is actually intrinsically linked with the patterns and practices used to develop that database and linked application. So you need to decide whether you want to implement some changes to the way your developers actually develop the database (particularly schema changes) to make the deployment process easier. A good example is the pattern “Branch by abstraction”. Explained nicely here, by Martin Fowler, this is a process that can be used to make significant database changes (e.g. splitting a table) in a step-wise manner so that you can always roll back, without data loss – by making incremental updates to the database backward compatible. Slides 103-108 of the following slidedeck, from Niek Bartholomeus explain the process: https://speakerdeck.com/niekbartho/orchestration-in-meatspace As these slides show, by making a significant schema change in multiple steps – where each step can be rolled back without any loss of new data – this affords the release team the opportunity to have zero-downtime deployments with considerably less stress (because if an increment goes wrong, they can roll back easily). There are plenty more great patterns that can be implemented – the book Refactoring Databases, by Scott Ambler and Pramod Sadalage is a great read, if this is a direction you want to go in: http://www.amazon.com/Refactoring-Databases-Evolutionary-paperback-Addison-Wesley/dp/0321774515 But the question is – how much of this investment are you willing to make? How often are you making significant schema changes that would require these best practices? Again, there’s a difference here between migrating old projects and starting afresh – with the latter it’s much easier to instigate best practice from the start. Actions: For your business, work out how far down the path you want to go, amending your database development patterns to “best practice”. It’s a trade-off between implementing quality processes, and the necessity to do so (depending on how often you make complex changes). Socialise these changes with your development group. No-one likes having “best practice” changes imposed on them, so good to introduce these ideas and the rationale behind them early.   Summary The next stages of implementing a continuous delivery pipeline for your database changes (once you have CI up and running) require a little pre-planning, if you want to get the most out of the work, and for the implementation to go smoothly. We’ve covered some of the checklist of areas to consider – mainly in the areas of “Getting the team ready for the changes that are coming” and “Planning our your pipeline, environments, patterns and practices for development”, though there will be more detail, depending on where you’re coming from – and where you want to get to. This article is part of our database delivery patterns & practices series on Simple Talk. Find more articles for version control, automated testing, continuous integration & deployment.

    Read the article

  • I was stuck in implementing Simple Ftp with Winsock [migrated]

    - by user67449
    I want to implement a SimpleFtp with Winsock. But I was stuck in the maybe the file stream reading and writing. This is the Server. #include <WinSock2.h> #include <memory.h> #include <stdio.h> #include <iostream> using namespace std; #pragma comment(lib, "ws2_32.lib") #define MAX_FILE_NAME 100 #define DATA_PACK_SIZE 80*1000 // ??DataPack?????80KB #define SOCKKET_BUFFER_SIZE 80*1000 // socket??? #define FILE_BUFFER_SIZE DATA_PACK_SIZE-MAX_FILE_NAME-4*sizeof(int)-sizeof(u_long) //?????,??,??????content????? #define CONTENT_SIZE FILE_BUFFER_SIZE // DataPack?????content??? // Define a structure to hold the content of a file typedef struct FilePack{ char fName[MAX_FILE_NAME]; // File's name int fLen; // File's length int packNum; // Number of the DataPack int packLen; // DataPack's length int packCount; int contenLen; // the content length the DataPack actually holds u_long index; // ?????????? char content[CONTENT_SIZE]; // DataPack?????? }DataPack, *pDataPack; void WinsockInitial(){ WSADATA wsaData; WORD wVersionRequested; int err; wVersionRequested=MAKEWORD(2,2); err=WSAStartup(wVersionRequested, &wsaData); if(err!=0){ cout<<"Error at WSAStartup()."<<endl; exit(0); } if( LOBYTE(wsaData.wVersion)!=2 || HIBYTE(wsaData.wVersion)!=2 ){ cout<<"Error at version of Winsock. "<<endl; WSACleanup(); exit(0); } } void SockBind(SOCKET sock, int port, sockaddr_in &addrsock){ addrsock.sin_family=AF_INET; addrsock.sin_port=htons(port); addrsock.sin_addr.S_un.S_addr=htonl(INADDR_ANY); if( bind(sock, (sockaddr*)&addrsock, sizeof(addrsock)) == SOCKET_ERROR ){ cout<<"Error at bind(). Error: "<<GetLastError()<<endl; closesocket(sock); WSACleanup(); exit(0); } } void SockListen(SOCKET sock, int bak){ int err=listen(sock, bak); if(err==SOCKET_ERROR){ cout<<"Error at listen()."<<WSAGetLastError()<<endl; closesocket(sock); WSACleanup(); exit(0); } } int SockSend(DataPack &dataPack, SOCKET sock, char *sockBuf){ int bytesLeft=0, bytesSend=0; int idx=0; bytesLeft=sizeof(dataPack); // ?DataPack?????sockBuf??? memcpy(sockBuf, &dataPack, sizeof(dataPack)); while(bytesLeft>0){ bytesSend=send(sock, &sockBuf[idx], bytesLeft, 0); if(bytesSend==SOCKET_ERROR){ cout<<"Error at send()."<<endl; return 1; } bytesLeft-=bytesSend; idx+=bytesSend; } return 0; } int GetFileLen(FILE *fp){ // ?????? if(fp==NULL){ cout<<"Invalid argument. Error at GetFileLen()."<<endl; exit(0); } fseek(fp, 0, SEEK_END); int tempFileLen=ftell(fp); fseek(fp, 0, SEEK_SET); return tempFileLen; } int main(){ int err; sockaddr_in addrServ; int port=8000; // Initialize Winsock WinsockInitial(); // Create a socket SOCKET sockListen=socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP); if(sockListen==INVALID_SOCKET){ cout<<"Error at socket()."<<endl; WSACleanup(); return 1; } // Bind the socket. SockBind(sockListen, port, addrServ); // Listen for incoming connection requests cout<<"Waiting for incoming connection requests..."<<endl; SockListen(sockListen, 5); // Accept the connection request. sockaddr_in addrClient; int len=sizeof(addrClient); SOCKET sockConn=accept(sockListen, (sockaddr*)&addrClient, &len); if(sockConn!=INVALID_SOCKET){ cout<<"Connected to client successfully."<<endl; } // Set the buffer size of socket char sockBuf[SOCKKET_BUFFER_SIZE]; int nBuf=SOCKKET_BUFFER_SIZE; int nBufLen=sizeof(nBuf); err=setsockopt(sockConn, SOL_SOCKET, SO_SNDBUF, (char*)&nBuf, nBufLen); if(err!=0){ cout<<"Error at setsockopt(). Failed to set buffer size for socket."<<endl; exit(0); } //??????????? err = getsockopt(sockConn, SOL_SOCKET, SO_SNDBUF, (char*)&nBuf, &nBufLen); if( SOCKKET_BUFFER_SIZE != nBuf){ cout<<"Error at setsockopt(). ?socket????????"<<endl; closesocket(sockListen); closesocket(sockConn); WSACleanup(); exit(0); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------// DataPack dataPackSend; memset(&dataPackSend, 0, sizeof(dataPackSend)); int bytesRead; int bytesLeft; int bytesSend; int packCount; // Counts how many DataPack needed FILE *frp; // Used to read if(strcpy_s(dataPackSend.fName, "music.mp3")!=0){ cout<<"Error at strcpy_s()."<<endl; return 1; } // Open the file in read+binary mode err=fopen_s(&frp, dataPackSend.fName, "rb"); if(err!=0){ cout<<"Error at fopen_s()."<<endl; return 1; } char fileBuf[FILE_BUFFER_SIZE]; // Set the buffer size of File if(setvbuf(frp, fileBuf, _IONBF, FILE_BUFFER_SIZE)!=0){ cout<<"Error at setvbuf().Failed to set buffer size for file."<<endl; closesocket(sockListen); closesocket(sockConn); WSACleanup(); exit(0); } // Get file's length int fileLen=GetFileLen(frp); cout<<"File ???:"<<fileLen<<" bytes."<<endl; // Calculate how many DataPacks needed packCount=ceil( (double)fileLen/CONTENT_SIZE ); cout<<"File Length: "<<fileLen<<" "<<"Content Size: "<<CONTENT_SIZE<<endl; cout<<"???"<<packCount<<" ?DataPack"<<endl; int i=0; for(i=0; i<packCount; i++){ //?????dataPackSend????? memset(&dataPackSend, 0, sizeof(dataPackSend)); // Fill the dataPackSend if(strcpy_s(dataPackSend.fName, "abc.txt")!=0){ cout<<"Error at strcpy_s()."<<endl; return 1; } dataPackSend.packLen=DATA_PACK_SIZE; dataPackSend.fLen=fileLen; dataPackSend.packCount=packCount; if( packCount==1 ){ //??DataPack??? bytesRead=fread(fileBuf, 1, dataPackSend.fLen, frp); dataPackSend.contenLen=dataPackSend.fLen; memcpy(dataPackSend.content, fileBuf, bytesRead); dataPackSend.packNum=0; //???????DataPack // ?????dataPackSend?Client? if( SockSend(dataPackSend, sockConn, sockBuf)==0 ){ cout<<"??? "<<dataPackSend.packNum<<" ?DataPack"<<endl; } }else if( packCount>1 && i<(packCount-1) ){ // ???(???????) bytesRead=fread(fileBuf, 1, CONTENT_SIZE, frp); dataPackSend.contenLen=CONTENT_SIZE; memcpy(dataPackSend.content, fileBuf, bytesRead); dataPackSend.packNum=i; //?dataPackSend??????Client? if( SockSend(dataPackSend, sockConn, sockBuf)==0 ){ cout<<"??? "<<dataPackSend.packNum<<" ?DataPack."<<endl; } }else{ // ????? bytesRead=fread(fileBuf, 1, (dataPackSend.fLen-i*CONTENT_SIZE), frp); dataPackSend.contenLen=dataPackSend.fLen-i*CONTENT_SIZE; memcpy(dataPackSend.content, fileBuf, bytesRead); dataPackSend.packNum=i; //?dataPackSend???Client? if( SockSend(dataPackSend, sockConn, sockBuf)==0 ){ cout<<"??? "<<dataPackSend.packNum<<" ?DataPack."<<endl; } } } fclose(frp); closesocket(sockListen); closesocket(sockConn); WSACleanup(); return 0; } And this is Client. #include <WinSock2.h> #include <memory.h> #include <stdio.h> #include <iostream> using namespace std; #pragma comment(lib, "ws2_32.lib") #define MAX_FILE_NAME 100 #define DATA_PACK_SIZE 80*1000 // ??DataPack?????80KB #define SOCKKET_BUFFER_SIZE 80*1000 // socket??? #define FILE_BUFFER_SIZE DATA_PACK_SIZE-MAX_FILE_NAME-4*sizeof(int)-sizeof(u_long) //?????,??,??????content????? #define CONTENT_SIZE FILE_BUFFER_SIZE // DataPack?????content??? // Define a structure to hold the content of a file typedef struct FilePack{ char fName[MAX_FILE_NAME]; // File's name int fLen; // File's length int packNum; // Number of the DataPack int packLen; // DataPack's length int packCount; //DataPack??? int contenLen; // the content length the DataPack actually holds u_long index; // ?????????? char content[CONTENT_SIZE]; // DataPack?????? }DataPack, *pDataPack; void WinsockInitial(){ WSADATA wsaData; WORD wVersionRequested; int err; wVersionRequested=MAKEWORD(2,2); err=WSAStartup(wVersionRequested, &wsaData); if(err!=0){ cout<<"Error at WSAStartup()."<<endl; exit(0); } if( LOBYTE(wsaData.wVersion)!=2 || HIBYTE(wsaData.wVersion)!=2 ){ cout<<"Error at version of Winsock. "<<endl; WSACleanup(); exit(0); } } int SockRecv(SOCKET sock, char *sockBuf){ int bytesLeft, bytesRecv; int idx=0; bytesLeft=DATA_PACK_SIZE; while(bytesLeft>0){ bytesRecv=recv(sock, &sockBuf[idx], bytesLeft, 0); if(bytesRecv==SOCKET_ERROR){ cout<<"Error at recv()."<<endl; return 1; } bytesLeft-=bytesRecv; idx+=bytesRecv; } return 0; } int main(){ int err; sockaddr_in addrServ; int port=8000; // Initialize Winsock WinsockInitial(); // Create a socket SOCKET sockClient=socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP); if(sockClient==INVALID_SOCKET){ cout<<"Error at socket()."<<endl; WSACleanup(); return 1; } // Set the buffer size of socket char sockBuf[SOCKKET_BUFFER_SIZE]; int nBuf=SOCKKET_BUFFER_SIZE; int nBufLen=sizeof(nBuf); err=setsockopt(sockClient, SOL_SOCKET, SO_RCVBUF, (char*)&nBuf, nBufLen); if(err!=0){ cout<<"Error at setsockopt(). Failed to set buffer size for socket."<<endl; exit(0); } //??????????? err = getsockopt(sockClient, SOL_SOCKET, SO_RCVBUF, (char*)&nBuf, &nBufLen); if( SOCKKET_BUFFER_SIZE != nBuf){ cout<<"Error at getsockopt(). ?socket????????"<<endl; closesocket(sockClient); WSACleanup(); exit(0); } // Connect to the Server addrServ.sin_family=AF_INET; addrServ.sin_port=htons(port); addrServ.sin_addr.S_un.S_addr=inet_addr("127.0.0.1"); err=connect(sockClient, (sockaddr*)&addrServ, sizeof(sockaddr)); if(err==SOCKET_ERROR){ cout<<"Error at connect()."<<GetLastError()<<endl; closesocket(sockClient); WSACleanup(); return 1; }else{ cout<<"Connected to the FTP Server successfully."<<endl; } /* int i=0; int bytesRecv, bytesLeft, bytesWrite; int packCount=0, fLen=0; DataPack dataPackRecv; //?????? SockRecv(sockClient, sockBuf); memcpy(&dataPackRecv, sockBuf, sizeof(dataPackRecv)); cout<<"???? "<<dataPackRecv.packNum<<" ?DataPack."<<endl; cout<<"?DataPack??fName????: "<<dataPackRecv.fName<<endl; //??????? packCount=dataPackRecv.packCount; cout<<"?? "<<packCount<<" ?DataPack."<<endl; fLen=dataPackRecv.fLen; // Create a local file to write into FILE *fwp; err=fopen_s(&fwp, dataPackRecv.fName, "wb"); if(err!=0){ cout<<"Error at creat fopen_s(). Failed to create a local file to write into."<<endl; return 1; } // Set the buffer size of File char fileBuf[FILE_BUFFER_SIZE]; if(setvbuf(fwp, fileBuf, _IONBF, FILE_BUFFER_SIZE)!=0){ cout<<"Error at setvbuf().Failed to set buffer size for file."<<endl; memset(fileBuf, 0, sizeof(fileBuf)); closesocket(sockClient); WSACleanup(); exit(0); } //???????content???? memcpy(fileBuf, dataPackRecv.content, sizeof(dataPackRecv.content)); bytesWrite=fwrite(fileBuf, 1, sizeof(fileBuf), fwp); if(bytesWrite<sizeof(fileBuf)){ cout<<"Error at fwrite(). Failed to write the content of dataPackRecv to local file."<<endl; } //?????packCount-1????????????????? for(int i=1; i<packCount; i++){ // ????????? memset(sockBuf, 0, sizeof(sockBuf)); memset(&dataPackRecv, 0, sizeof(dataPackRecv)); memset(fileBuf, 0, sizeof(fileBuf)); SockRecv(sockClient, sockBuf); memcpy(&dataPackRecv, sockBuf, sizeof(dataPackRecv)); cout<<"???? "<<dataPackRecv.packNum<<" ?DataPack."<<endl; //???? memcpy(fileBuf, dataPackRecv.content, dataPackRecv.contenLen); bytesWrite=fwrite(fileBuf, 1, dataPackRecv.contenLen, fwp); if(bytesWrite<dataPackRecv.contenLen){ cout<<"Error at fwrite(). Failed to write the content of dataPackRecv to local file."<<endl; } } if( (i+1)==packCount ){ cout<<"??DataPack????????!"<<endl; } fclose(fwp); closesocket(sockClient); WSACleanup(); return 0;*/ }

    Read the article

  • Server compromised. Bounce message contains many email addresses message was not sent to

    - by Tim Duncklee
    This is not a dupe. Please read and understand the issue before marking this as a duplicate question that has been answered already. Several customers are reporting bounce messages like the one below. At first I thought their computers had a virus but then I received one that was server generated so the problem is with the server. I've inspected the logs and these email addresses do not appear in the logs. The only thing I see that I do not remember seeing in the past are entries like this: Apr 30 13:34:49 psa86 qmail-queue-handlers[20994]: hook_dir = '/var/qmail//handlers/before-queue' Apr 30 13:34:49 psa86 qmail-queue-handlers[20994]: recipient[3] = '[email protected]' Apr 30 13:34:49 psa86 qmail-queue-handlers[20994]: handlers dir = '/var/qmail//handlers/before-queue/recipient/[email protected]' I've searched here and the web and maybe I'm just not entering the right search terms but I find nothing on this issue. Does anyone know how a hacker would attach additional email addresses to a message at the server and have them not appear in the logs? CentOS release 5.4, Plesk 8.6, QMail 1.03 Hi. This is the qmail-send program at psa.aaaaaa.com. I'm afraid I wasn't able to deliver your message to the following addresses. This is a permanent error; I've given up. Sorry it didn't work out. <[email protected]>: 82.201.133.227 does not like recipient. Remote host said: 550 #5.1.0 Address rejected. Giving up on 82.201.133.227. <[email protected]>: 64.18.7.10 does not like recipient. Remote host said: 550 No such user - psmtp Giving up on 64.18.7.10. <[email protected]>: 173.194.68.27 does not like recipient. Remote host said: 550-5.1.1 The email account that you tried to reach does not exist. Please try 550-5.1.1 double-checking the recipient's email address for typos or 550-5.1.1 unnecessary spaces. Learn more at 550 5.1.1 http://support.google.com/mail/bin/answer.py?answer=6596 w8si1903qag.18 - gsmtp Giving up on 173.194.68.27. <[email protected]>: 207.115.36.23 does not like recipient. Remote host said: 550 5.2.1 <[email protected]>... Addressee unknown, relay=[174.142.62.210] Giving up on 207.115.36.23. <[email protected]>: 207.115.37.22 does not like recipient. Remote host said: 550 5.2.1 <[email protected]>... Addressee unknown, relay=[174.142.62.210] Giving up on 207.115.37.22. <[email protected]>: 207.115.37.20 does not like recipient. Remote host said: 550 5.2.1 <[email protected]>... Addressee unknown, relay=[174.142.62.210] Giving up on 207.115.37.20. <[email protected]>: 207.115.37.23 does not like recipient. Remote host said: 550 5.2.1 <[email protected]>... Addressee unknown, relay=[174.142.62.210] Giving up on 207.115.37.23. <[email protected]>: 207.115.36.22 does not like recipient. Remote host said: 550 5.2.1 <[email protected]>... Addressee unknown, relay=[174.142.62.210] Giving up on 207.115.36.22. <[email protected]>: 74.205.16.140 does not like recipient. Remote host said: 553 sorry, that domain isn't in my list of allowed rcpthosts; no valid cert for gatewaying (#5.7.1) Giving up on 74.205.16.140. <[email protected]>: 207.115.36.20 does not like recipient. Remote host said: 550 5.2.1 <[email protected]>... Addressee unknown, relay=[174.142.62.210] Giving up on 207.115.36.20. <[email protected]>: 207.115.37.21 does not like recipient. Remote host said: 550 5.2.1 <[email protected]>... Addressee unknown, relay=[174.142.62.210] Giving up on 207.115.37.21. <[email protected]>: 192.169.41.23 failed after I sent the message. Remote host said: 554 qq Sorry, no valid recipients (#5.1.3) --- Below this line is a copy of the message. Return-Path: <[email protected]> Received: (qmail 15962 invoked from network); 1 May 2013 06:49:34 -0400 Received: from exprod6mo107.postini.com (64.18.1.18) by psa.aaaaaa.com with (DHE-RSA-AES256-SHA encrypted) SMTP; 1 May 2013 06:49:34 -0400 Received: from aaaaaa.com (exprod6lut001.postini.com [64.18.1.199]) by exprod6mo107.postini.com (Postfix) with SMTP id 47F80B8CA4 for <[email protected]>; Wed, 1 May 2013 03:49:33 -0700 (PDT) From: "Support" <[email protected]> To: [email protected] Subject: Detected Potential Junk Mail Date: Wed, 1 May 2013 03:49:33 -0700 Dear [email protected], junk mail protection service has detected suspicious email message(s) since your last visit and directed them to your Message Center. You can inspect your suspicious email at: ... UPDATE: After not seeing this problem for a while, I personally sent a message and immediately got a bounce with several bad addresses that I know I did not send to. These are addresses that are not on my system or on the server. This problem happens with both Mac and Windows clients and with messages generated from Postini and sent to users on my system. This is NOT backscatter. If it was backscatter it would not have the contents of my message in it. UPDATE #2 Here is another bounce. This one was sent by me and the bounce came back immediately. Hi. This is the qmail-send program at psa.aaaaaa.com. I'm afraid I wasn't able to deliver your message to the following addresses. This is a permanent error; I've given up. Sorry it didn't work out. <[email protected]>: 71.74.56.227 does not like recipient. Remote host said: 550 5.1.1 <[email protected]>... User unknown Giving up on 71.74.56.227. <[email protected]>: Connected to 208.34.236.3 but sender was rejected. Remote host said: 550 5.7.1 This system is configured to reject mail from 174.142.62.210 [174.142.62.210] (Host blacklisted - Found on Realtime Black List server 'bl.mailspike.net') <[email protected]>: 66.96.80.22 failed after I sent the message. Remote host said: 552 sorry, mailbox [email protected] is over quota temporarily (#5.1.1) <[email protected]>: 83.145.109.52 does not like recipient. Remote host said: 550 5.1.1 <[email protected]>: Recipient address rejected: User unknown in virtual mailbox table Giving up on 83.145.109.52. <[email protected]>: 69.49.101.234 does not like recipient. Remote host said: 550 5.7.1 <[email protected]>... H:M12 [174.142.62.210] Connection refused due to abuse. Please see http://mailspike.org/anubis/lookup.html or contact your E-mail provider. Giving up on 69.49.101.234. <[email protected]>: 212.55.154.36 does not like recipient. Remote host said: 550-The account has been suspended for inactivity 550 A conta do destinatario encontra-se suspensa por inactividade (#5.2.1) Giving up on 212.55.154.36. <[email protected]>: 199.168.90.102 failed after I sent the message. Remote host said: 552 Transaction [email protected] failed, remote said "550 No such user" (#5.1.1) <[email protected]>: 98.136.217.192 failed after I sent the message. Remote host said: 554 delivery error: dd Sorry your message to [email protected] cannot be delivered. This account has been disabled or discontinued [#102]. - mta1210.sbc.mail.gq1.yahoo.com --- Below this line is a copy of the message. Return-Path: <[email protected]> Received: (qmail 2618 invoked from network); 2 Jun 2013 22:32:51 -0400 Received: from 75-138-254-239.dhcp.jcsn.tn.charter.com (HELO ?192.168.0.66?) (75.138.254.239) by psa.aaaaaa.com with SMTP; 2 Jun 2013 22:32:48 -0400 User-Agent: Microsoft-Entourage/12.34.0.120813 Date: Sun, 02 Jun 2013 21:32:39 -0500 Subject: Refinance From: Tim Duncklee <[email protected]> To: Scott jones <[email protected]> Message-ID: <CDD16A79.67344%[email protected]> Thread-Topic: Reference Thread-Index: Ac5gAp2QmTs+LRv0SEOy7AJTX2DWzQ== Mime-version: 1.0 Content-type: multipart/mixed; boundary="B_3453053568_12034440" > This message is in MIME format. Since your mail reader does not understand this format, some or all of this message may not be legible. --B_3453053568_12034440 Content-type: multipart/related; boundary="B_3453053568_11982218" --B_3453053568_11982218 Content-type: multipart/alternative; boundary="B_3453053568_12000660" --B_3453053568_12000660 Content-type: text/plain; charset="ISO-8859-1" Content-transfer-encoding: quoted-printable Scott, ... email body here ... Here are the relevant log entries: Jun 2 22:32:50 psa qmail-queue[2616]: mail: all addreses are uncheckable - need to skip scanning (by deny mode) Jun 2 22:32:50 psa qmail-queue[2616]: scan: the message(drweb.tmp.i2SY0n) sent by [email protected] to [email protected] should be passed without checks, because contains uncheckable addresses Jun 2 22:32:50 psa qmail-queue-handlers[2617]: Handlers Filter before-queue for qmail started ... Jun 2 22:32:50 psa qmail-queue-handlers[2617]: [email protected] Jun 2 22:32:50 psa qmail-queue-handlers[2617]: [email protected] Jun 2 22:32:50 psa qmail-queue-handlers[2617]: hook_dir = '/var/qmail//handlers/before-queue' Jun 2 22:32:50 psa qmail-queue-handlers[2617]: recipient[3] = '[email protected]' Jun 2 22:32:50 psa qmail-queue-handlers[2617]: handlers dir = '/var/qmail//handlers/before-queue/recipient/[email protected]' Jun 2 22:32:51 psa qmail: 1370226771.060211 starting delivery 57: msg 1540285 to remote [email protected] Jun 2 22:32:51 psa qmail: 1370226771.060402 status: local 0/10 remote 1/20 Jun 2 22:32:51 psa qmail: 1370226771.060556 new msg 4915232 Jun 2 22:32:51 psa qmail: 1370226771.060671 info msg 4915232: bytes 687899 from <[email protected]> qp 2618 uid 2020 Jun 2 22:32:51 psa qmail-remote-handlers[2619]: Handlers Filter before-remote for qmail started ... Jun 2 22:32:51 psa qmail-queue-handlers[2617]: starter: submitter[2618] exited normally Jun 2 22:32:51 psa qmail-remote-handlers[2619]: from= Jun 2 22:32:51 psa qmail-remote-handlers[2619]: [email protected] Jun 2 22:32:51 psa qmail: 1370226771.078732 starting delivery 58: msg 4915232 to remote [email protected] Jun 2 22:32:51 psa qmail: 1370226771.078825 status: local 0/10 remote 2/20 Jun 2 22:32:51 psa qmail-remote-handlers[2621]: Handlers Filter before-remote for qmail started ... Jun 2 22:32:51 psa qmail-remote-handlers[2621]: [email protected] Jun 2 22:32:51 psa qmail-remote-handlers[2621]: [email protected]

    Read the article

  • Bacula & Multiple Tape Devices, and so on

    - by Tom O'Connor
    Bacula won't make use of 2 tape devices simultaneously. (Search for #-#-# for the TL;DR) A little background, perhaps. In the process of trying to get a decent working backup solution (backing up 20TB ain't cheap, or easy) at $dayjob, we bought a bunch of things to make it work. Firstly, there's a Spectra Logic T50e autochanger, 40 slots of LTO5 goodness, and that robot's got a pair of IBM HH5 Ultrium LTO5 drives, connected via FibreChannel Arbitrated Loop to our backup server. There's the backup server.. A Dell R715 with 2x 16 core AMD 62xx CPUs, and 32GB of RAM. Yummy. That server's got 2 Emulex FCe-12000E cards, and an Intel X520-SR dual port 10GE NIC. We were also sold Commvault Backup (non-NDMP). Here's where it gets really complicated. Spectra Logic and Commvault both sent respective engineers, who set up the library and the software. Commvault was running fine, in so far as the controller was working fine. The Dell server has Ubuntu 12.04 server, and runs the MediaAgent for CommVault, and mounts our BlueArc NAS as NFS to a few mountpoints, like /home, and some stuff in /mnt. When backing up from the NFS mountpoints, we were seeing ~= 290GB/hr throughput. That's CRAP, considering we've got 20-odd TB to get through, in a <48 hour backup window. The rated maximum on the BlueArc is 700MB/s (2460GB/hr), the rated maximum write speed on the tape devices is 140MB/s, per drive, so that's 492GB/hr (or double it, for the total throughput). So, the next step was to benchmark NFS performance with IOzone, and it turns out that we get epic write performance (across 20 threads), and it's like 1.5-2.5TB/hr write, but read performance is fecking hopeless. I couldn't ever get higher than 343GB/hr maximum. So let's assume that the 343GB/hr is a theoretical maximum for read performance on the NAS, then we should in theory be able to get that performance out of a) CommVault, and b) any other backup agent. Not the case. Commvault seems to only ever give me 200-250GB/hr throughput, and out of experimentation, I installed Bacula to see what the state of play there is. If, for example, Bacula gave consistently better performance and speeds than Commvault, then we'd be able to say "**$.$ Refunds Plz $.$**" #-#-# Alas, I found a different problem with Bacula. Commvault seems pretty happy to read from one part of the mountpoint with one thread, and stream that to a Tape device, whilst reading from some other directory with the other thread, and writing to the 2nd drive in the autochanger. I can't for the life of me get Bacula to mount and write to two tape drives simultaneously. Things I've tried: Setting Maximum Concurrent Jobs = 20 in the Director, File and Storage Daemons Setting Prefer Mounted Volumes = no in the Job Definition Setting multiple devices in the Autochanger resource. Documentation seems to be very single-drive centric, and we feel a little like we've strapped a rocket to a hamster, with this one. The majority of example Bacula configurations are for DDS4 drives, manual tape swapping, and FreeBSD or IRIX systems. I should probably add that I'm not too bothered if this isn't possible, but I'd be surprised. I basically want to use Bacula as proof to stick it to the software vendors that they're overpriced ;) I read somewhere that @KyleBrandt has done something similar with a modern Tape solution.. Configuration Files: *bacula-dir.conf* # # Default Bacula Director Configuration file Director { # define myself Name = backuphost-1-dir DIRport = 9101 # where we listen for UA connections QueryFile = "/etc/bacula/scripts/query.sql" WorkingDirectory = "/var/lib/bacula" PidDirectory = "/var/run/bacula" Maximum Concurrent Jobs = 20 Password = "yourekiddingright" # Console password Messages = Daemon DirAddress = 0.0.0.0 #DirAddress = 127.0.0.1 } JobDefs { Name = "DefaultFileJob" Type = Backup Level = Incremental Client = backuphost-1-fd FileSet = "Full Set" Schedule = "WeeklyCycle" Storage = File Messages = Standard Pool = File Priority = 10 Write Bootstrap = "/var/lib/bacula/%c.bsr" } JobDefs { Name = "DefaultTapeJob" Type = Backup Level = Incremental Client = backuphost-1-fd FileSet = "Full Set" Schedule = "WeeklyCycle" Storage = "SpectraLogic" Messages = Standard Pool = AllTapes Priority = 10 Write Bootstrap = "/var/lib/bacula/%c.bsr" Prefer Mounted Volumes = no } # # Define the main nightly save backup job # By default, this job will back up to disk in /nonexistant/path/to/file/archive/dir Job { Name = "BackupClient1" JobDefs = "DefaultFileJob" } Job { Name = "BackupThisVolume" JobDefs = "DefaultTapeJob" FileSet = "SpecialVolume" } #Job { # Name = "BackupClient2" # Client = backuphost-12-fd # JobDefs = "DefaultJob" #} # Backup the catalog database (after the nightly save) Job { Name = "BackupCatalog" JobDefs = "DefaultFileJob" Level = Full FileSet="Catalog" Schedule = "WeeklyCycleAfterBackup" # This creates an ASCII copy of the catalog # Arguments to make_catalog_backup.pl are: # make_catalog_backup.pl <catalog-name> RunBeforeJob = "/etc/bacula/scripts/make_catalog_backup.pl MyCatalog" # This deletes the copy of the catalog RunAfterJob = "/etc/bacula/scripts/delete_catalog_backup" Write Bootstrap = "/var/lib/bacula/%n.bsr" Priority = 11 # run after main backup } # # Standard Restore template, to be changed by Console program # Only one such job is needed for all Jobs/Clients/Storage ... # Job { Name = "RestoreFiles" Type = Restore Client=backuphost-1-fd FileSet="Full Set" Storage = File Pool = Default Messages = Standard Where = /srv/bacula/restore } FileSet { Name = "SpecialVolume" Include { Options { signature = MD5 } File = /mnt/SpecialVolume } Exclude { File = /var/lib/bacula File = /nonexistant/path/to/file/archive/dir File = /proc File = /tmp File = /.journal File = /.fsck } } # List of files to be backed up FileSet { Name = "Full Set" Include { Options { signature = MD5 } File = /usr/sbin } Exclude { File = /var/lib/bacula File = /nonexistant/path/to/file/archive/dir File = /proc File = /tmp File = /.journal File = /.fsck } } Schedule { Name = "WeeklyCycle" Run = Full 1st sun at 23:05 Run = Differential 2nd-5th sun at 23:05 Run = Incremental mon-sat at 23:05 } # This schedule does the catalog. It starts after the WeeklyCycle Schedule { Name = "WeeklyCycleAfterBackup" Run = Full sun-sat at 23:10 } # This is the backup of the catalog FileSet { Name = "Catalog" Include { Options { signature = MD5 } File = "/var/lib/bacula/bacula.sql" } } # Client (File Services) to backup Client { Name = backuphost-1-fd Address = localhost FDPort = 9102 Catalog = MyCatalog Password = "surelyyourejoking" # password for FileDaemon File Retention = 30 days # 30 days Job Retention = 6 months # six months AutoPrune = yes # Prune expired Jobs/Files } # # Second Client (File Services) to backup # You should change Name, Address, and Password before using # #Client { # Name = backuphost-12-fd # Address = localhost2 # FDPort = 9102 # Catalog = MyCatalog # Password = "i'mnotjokinganddontcallmeshirley" # password for FileDaemon 2 # File Retention = 30 days # 30 days # Job Retention = 6 months # six months # AutoPrune = yes # Prune expired Jobs/Files #} # Definition of file storage device Storage { Name = File # Do not use "localhost" here Address = localhost # N.B. Use a fully qualified name here SDPort = 9103 Password = "lalalalala" Device = FileStorage Media Type = File } Storage { Name = "SpectraLogic" Address = localhost SDPort = 9103 Password = "linkedinmakethebestpasswords" Device = Drive-1 Device = Drive-2 Media Type = LTO5 Autochanger = yes } # Generic catalog service Catalog { Name = MyCatalog # Uncomment the following line if you want the dbi driver # dbdriver = "dbi:sqlite3"; dbaddress = 127.0.0.1; dbport = dbname = "bacula"; DB Address = ""; dbuser = "bacula"; dbpassword = "bbmaster63" } # Reasonable message delivery -- send most everything to email address # and to the console Messages { Name = Standard mailcommand = "/usr/lib/bacula/bsmtp -h localhost -f \"\(Bacula\) \<%r\>\" -s \"Bacula: %t %e of %c %l\" %r" operatorcommand = "/usr/lib/bacula/bsmtp -h localhost -f \"\(Bacula\) \<%r\>\" -s \"Bacula: Intervention needed for %j\" %r" mail = root@localhost = all, !skipped operator = root@localhost = mount console = all, !skipped, !saved # # WARNING! the following will create a file that you must cycle from # time to time as it will grow indefinitely. However, it will # also keep all your messages if they scroll off the console. # append = "/var/lib/bacula/log" = all, !skipped catalog = all } # # Message delivery for daemon messages (no job). Messages { Name = Daemon mailcommand = "/usr/lib/bacula/bsmtp -h localhost -f \"\(Bacula\) \<%r\>\" -s \"Bacula daemon message\" %r" mail = root@localhost = all, !skipped console = all, !skipped, !saved append = "/var/lib/bacula/log" = all, !skipped } # Default pool definition Pool { Name = Default Pool Type = Backup Recycle = yes # Bacula can automatically recycle Volumes AutoPrune = yes # Prune expired volumes Volume Retention = 365 days # one year } # File Pool definition Pool { Name = File Pool Type = Backup Recycle = yes # Bacula can automatically recycle Volumes AutoPrune = yes # Prune expired volumes Volume Retention = 365 days # one year Maximum Volume Bytes = 50G # Limit Volume size to something reasonable Maximum Volumes = 100 # Limit number of Volumes in Pool } Pool { Name = AllTapes Pool Type = Backup Recycle = yes AutoPrune = yes # Prune expired volumes Volume Retention = 31 days # one Moth } # Scratch pool definition Pool { Name = Scratch Pool Type = Backup } # # Restricted console used by tray-monitor to get the status of the director # Console { Name = backuphost-1-mon Password = "LastFMalsostorePasswordsLikeThis" CommandACL = status, .status } bacula-sd.conf # # Default Bacula Storage Daemon Configuration file # Storage { # definition of myself Name = backuphost-1-sd SDPort = 9103 # Director's port WorkingDirectory = "/var/lib/bacula" Pid Directory = "/var/run/bacula" Maximum Concurrent Jobs = 20 SDAddress = 0.0.0.0 # SDAddress = 127.0.0.1 } # # List Directors who are permitted to contact Storage daemon # Director { Name = backuphost-1-dir Password = "passwordslinplaintext" } # # Restricted Director, used by tray-monitor to get the # status of the storage daemon # Director { Name = backuphost-1-mon Password = "totalinsecurityabound" Monitor = yes } Device { Name = FileStorage Media Type = File Archive Device = /srv/bacula/archive LabelMedia = yes; # lets Bacula label unlabeled media Random Access = Yes; AutomaticMount = yes; # when device opened, read it RemovableMedia = no; AlwaysOpen = no; } Autochanger { Name = SpectraLogic Device = Drive-1 Device = Drive-2 Changer Command = "/etc/bacula/scripts/mtx-changer %c %o %S %a %d" Changer Device = /dev/sg4 } Device { Name = Drive-1 Drive Index = 0 Archive Device = /dev/nst0 Changer Device = /dev/sg4 Media Type = LTO5 AutoChanger = yes RemovableMedia = yes; AutomaticMount = yes; AlwaysOpen = yes; RandomAccess = no; LabelMedia = yes } Device { Name = Drive-2 Drive Index = 1 Archive Device = /dev/nst1 Changer Device = /dev/sg4 Media Type = LTO5 AutoChanger = yes RemovableMedia = yes; AutomaticMount = yes; AlwaysOpen = yes; RandomAccess = no; LabelMedia = yes } # # Send all messages to the Director, # mount messages also are sent to the email address # Messages { Name = Standard director = backuphost-1-dir = all } bacula-fd.conf # # Default Bacula File Daemon Configuration file # # # List Directors who are permitted to contact this File daemon # Director { Name = backuphost-1-dir Password = "hahahahahaha" } # # Restricted Director, used by tray-monitor to get the # status of the file daemon # Director { Name = backuphost-1-mon Password = "hohohohohho" Monitor = yes } # # "Global" File daemon configuration specifications # FileDaemon { # this is me Name = backuphost-1-fd FDport = 9102 # where we listen for the director WorkingDirectory = /var/lib/bacula Pid Directory = /var/run/bacula Maximum Concurrent Jobs = 20 #FDAddress = 127.0.0.1 FDAddress = 0.0.0.0 } # Send all messages except skipped files back to Director Messages { Name = Standard director = backuphost-1-dir = all, !skipped, !restored }

    Read the article

  • PC powers off at random times

    - by Timo Huovinen
    Short Version After experiencing some problems with Mobo batteries my PC started to power off at random times, the power off is instant and sudden and does not restart afterwards, need help figuring out the cause. Facts: Powers off when PC is playing games Powers off when PC is idle Powers off when PC is in safe mode Powers off when PC is in BIOS Powers off when PC is booted through a Windows installation USB Replaced the motherboard battery several times Replaced the 650W PSU with a 750W PSU Replaced the RAM Swapped the RAM between slots Re-applied thermal paste to the CPU Checked if the motherboard touches the case Nothing is overclocked PC Specs PC specs: OS: Windows 7 Ultimate SP1 RAM: klingston 1333MHz 4GB stick CPU: AMD Phenom II x4 955 Mobo: Gigabyte 88GMA-UD2H rev 2.2 Motherboard battery: CR2032 3v HDD: 500GB Seagate ST3500418AS ATA Device Graphics: ATI/AMD Radeon HD 6870 Very Long version Around 10 months ago I built a brand new gaming PC. Around 6 months ago it's time setting in windows started resetting to the year 2010. I swapped the Motherboard battery for a new one of the exact same size and shape and voltage, and the problems disappeared...for around 2 weeks. Then the same problem happened again, time gets reset, I swapped the battery again, and the problem was gone for good and everything was great for about 3 months.. then another problem started happening, the PC started to power off suddenly and without warning at completely random times, sometimes the PC works for and hour, sometimes 5 minutes. So I read on the forums that it might be either the PSU or the motherboard Battery or RAM or HDD or the Graphics card or the CPU or the motherboard or the drivers or a Virus or Grounding issues, or something short circuiting, basically it can be anything... I spent some days researching, and decided to remove the possibility of a virus. I reset the CMOS, cleared all BIOS settings and reinstalled windows 7 after a full format of the HDD, but the random power off kept happening. I then disabled the restart on error option in windows and looked at the event log for error events, but they did not help me figure out the problem. Network list service depends on network location awareness the dependency group failed to start Source Kernel Power Event 41 Task Category 63 Source Disk Event ID 11 Task Category None The driver detected a controller error on device disk I took apart the PC, every little piece, re-applied some expensive thermal paste to the CPU, and double checked that none of the pieces are touching the PC case. The problem was gone, the PC no longer powered off randomly I re-attached the graphics card and all was good for 4 months... then the power off problem appeared again, but was happening at high intervals, the PC would shutdown once in 2 days on average, at random points in time, sometimes when it's idle all day long, sometimes when it's running CRYSIS 2. I checked the CPU temperature, because I know that AMD CPU's have a built in protection mechanism that switches off the PC if the CPU gets too hot, and the Temp was 50C system temp, and 45C CPU after running the PC all day long (I did not do tests to see if there are any temperature spikes, don't know how to do them) Originally the PSU that powered the PC was 650Watts and had one 4 pin cable to power the CPU, I replaced it with a new 750Watts PSU which has two 4 pin cables for the CPU, but the problem remained. I removed the graphics card and let the motherboard use the built in one, but the PC kept suddenly powering off at random times. I took apart the PC completely again, and re-applied thermal paste to the CPU, added lots of insulation, and checked for any type of short-circuit possibility again and again, but the problem remained. The problem was like that for some months. I replaced the Battery a couple of times over the time, changed lots of options in windows, and tried everything I could, but it kept powering off, so I stopped using the PC as much as I used to, just living with the random power offs from time to time, until a couple of days ago, when the power off happens almost immediately after powering on the PC. I replaced the RAM with a brand new one, but that did not help. Took apart the PC again, checked for anything anywhere that might cause it, found some small scratches on the very edge of the motherboard to the left of the PCI express x16 slot. This might cause the problem, I thought, but the scratch looks very superficial, not deep at all, and if the scratch did harm the motherboard, wouldn't it cause it to not start at all? And why did it start to power off a while ago, and then suddenly stop powering off? The scratches could not have vanished??? did chkdsk \d but it powered off when it was at 75% I removed the hard disks, the graphics card, while I fiddled with the BIOS settings, and suddenly the PC shut down while I was looking at the BIOS version. This makes me realize, it is not caused by: HDD, Windows, Drivers or the Graphics card I cleared the CMOS again, updated the BIOS from F5 to F6f beta, but that did not help, it might even seem that the PC powers off even sooner. The shutdown even happened to me while I booted through a windows 7 installation USB and was in the repair console. I removed one of the cables powering the CPU, now only one 4pin cable powers it, and it worked for 30mins after doing that, which makes me think that it's the CPU overheating, and because it gets less power, it overheats slower? The things that I am still considering: CPU overheating (does not seem to overheat, maybe false readings?) Motherboard short circuiting (faulty motherboard?) I desperately need some advice in what is faulty, is it a faulty Motherboard or an overheating CPU? or maybe something else? I have been breaking my head over this problem over a span of 6 months. I'm not sure if this is a good place to ask this question, if it is not, then tell me where I can get some experienced help. More info I have also discovered a mysterious piece that seems to have fallen out of the motherboard i119.photobucket.com/albums/o126/yurikolovsky/strangepiece.jpg What is it? Looks like each time that it powers off the datetime gets reset I also found another forum post tomshardware.co.uk/forum/… except I don't have Integrated PeripheralsUSB Keyboard Function option in BIOS :S Comments summary (asked by Random moderator) Q. tell me, if the computer restarts, is it immediately? Does it take a second and then restarts? Do you see (BSOD) or hear (PSU, short circuit) any suspicious when it happens? After reading trough it, it remains the mainboard that is faulty. – JohannesM A. Immediate power off, all the fans stop instantly, all the light turn off instantly, no sound or anything, and it remains off until I turn it back on. Thanks for the feedback, faulty motherboard is what I fear. Q. Try stress-testing the system with Prime95 and see if errors or shutdowns occur when the CPU is under full load. – speakr A. Prime95 heat stress test peaked CPU heat at 60C after 5mins, it powered off after 30mins of testing in the middle of the test with no errors, Prime95 Heat test or the stress-testing with low RAM usage (small or in-place FFTs) do not report errors while testing for 10-60 mins. The power off does not seem like it is affected by Prime95 at all Makes me wonder if it's a CPU or Motherboard issue at all. Q. I had similar random/intermittent problems with my old board. It gave one of a few different symptoms: keyboard and/or mouse would die and/or the RAM wouldn't work and/or it would shut down. It was in bad shape. One problems was that my old PSU had literally burned the connector on it (browned around the pins), another was that a broken lead inside the layers of the PCB would work sometimes if it happened to be hot or if I bent the board—by jamming a hunk of wood behind it. I managed to keep the board alive for several years, but eventually nothing I did would make it work correctly anymore. – Synetech A. I will try that as the last resort, ok? ;) Q. Have you tried a different power cord, surge protector, outlet (on a different circuit). It's worth a shot just to ensure it's not subpar wiring or a week circuit (dips in power may cause shutdown if the PSU can't pull enough juice from the wall). – Kyle A. yes, I attached the PC to an entirely different outlet on a different circuit and the problem persists. After connecting it to a different outlet after starting the PC it gave me 3 long beeps and 1 short one, then the PC immediately proceeded to boot up normally. Q. Re-check your mainboard manual and all PSU connections to your mainboard to be sure that nothing is missing (e.g. 12V ATX 4-pin/6-pin connector). If you can provoke shutdowns with Prime95, then consider buying new hardware -- a stable system should run Prime95 for 24h without any errors. Prime95 mentions errors in the log when they occur and gives a summary after the stress test was stopped manually (e.g. "0 errors, 0 warnings", if all is fine) – speakr A. Re-checked, there are no more PSU connectors that I can physically connect, except the one ATX 4-pin (there are 2 that power the CPU) that I disconnected on purpose, I have reconnected it but the problem persists. Q. With one PC I had a short curcuit. The power button on the front plate had its cables soldered, but not isolated, and the contacts were very close to the metal case. A heavier touch was enough to cause a shutdown. The PC's vibration could be enough – ott-- A. yes, it seems to switch off with even the lightest touch, I switched on the PC, then pulled out the front panel power cable that connects to the motherboard so the power button does not work anymore, after 5 mins of working like that, with the power button completely disconnected, just sitting idle, the PC powered off again, I don't think it's the power button. Q. I wonder if you dare to operate components without the case, that is remove motherboard, power, disk ( just put the motherboard on a wooden desk). Don't bend the adapters when running like that. – ott-- A. yes, I do dare to do that, but only tomorrow, too tired/late right now.

    Read the article

  • Core Data error when assigning variable with one-to-one relationship

    - by Hoang Pham
    I tried to assign a managed object (C) with its property another managed object (B) (a one-to-one relationship) in which this other managed object (B) has a to-many relationship with one other managed object (A). There is an error from this assignment in which I copied as follows: #0 0x020e53a7 in ___forwarding___ #1 0x020c16c2 in __forwarding_prep_0___ #2 0x02078988 in CFRetain #3 0x0207a728 in CFSetAddValue #4 0x020c2fb2 in CFSetCreate #5 0x01e51ce8 in -[_NSFaultingMutableSet copyWithZone:] #6 0x020afcca in -[NSObject copy] #7 0x01e50d22 in -[NSManagedObject(_NSInternalMethods) _newPropertiesForRetainedTypes:andCopiedTypes:preserveFaults:] #8 0x01e51aa0 in -[NSManagedObject(_NSInternalMethods) _newAllPropertiesWithRelationshipFaultsIntact__] #9 0x01e519b4 in -[NSManagedObjectContext(_NSInternalChangeProcessing) _establishEventSnapshotsForObject:] #10 0x01e51866 in _PFFastMOCObjectWillChange #11 0x01e516c5 in _PF_ManagedObject_WillChangeValueForKeyIndex #12 0x01e51525 in _sharedIMPL_setvfk_core #13 0x01e51483 in _PF_Handler_Public_SetProperty #14 0x01e546d1 in -[NSManagedObject(_NSInternalMethods) _didChangeValue:forRelationship:named:withInverse:] #15 0x0030ec1e in NSKVONotify #16 0x002aae2a in -[NSObject(NSKeyValueObserverNotification) didChangeValueForKey:] #17 0x01e5212f in _PF_ManagedObject_DidChangeValueForKeyIndex #18 0x01e515b1 in _sharedIMPL_setvfk_core #19 0x01e55827 in _svfk_5 I don't understand very well what the exact description of this error is. Can someone explain to me what it is and how to solve this one. Note that all other assignments in which the managed object B does not have any A items do not raise this error. ObjectC *objectC = [NSEntityDescription insertNewObjectForEntityForName:@"ObjectC" inManagedObjectContext:managedObjectContext]; objectC.objectB = objectB; Thank you in advance. I added some more NSZombieEnabled/MallocStackLogging generated log: 2010-05-18 17:28:05.327 Foo[2069:207] *** -[CFSet retain]: message sent to deallocated instance 0x800c880 (gdb) shell malloc_history 207 0x800c880 malloc_history cannot examine process 207 because the process does not exist. (gdb) shell malloc_history 2069 0x800c880 ALLOC 0x800c880-0x800c884 [size=5]: thread_a0a8c4e0 |start | main | UIApplicationMain | GSEventRun | GSEventRunModal | CFRunLoopRunInMode | CFRunLoopRunSpecific | __NSFireDelayedPerform | -[Step2ViewController downloadData] | -[Parser downloadVariantsWithPin:forTerminal:] | -[Parser parseByNSXMLParser:] | -[NSXMLParser parse] | xmlParseChunk | xmlIOParseDTD | _endElementNs | -[Parser parser:didEndElement:namespaceURI:qualifiedName:] | NSLog | NSLogv | _CFLogvEx | __CFLogCString | asl_send | _asl_send_level_message | asl_set_query | strdup | malloc | malloc_zone_malloc ---- FREE 0x800c880-0x800c884 [size=5]: thread_a0a8c4e0 |start | main | UIApplicationMain | GSEventRun | GSEventRunModal | CFRunLoopRunInMode | CFRunLoopRunSpecific | __NSFireDelayedPerform | -[Step2ViewController downloadData] | -[Parser downloadVariantsWithPin:forTerminal:] | -[Parser parseByNSXMLParser:] | -[NSXMLParser parse] | xmlParseChunk | xmlIOParseDTD | _endElementNs | -[Parser parser:didEndElement:namespaceURI:qualifiedName:] | NSLog | NSLogv | _CFLogvEx | __CFLogCString | asl_send | _asl_send_level_message | asl_free | free ALLOC 0x800c860-0x800c8df [size=128]: thread_a0a8c4e0 |start | main | UIApplicationMain | GSEventRun | GSEventRunModal | CFRunLoopRunInMode | CFRunLoopRunSpecific | __NSFireDelayedPerform | -[Step2ViewController downloadData] | -[Parser downloadVariantsWithPin:forTerminal:] | -[Parser parseByNSXMLParser:] | -[NSXMLParser parse] | xmlParseChunk | xmlParseCharData | _characters | -[Parser parser:foundCharacters:] | NSLog | NSLogv | _CFLogvEx | __CFLogCString | asl_send | _asl_send_level_message | asl_set_query | asprintf | malloc | malloc_zone_malloc ---- FREE 0x800c860-0x800c8df [size=128]: thread_a0a8c4e0 |start | main | UIApplicationMain | GSEventRun | GSEventRunModal | CFRunLoopRunInMode | CFRunLoopRunSpecific | __NSFireDelayedPerform | -[Step2ViewController downloadData] | -[Parser downloadVariantsWithPin:forTerminal:] | -[Parser parseByNSXMLParser:] | -[NSXMLParser parse] | xmlParseChunk | xmlParseCharData | _characters | -[Parser parser:foundCharacters:] | NSLog | NSLogv | _CFLogvEx | __CFLogCString | asl_send | _asl_send_level_message | asl_set_query | free ALLOC 0x800c860-0x800c8df [size=128]: thread_a0a8c4e0 |start | main | UIApplicationMain | GSEventRun | GSEventRunModal | CFRunLoopRunInMode | CFRunLoopRunSpecific | __NSFireDelayedPerform | -[Step2ViewController downloadData] | -[Parser downloadVariantsWithPin:forTerminal:] | -[Parser parseByNSXMLParser:] | -[NSXMLParser parse] | xmlParseChunk | xmlParseCharData | _characters | -[Parser parser:foundCharacters:] | NSLog | NSLogv | _CFLogvEx | __CFLogCString | asl_send | _asl_send_level_message | asprintf | malloc | malloc_zone_malloc ---- FREE 0x800c860-0x800c8df [size=128]: thread_a0a8c4e0 |start | main | UIApplicationMain | GSEventRun | GSEventRunModal | CFRunLoopRunInMode | CFRunLoopRunSpecific | __NSFireDelayedPerform | -[Step2ViewController downloadData] | -[Parser downloadVariantsWithPin:forTerminal:] | -[Parser parseByNSXMLParser:] | -[NSXMLParser parse] | xmlParseChunk | xmlParseCharData | _characters | -[Parser parser:foundCharacters:] | NSLog | NSLogv | _CFLogvEx | __CFLogCString | asl_send | _asl_send_level_message | free ALLOC 0x800c860-0x800c8df [size=128]: thread_a0a8c4e0 |start | main | UIApplicationMain | GSEventRun | GSEventRunModal | CFRunLoopRunInMode | CFRunLoopRunSpecific | __NSFireDelayedPerform | -[Step2ViewController downloadData] | -[Parser downloadVariantsWithPin:forTerminal:] | -[Parser parseByNSXMLParser:] | -[NSXMLParser parse] | xmlParseChunk | xmlParseCharData | _characters | -[Parser parser:foundCharacters:] | NSLog | NSLogv | _CFLogvEx | __CFLogCString | asl_send | _asl_send_level_message | asprintf | malloc | malloc_zone_malloc ---- FREE 0x800c860-0x800c8df [size=128]: thread_a0a8c4e0 |start | main | UIApplicationMain | GSEventRun | GSEventRunModal | CFRunLoopRunInMode | CFRunLoopRunSpecific | __NSFireDelayedPerform | -[Step2ViewController downloadData] | -[Parser downloadVariantsWithPin:forTerminal:] | -[Parser parseByNSXMLParser:] | -[NSXMLParser parse] | xmlParseChunk | xmlParseCharData | _characters | -[Parser parser:foundCharacters:] | NSLog | NSLogv | _CFLogvEx | __CFLogCString | asl_send | _asl_send_level_message | free ALLOC 0x800c860-0x800c8df [size=128]: thread_a0a8c4e0 |start | main | UIApplicationMain | GSEventRun | GSEventRunModal | CFRunLoopRunInMode | CFRunLoopRunSpecific | __NSFireDelayedPerform | -[Step2ViewController downloadData] | -[Parser downloadVariantsWithPin:forTerminal:] | -[Parser parseByNSXMLParser:] | -[NSXMLParser parse] | xmlParseChunk | xmlParseCharData | _characters | -[Parser parser:foundCharacters:] | NSLog | NSLogv | _CFLogvEx | __CFLogCString | asl_send | _asl_send_level_message | asprintf | malloc | malloc_zone_malloc ---- FREE 0x800c860-0x800c8df [size=128]: thread_a0a8c4e0 |start | main | UIApplicationMain | GSEventRun | GSEventRunModal | CFRunLoopRunInMode | CFRunLoopRunSpecific | __NSFireDelayedPerform | -[Step2ViewController downloadData] | -[Parser downloadVariantsWithPin:forTerminal:] | -[Parser parseByNSXMLParser:] | -[NSXMLParser parse] | xmlParseChunk | xmlParseCharData | _characters | -[Parser parser:foundCharacters:] | NSLog | NSLogv | _CFLogvEx | __CFLogCString | asl_send | _asl_send_level_message | free ALLOC 0x800c860-0x800c8df [size=128]: thread_a0a8c4e0 |start | main | UIApplicationMain | GSEventRun | GSEventRunModal | CFRunLoopRunInMode | CFRunLoopRunSpecific | __NSFireDelayedPerform | -[Step2ViewController downloadData] | -[Parser downloadVariantsWithPin:forTerminal:] | -[Parser parseByNSXMLParser:] | -[NSXMLParser parse] | xmlParseChunk | xmlParseCharData | _characters | -[Parser parser:foundCharacters:] | NSLog | NSLogv | _CFLogvEx | __CFLogCString | asl_send | _asl_send_level_message | asprintf | malloc | malloc_zone_malloc ---- FREE 0x800c860-0x800c8df [size=128]: thread_a0a8c4e0 |start | main | UIApplicationMain | GSEventRun | GSEventRunModal | CFRunLoopRunInMode | CFRunLoopRunSpecific | __NSFireDelayedPerform | -[Step2ViewController downloadData] | -[Parser downloadVariantsWithPin:forTerminal:] | -[Parser parseByNSXMLParser:] | -[NSXMLParser parse] | xmlParseChunk | xmlParseCharData | _characters | -[Parser parser:foundCharacters:] | NSLog | NSLogv | _CFLogvEx | __CFLogCString | asl_send | _asl_send_level_message | free ALLOC 0x800c860-0x800c8df [size=128]: thread_a0a8c4e0 |start | main | UIApplicationMain | GSEventRun | GSEventRunModal | CFRunLoopRunInMode | CFRunLoopRunSpecific | __NSFireDelayedPerform | -[Step2ViewController downloadData] | -[Parser downloadVariantsWithPin:forTerminal:] | -[Parser parseByNSXMLParser:] | -[NSXMLParser parse] | xmlParseChunk | xmlParseCharData | _characters | -[Parser parser:foundCharacters:] | NSLog | NSLogv | _CFLogvEx | __CFLogCString | asl_send | _asl_send_level_message | asprintf | malloc | malloc_zone_malloc ---- FREE 0x800c860-0x800c8df [size=128]: thread_a0a8c4e0 |start | main | UIApplicationMain | GSEventRun | GSEventRunModal | CFRunLoopRunInMode | CFRunLoopRunSpecific | __NSFireDelayedPerform | -[Step2ViewController downloadData] | -[Parser downloadVariantsWithPin:forTerminal:] | -[Parser parseByNSXMLParser:] | -[NSXMLParser parse] | xmlParseChunk | xmlParseCharData | _characters | -[Parser parser:foundCharacters:] | NSLog | NSLogv | _CFLogvEx | __CFLogCString | asl_send | _asl_send_level_message | free ALLOC 0x800c700-0x800c893 [size=404]: thread_a0a8c4e0 |start | main | UIApplicationMain | GSEventRun | GSEventRunModal | CFRunLoopRunInMode | CFRunLoopRunSpecific | __NSFireDelayedPerform | -[Step2ViewController downloadData] | -[Parser downloadVariantsWithPin:forTerminal:] | -[Parser parseByNSXMLParser:] | -[NSXMLParser parse] | xmlParseChunk | xmlIOParseDTD | _startElementNs | -[Parser parser:didStartElement:namespaceURI:qualifiedName:attributes:] | NSLog | NSLogv | _CFLogvEx | __CFLogCString | CFCalendarDecomposeAbsoluteTime | _CFCalendarDecomposeAbsoluteTimeV | __CFCalendarSetupCal | __CFCalendarCreateUCalendar | ucal_open | icu::Calendar::createInstance(icu::TimeZone*, icu::Locale const&, UErrorCode&) | malloc | malloc_zone_malloc ---- FREE 0x800c700-0x800c893 [size=404]: thread_a0a8c4e0 |start | main | UIApplicationMain | GSEventRun | GSEventRunModal | CFRunLoopRunInMode | CFRunLoopRunSpecific | __NSFireDelayedPerform | -[Step2ViewController downloadData] | -[Parser downloadVariantsWithPin:forTerminal:] | -[Parser parseByNSXMLParser:] | -[NSXMLParser parse] | xmlParseChunk | xmlIOParseDTD | _startElementNs | -[Parser parser:didStartElement:namespaceURI:qualifiedName:attributes:] | NSLog | NSLogv | _CFLogvEx | __CFLogCString | _CFRelease | free ALLOC 0x800c880-0x800c8c7 [size=72]: thread_a0a8c4e0 |start | main | UIApplicationMain | GSEventRun | GSEventRunModal | CFRunLoopRunInMode | CFRunLoopRunSpecific | __NSFireDelayedPerform | -[Step2ViewController downloadData] | -[Parser downloadVariantsWithPin:forTerminal:] | -[Parser parseByNSXMLParser:] | -[NSXMLParser parse] | xmlParseChunk | xmlIOParseDTD | _startElementNs | -[Parser parser:didStartElement:namespaceURI:qualifiedName:attributes:] | +[NSEntityDescription insertNewObjectForEntityForName:inManagedObjectContext:] | +[NSManagedObject(_PFDynamicAccessorsAndPropertySupport) allocWithEntity:] | _PFAllocateObject | malloc_zone_calloc ---- FREE 0x800c880-0x800c8c7 [size=72]: thread_a0a8c4e0 |start | main | UIApplicationMain | GSEventRun | GSEventRunModal | CFRunLoopRunInMode | CFRunLoopRunSpecific | __CFRunLoopDoObservers | _performRunLoopAction | -[_PFManagedObjectReferenceQueue _processReferenceQueue:] | _PFDeallocateObject | malloc_zone_free ALLOC 0x800c880-0x800c8a7 [size=40]: thread_a0a8c4e0 |start | main | UIApplicationMain | GSEventRun | GSEventRunModal | CFRunLoopRunInMode | CFRunLoopRunSpecific | __CFRunLoopDoObservers | CA::Transaction::observer_callback(__CFRunLoopObserver*, unsigned long, void*) | CA::Transaction::commit() | CA::Context::commit_transaction(CA::Transaction*) | CALayerDisplayIfNeeded | -[TileLayer display] | -[CALayer _display] | CABackingStoreUpdate | backing_callback(CGContext*, void*) | WebCore::TiledSurface::drawLayer(CALayer*, CGContext*) | WKWindowDrawRect | WKViewDisplayRect | _WKViewDraw(CGContext*, WKView*, CGRect) | _WKViewDraw(CGContext*, WKView*, CGRect) | _WKViewDraw(CGContext*, WKView*, CGRect) | _WKViewDraw(CGContext*, WKView*, CGRect) | _WKViewDraw(CGContext*, WKView*, CGRect) | -[WebHTMLView drawSingleRect:] | -[WebFrame(WebInternal) _drawRect:contentsOnly:] | WebCore::FrameView::paintContents(WebCore::GraphicsContext*, WebCore::IntRect const&) | WebCore::RenderLayer::paint(WebCore::GraphicsContext*, WebCore::IntRect const&, WebCore::PaintRestriction, WebCore::RenderObject*) | WebCore::RenderLayer::paintLayer(WebCore::RenderLayer*, WebCore::GraphicsContext*, WebCore::IntRect const&, bool, WebCore::PaintRestriction, WebCore::RenderObject*, bool, bool) | WebCore::RenderLayer::paintLayer(WebCore::RenderLayer*, WebCore::GraphicsContext*, WebCore::IntRect const&, bool, WebCore::PaintRestriction, WebCore::RenderObject*, bool, bool) | WebCore::RenderBlock::paint(WebCore::RenderObject::PaintInfo&, int, int) | WebCore::RenderBlock::paintObject(WebCore::RenderObject::PaintInfo&, int, int) | WebCore::RenderBlock::paintChildren(WebCore::RenderObject::PaintInfo&, int, int) | WebCore::RenderBlock::paint(WebCore::RenderObject::PaintInfo&, int, int) | WebCore::RenderBlock::paintObject(WebCore::RenderObject::PaintInfo&, int, int) | WebCore::RenderBlock::paintChildren(WebCore::RenderObject::PaintInfo&, int, int) | WebCore::RenderBlock::paint(WebCore::RenderObject::PaintInfo&, int, int) | WebCore::RenderBlock::paintObject(WebCore::RenderObject::PaintInfo&, int, int) | WebCore::RenderBlock::paintChildren(WebCore::RenderObject::PaintInfo&, int, int) | WebCore::RenderBlock::paint(WebCore::RenderObject::PaintInfo&, int, int) | WebCore::RenderBlock::paintObject(WebCore::RenderObject::PaintInfo&, int, int) | WebCore::RenderFlow::paintLines(WebCore::RenderObject::PaintInfo&, int, int) | WebCore::RootInlineBox::paint(WebCore::RenderObject::PaintInfo&, int, int) | WebCore::InlineFlowBox::paint(WebCore::RenderObject::PaintInfo&, int, int) | WebCore::InlineTextBox::paint(WebCore::RenderObject::PaintInfo&, int, int) | WebCore::paintTextWithShadows(WebCore::GraphicsContext*, WebCore::Font const&, WebCore::TextRun const&, int, int, WebCore::IntPoint const&, int, int, int, int, WebCore::ShadowData*, bool) | WebCore::GraphicsContext::drawText(WebCore::Font const&, WebCore::TextRun const&, WebCore::IntPoint const&, int, int) | WebCore::Font::drawSimpleText(WebCore::GraphicsContext*, WebCore::TextRun const&, WebCore::FloatPoint const&, int, int) const | WebCore::Font::drawGlyphBuffer(WebCore::GraphicsContext*, WebCore::GlyphBuffer const&, WebCore::TextRun const&, WebCore::FloatPoint&) const | WebCore::Font::drawGlyphs(WebCore::GraphicsContext*, WebCore::SimpleFontData const*, WebCore::GlyphBuffer const&, int, int, WebCore::FloatPoint const&, bool) const | CGGStateSetFont | maybeCopyTextState | calloc | malloc_zone_calloc ---- FREE 0x800c880-0x800c8a7 [size=40]: thread_a0a8c4e0 |start | main | UIApplicationMain | GSEventRun | GSEventRunModal | CFRunLoopRunInMode | CFRunLoopRunSpecific | __CFRunLoopDoObservers | CA::Transaction::observer_callback(__CFRunLoopObserver*, unsigned long, void*) | CA::Transaction::commit() | CA::Context::commit_transaction(CA::Transaction*) | CALayerDisplayIfNeeded | -[TileLayer display] | -[CALayer _display] | CABackingStoreUpdate | backing_callback(CGContext*, void*) | WebCore::TiledSurface::drawLayer(CALayer*, CGContext*) | WKWindowDrawRect | WKViewDisplayRect | _WKViewDraw(CGContext*, WKView*, CGRect) | _WKViewDraw(CGContext*, WKView*, CGRect) | _WKViewDraw(CGContext*, WKView*, CGRect) | _WKViewDraw(CGContext*, WKView*, CGRect) | _WKViewDraw(CGContext*, WKView*, CGRect) | -[WebHTMLView drawSingleRect:] | -[WebFrame(WebInternal) _drawRect:contentsOnly:] | WebCore::FrameView::paintContents(WebCore::GraphicsContext*, WebCore::IntRect const&) | WebCore::RenderLayer::paint(WebCore::GraphicsContext*, WebCore::IntRect const&, WebCore::PaintRestriction, WebCore::RenderObject*) | WebCore::RenderLayer::paintLayer(WebCore::RenderLayer*, WebCore::GraphicsContext*, WebCore::IntRect const&, bool, WebCore::PaintRestriction, WebCore::RenderObject*, bool, bool) | WebCore::RenderLayer::paintLayer(WebCore::RenderLayer*, WebCore::GraphicsContext*, WebCore::IntRect const&, bool, WebCore::PaintRestriction, WebCore::RenderObject*, bool, bool) | WebCore::RenderBlock::paint(WebCore::RenderObject::PaintInfo&, int, int) | WebCore::RenderBlock::paintObject(WebCore::RenderObject::PaintInfo&, int, int) | WebCore::RenderBlock::paintChildren(WebCore::RenderObject::PaintInfo&, int, int) | WebCore::RenderBlock::paint(WebCore::RenderObject::PaintInfo&, int, int) | WebCore::RenderBlock::paintObject(WebCore::RenderObject::PaintInfo&, int, int) | WebCore::RenderBlock::paintChildren(WebCore::RenderObject::PaintInfo&, int, int) | WebCore::RenderBlock::paint(WebCore::RenderObject::PaintInfo&, int, int) | WebCore::RenderBlock::paintObject(WebCore::RenderObject::PaintInfo&, int, int) | WebCore::RenderBlock::paintChildren(WebCore::RenderObject::PaintInfo&, int, int) | WebCore::RenderBlock::paint(WebCore::RenderObject::PaintInfo&, int, int) | WebCore::RenderBlock::paintObject(WebCore::RenderObject::PaintInfo&, int, int) | WebCore::RenderFlow::paintLines(WebCore::RenderObject::PaintInfo&, int, int) | WebCore::RootInlineBox::paint(WebCore::RenderObject::PaintInfo&, int, int) | WebCore::InlineFlowBox::paint(WebCore::RenderObject::PaintInfo&, int, int) | WebCore::InlineTextBox::paint(WebCore::RenderObject::PaintInfo&, int, int) | WebCore::paintTextWithShadows(WebCore::GraphicsContext*, WebCore::Font const&, WebCore::TextRun const&, int, int, WebCore::IntPoint const&, int, int, int, int, WebCore::ShadowData*, bool) | WebCore::GraphicsContext::restorePlatformState() | CGContextRestoreGState | CGGStackRestore | CGGStateRelease | textStateRelease | free ALLOC 0x800c880-0x800c8bf [size=64]: thread_a0a8c4e0 |start | main | UIApplicationMain | GSEventRun | GSEventRunModal | CFRunLoopRunInMode | CFRunLoopRunSpecific | CA::timer_callback(__CFRunLoopTimer*, void*) | run_animation_callbacks(double, void*) | -[UIViewAnimationState animationDidStop:finished:] | -[UIViewAnimationState sendDelegateAnimationDidStop:finished:] | -[UINavigationTransitionView _navigationTransitionDidStop] | -[UIView(Hierarchy) removeFromSuperview] | -[UITextField resignFirstResponder] | -[UIFieldEditor resignFirstResponder] | -[UIKeyboardImpl setDelegate:] | -[UIKeyboardImpl setDelegate:force:] | -[UITextInteractionAssistant setGestureRecognizers] | -[UITextInteractionAssistant addTwoFingerRangedSelectRecognizer] | -[UILongPressGestureRecognizer initWithTarget:action:] | -[__NSPlaceholderSet init] | -[__NSPlaceholderSet initWithCapacity:] | __CFSetInit | _CFRuntimeCreateInstance | malloc_zone_malloc

    Read the article

  • Need guidance on a Google Map application that has to show 250 000 polylines.

    - by lucian.jp
    I am looking for advice for an application I am developing that uses Google Map. Summary: A user has a list of criteria for searching a street segment that fulfills the criteria. The street segments will be colored with 3 colors for showing those below average, average and over average. Then the user clicks on the street segment to see an information window showing the properties of that specific segment hiding those not selected until he/she closes the window and other polyline becomes visible again. This looks quite like the Monopoly City Streets game Hasbro made some month ago the difference being I do not use Flash, I can’t use Open Street Map because it doesn’t list street segment (if it does the IDs won’t be the same anyway) and I do not have to show Google sketch building over. Information: I have a database of street segments with IDs, polyline points and centroid. The database has 6,000,000 street segment records in it. To narrow the generated data a bit we focus on city. The largest city we must show has 250,000 street segments. This means 250,000 line segment polyline to show. Our longest polyline uses 9600 characters which is stored in two 8000 varchar columns in SQL Server 2008. We need to use the API v3 because it is faster than the API v2 and the application will be ported to iPhone. For now it's an ASP.NET 3.5 with SQl Server 2008 application. Performance is a priority. Problems: Most of the demo projects that do this are made with API v2. So besides tutorial on the Google API v3 reference page I have nothing to compare performance or technology use to achieve my goal. There is no available .NET wrapper for the API v3 yet. Generating a 250,000 line segment polyline creates a heavy file which takes time to transfer and parse. (I have found a demo of one polyline of 390,000 points. I think the encoder would be far less efficient with more polylines with less points since there will be less rounding.) Since streets segments are shown based on criteria, polylines must be dynamically created and cache can't be used. Some thoughts: KML/KMZ: Pros: Since it is a standard we can easily load Bing maps, Yahoo! maps, Google maps, Google Earth, with the same KML file. The data generation would be the same. Cons: LineString in KML cannot be encoded polyline like the Google map API can handle. So it would probably be bigger and slower to display. Zipping the file at the size it will take more processing time and require the client side to uncompress the data and I am not quite sure with 250,000 data how an iPhone would handle this and how a server would handle 40 users browsing at the same time. JavaScript file: Pros: JavaScript file can have encoded polyline and would significantly reduce the file to transfer. Cons: Have to create my own stripped version of API v3 to add overlays, create polyline, etc. It is more complex than just create a KML file and point to the source. GeoRSS: This option isn't adapted for my needs I think, but I could be wrong. MapServer: I saw some post suggesting using MapServer to generate overlays. Not quite sure for the connection with our database and the performance it would give. Plus it requires a plugin for generating KML. It seems to me that it wouldn't allow me to do better than creating my own KML or JavaScript file. Maintenance would be simpler without. Monopoly City Streets: The game is now over, but for those who know what I am talking about Monopoly City Streets was showing at max zoom level only the streets that the centroid was inside the Bounds of the window. Moving the map was sending request to the server for the new streets to show. While I think this was ingenious, I have no idea how to implement something similar. The only thing I thought about was to compare if the long was inside the bound of map area X and same with Y. While this could improve performance significantly at high zoom level, this would give nothing when showing a whole city. Clustering: While cluster is awesome for marker, it seems we cannot cluster polylines. I would have liked something like MarkerClusterer for polylines and be able to cluster by my 3 polyline colors. This will probably stay as a “would have been freaking awesome but forget it”. Arrow: I will have in a future version to show a direction for the polyline and will have to show an arrow at the centroid. Loading an image or marker will only double my data so creating a custom overlay will probably be my only option. I have found that demo for something similar I would like to achieve. Unfortunately, the demo is very slow, but I only wish to show 1 arrow per polyline and not multiple like the demo. This functionality will depend on the format of data since I don't think KML support custom overlays. Criteria: While the application is done with ASP.NET 3.5, the port to the iPhone won't use the web to show the application and be limited in screen size for selecting the criteria. This is why I was more orienting on a service or page generating the file based on criteria passed in parameters. The service would than generate the file I need to display the polylines on the map. I could also create an aspx page that does this. The aspx page is more documented than the service way. There should be a reason. Questions: Should I create a web service to returns the street segments file or create an aspx page that return the file? Should I create a JavaScript file with encoded polyline or a KML with longitude/latitude based on the fact that maximum longitude/latitude polyline have 9600 characters and I have to render maximum 250,000 line segment polyline. Or should I go with a MapServer that generate the overlay? Will I be able to display simple arrow on the polyline on the next version. In case of KML generation is it faster to create the file with XDocument, XmlDocument, XmlWriter and this manually or just serialize the street segment in the stream? This is more a brainstorming Stack Overflow question than an actual code problem. Any answer helping narrow the possibilities is as good as someone having all the knowledge to point me out a better choice.

    Read the article

  • PE Header Requirements

    - by Pindatjuh
    What are the requirements of a PE file (PE/COFF)? What fields should be set, which value, at a bare minimum for enabling it to "run" on Windows (i.e. executing "ret" instruction and then close, without error). The library I am building first is the linker: Now, the problem I have is the PE file (PE/COFF). I don't know what is "required" for a PE file before it can actually execute on my platform. My testing platform is Vista. I get an error message, saying "This is not a valid Win32 executable." when I execute it by double-clicking, and I get an "Access Denied." when executing it with CLI cmd. I have two sections, .text and .data. I've implemented the PE headers as provided by several online documents, i.e. MSDN and some other thirdparty documentation. If I use a hex-editor, it looks almost like a regular PE file. I don't use any imports, nor IAT, nor any directories in the PE header. Edit: I've added an import table, still not a valid .exe-file, says my Windows. I've tried to use values which are also mentioned at the smallest PE-file guide. No luck. Really the only thing I can't seem to figure out is what is required and what isn't. Some guides tell me everything is required, whilst others say about deprications: and it can be zero. I hope this is enough information. Thank you, in advance. Raw data (as requested) of current PE header: 4D 5A 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 40 00 00 00 50 45 00 00 4C 01 02 00 C8 7A 55 4B 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 E0 00 82 01 0B 01 0D 25 00 10 00 00 00 10 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 10 00 00 00 10 00 00 00 20 00 00 00 00 40 00 00 10 00 00 00 02 00 00 01 00 0B 00 00 00 00 00 03 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 00 22 00 00 38 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 03 00 00 00 00 40 00 00 00 40 00 00 00 40 00 00 00 40 00 00 00 00 00 00 0E 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 20 00 00 24 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 2E 74 65 78 74 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 10 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 20 00 00 60 2E 69 64 61 74 61 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 20 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 40 00 00 C0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 3C 20 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 24 20 00 00 34 20 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 4B 45 52 4E 45 4C 33 32 2E 64 6C 6C 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 80 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 80 00 00 00 00

    Read the article

  • Class member functions instantiated by traits [policies, actually]

    - by Jive Dadson
    I am reluctant to say I can't figure this out, but I can't figure this out. I've googled and searched Stack Overflow, and come up empty. The abstract, and possibly overly vague form of the question is, how can I use the traits-pattern to instantiate member functions? [Update: I used the wrong term here. It should be "policies" rather than "traits." Traits describe existing classes. Policies prescribe synthetic classes.] The question came up while modernizing a set of multivariate function optimizers that I wrote more than 10 years ago. The optimizers all operate by selecting a straight-line path through the parameter space away from the current best point (the "update"), then finding a better point on that line (the "line search"), then testing for the "done" condition, and if not done, iterating. There are different methods for doing the update, the line-search, and conceivably for the done test, and other things. Mix and match. Different update formulae require different state-variable data. For example, the LMQN update requires a vector, and the BFGS update requires a matrix. If evaluating gradients is cheap, the line-search should do so. If not, it should use function evaluations only. Some methods require more accurate line-searches than others. Those are just some examples. The original version instantiates several of the combinations by means of virtual functions. Some traits are selected by setting mode bits that are tested at runtime. Yuck. It would be trivial to define the traits with #define's and the member functions with #ifdef's and macros. But that's so twenty years ago. It bugs me that I cannot figure out a whiz-bang modern way. If there were only one trait that varied, I could use the curiously recurring template pattern. But I see no way to extend that to arbitrary combinations of traits. I tried doing it using boost::enable_if, etc.. The specialized state information was easy. I managed to get the functions done, but only by resorting to non-friend external functions that have the this-pointer as a parameter. I never even figured out how to make the functions friends, much less member functions. The compiler (VC++ 2008) always complained that things didn't match. I would yell, "SFINAE, you moron!" but the moron is probably me. Perhaps tag-dispatch is the key. I haven't gotten very deeply into that. Surely it's possible, right? If so, what is best practice? UPDATE: Here's another try at explaining it. I want the user to be able to fill out an order (manifest) for a custom optimizer, something like ordering off of a Chinese menu - one from column A, one from column B, etc.. Waiter, from column A (updaters), I'll have the BFGS update with Cholesky-decompositon sauce. From column B (line-searchers), I'll have the cubic interpolation line-search with an eta of 0.4 and a rho of 1e-4, please. Etc... UPDATE: Okay, okay. Here's the playing-around that I've done. I offer it reluctantly, because I suspect it's a completely wrong-headed approach. It runs okay under vc++ 2008. #include <boost/utility.hpp> #include <boost/type_traits/integral_constant.hpp> namespace dj { struct CBFGS { void bar() {printf("CBFGS::bar %d\n", data);} CBFGS(): data(1234){} int data; }; template<class T> struct is_CBFGS: boost::false_type{}; template<> struct is_CBFGS<CBFGS>: boost::true_type{}; struct LMQN {LMQN(): data(54.321){} void bar() {printf("LMQN::bar %lf\n", data);} double data; }; template<class T> struct is_LMQN: boost::false_type{}; template<> struct is_LMQN<LMQN> : boost::true_type{}; // "Order form" struct default_optimizer_traits { typedef CBFGS update_type; // Selection from column A - updaters }; template<class traits> class Optimizer; template<class traits> void foo(typename boost::enable_if<is_LMQN<typename traits::update_type>, Optimizer<traits> >::type& self) { printf(" LMQN %lf\n", self.data); } template<class traits> void foo(typename boost::enable_if<is_CBFGS<typename traits::update_type>, Optimizer<traits> >::type& self) { printf("CBFGS %d\n", self.data); } template<class traits = default_optimizer_traits> class Optimizer{ friend typename traits::update_type; //friend void dj::foo<traits>(typename Optimizer<traits> & self); // How? public: //void foo(void); // How??? void foo() { dj::foo<traits>(*this); } void bar() { data.bar(); } //protected: // How? typedef typename traits::update_type update_type; update_type data; }; } // namespace dj int main() { dj::Optimizer<> opt; opt.foo(); opt.bar(); std::getchar(); return 0; }

    Read the article

  • C Number to Text problem with ones and tens..

    - by Joegabb
    #include<stdio.h> #include<conio.h> main() { int ones,tens,ventoteen, myloop = 0; long num2,cents2,centeens,cents1,thousands,hundreds; double num; do{ printf("Enter a number: "); scanf("%lf",&num); if(num<=10000 || num>=0) { if (num==0) { printf("\t\tZero"); } num=(num*100); num2= (long)num; thousands=num2/100000; num2=num2%100000; hundreds=num2/10000; num2=num2%10000; if ((num2>=1100) || (num2<=1900)) { tens=0; ones=0; ventoteen=num2%1000; } else { tens=num2/1000; num2=num2%1000; ones=num2/100; num2=num2%100; } if((num2>=11) && (num2<=19)) { cents1=0; cents2=0; centeens=num2%10; } else { cents1=num2/10; num2=num2%10; cents2=num2/1; } if (thousands == 1) printf("One thousand "); else if (thousands == 2) printf("Two thousand "); else if (thousands == 3) printf("Three Thousand "); else if (thousands == 4) printf("Four thousand "); else if (thousands == 5) printf("Five Thousand "); else if (thousands == 6) printf("Six thousand "); else if (thousands == 7) printf("Seven Thousand "); else if (thousands == 8) printf("Eight thousand "); else if (thousands == 9) printf("Nine Thousand "); else {} if (hundreds == 1) printf("one hundred "); else if (hundreds == 2) printf("two hundred "); else if (hundreds == 3) printf("three hundred "); else if (hundreds == 4) printf("four hundred "); else if (hundreds == 5) printf("five hundred "); else if (hundreds == 6) printf("six hundred "); else if (hundreds == 7) printf("seven hundred "); else if (hundreds == 8) printf("eight hundred "); else if (hundreds == 9) printf("nine hundred "); else {} switch(ventoteen) { case 1: printf("eleven ");break; case 2: printf("twelve ");break; case 3: printf("thirteen ");break; case 4: printf("fourteen ");break; case 5: printf("fifteen ");break; case 6: printf("sixteen ");break; case 7: printf("seventeen ");break; case 8: printf("eighteen ");break; case 9: printf("nineteen ");break; } switch(tens) { case 1: printf("ten ");break; case 2: printf("twenty ");break; case 3: printf("thirty ");break; case 4: printf("forty ");break; case 5: printf("fifty ");break; case 6: printf("sixty ");break; case 7: printf("seventy ");break; case 8: printf("eighty ");break; case 9: printf("ninety ");break; } switch(ones) { case 1: printf("one ");break; case 2: printf("two ");break; case 3: printf("three ");break; case 4: printf("four ");break; case 5: printf("five ");break; case 6: printf("six ");break; case 7: printf("seven ");break; case 8: printf("eight ");break; case 9: printf("nine ");break; } switch(cents1) { case 1: printf("and ten centavos ");break; case 2: printf("and twenty centavos ");break; case 3: printf("and thirty centavos ");break; case 4: printf("and fourty centavos ");break; case 5: printf("and fifty centavos ");break; case 6: printf("and sixty centavos ");break; case 7: printf("and seventy centavos ");break; case 8: printf("and eighty centavos ");break; case 9: printf("and ninety centavos ");break; } switch(centeens) { case 1: printf("and eleven centavos ");break; case 2: printf("and twelve centavos ");break; case 3: printf("and thirteen centavos ");break; case 4: printf("and fourteen centavos ");break; case 5: printf("and fifteen centavos ");break; case 6: printf("and sixteen centavos ");break; case 7: printf("and seventeen centavos ");break; case 8: printf("and eighteen centavos ");break; case 9: printf("and nineteen centavos ");break; } switch(cents2) { case 1: printf("and one centavos ");break; case 2: printf("and two centavos ");break; case 3: printf("and three centavos ");break; case 4: printf("and four centavos ");break; case 5: printf("and five centavos ");break; case 6: printf("and six centavos ");break; case 7: printf("and seven centavos ");break; case 8: printf("and eight centavos ");break; case 9: printf("and nine centavos ");break; } } getch(); }while(myloop == 0); return 0; } my code is working fine but the problem is when i input 1 - 90 nothing appears but when i input 100 the output would be fine and that is "One Hundred" and so as 1000 the output would be "One Thousand". thanks for the help..

    Read the article

  • Php and Jquery Validation: with Jquery Form Plugin

    - by Jacinto
    Hi, This is the first time I have attempted to make a form using jquery and php. I used the folks over at Mid Mo Design as an example but even with that tutorial am still having trouble getting it to do what I want. This is the code I have been using. As well as jquery 1.4.1 and jQuery Form Plugin 2.43. Any help would be greatly appreciated. css scrollContact { border-top: double 1px #0D0D0D; padding: 100px 50px 50px 50px; background: #020303; position: relative; overflow: hidden; width: 924px; text-align: justify; } .contactInfo { float:left; width: 214px; margin-right: 10px; margin-top: 5px; } contactForm { float: left; width: 700px; } contactForm span { float: left; margin:5px; width: 455px; } input, textarea { -moz-border-radius:5px 5px 5px 5px; border:1px solid #001932; color:#BBBBBB; font:1.1em Verdana,Geneva,sans-serif; background: #0A0A0A; } input:hover, textarea:hover { border:1px solid #0278f2; background: #242424; } contactForm span input { line-height:1.8em; width:430px; padding:11px 10px; margin: 0px 0px 10px 0px; } contactForm input { line-height:1.8em; width:200px; padding:11px 10px; margin: 5px; } contactForm textarea { height:190px; line-height:1.8em; width:430px; padding:10px; } .message { background:#eee; color:#000; display:none; padding:10px; height: 70px; position: absolute; bottom:0px; } Html Contact Navigate To: Work services about contact Get A Free Quote Thank you for your interest in contacting me. Please use the form to the right to contact me via email. I will respond to your inquiry as soon as possible. Please note all fields are required. What Next? Thank you for your interest in contacting me. Please use the form to the right to contact me via email. I will respond to your inquiry as soon as possible. Please note all fields are required. Your Message Php <?php $sendto = '[email protected]'; $subject = 'Contact from contact form'; $errormessage = 'Oops! There seems to have been a problem. May we suggest...'; $thanks = "Thanks for the email! We'll get back to you as soon as possible!"; $honeypot = "You filled in the honeypot! If you're human, try again!"; $emptyname = 'Entering your name?'; $emptyemail = 'Entering your email address?'; $emptytitle = 'Entering The Subject?'; $emptymessage = 'Entering a message?'; $alertname = 'Entering your name using only the standard alphabet?'; $alertemail = 'Entering your email in this format: [email protected]?'; $alerttitle = 'Entering the subject using only the standard alphabet?'; $alertmessage = "Making sure you aren't using any parenthesis or other escaping characters in the message? Most URLS are fine though!"; $alert = ''; $pass = 0; function clean_var($variable) { $variable = strip_tags(stripslashes(trim(rtrim($variable)))); return $variable; } if ( empty($_REQUEST['last']) ) { if ( empty($_REQUEST['contactName']) ) { $pass = 1; $alert .= "" . $emptyname . ""; } elseif ( ereg( "[][{}()*+?.\^$|]", $_REQUEST['contactName'] ) ) { $pass = 1; $alert .= "" . $alertname . ""; } if ( empty($_REQUEST['contactEmail']) ) { $pass = 1; $alert .= "" . $emptyemail . ""; } elseif ( !eregi("^[_a-z0-9-]+(.[_a-z0-9-]+)@[a-z0-9-]+(.[a-z0-9-]+)(.[a-z]{2,3})$", $_REQUEST['contactEmail']) ) { $pass = 1; $alert .= "" . $alertemail . ""; } if ( empty($_REQUEST['contactTitle']) ) { $pass = 1; $alert .= "" . $emptytitle . ""; } elseif ( ereg( "[][{}()*+?.\^$|]", $_REQUEST['contactTitle'] ) ) { $pass = 1; $alert .= "" . $alerttitle . ""; } if ( empty($_REQUEST['contactMessage']) ) { $pass = 1; $alert .= "" . $emptymessage . ""; } elseif ( ereg( "[][{}()*+?\^$|]", $_REQUEST['contactMessage'] ) ) { $pass = 1; $alert .= "" . $alertmessage . ""; } if ( $pass==1 ) { echo "$(\".message\").hide(\"slow\").show(\"slow\"); "; echo "" . $errormessage . ""; echo ""; echo $alert; echo ""; } elseif (isset($_REQUEST['message'])) { $message = "From: " . clean_var($_REQUEST['contactName']) . "\n"; $message .= "Email: " . clean_var($_REQUEST['contactEmail']) . "\n"; $message .= "Telephone: " . clean_var($_REQUEST['contactTitle']) . "\n"; $message .= "Message: \n" . clean_var($_REQUEST['contactMessage']); $header = 'From:'. clean_var($_REQUEST['contactEmail']); mail($sendto, $subject, $message, $header); echo "$(\".message\").hide(\"slow\").show(\"slow\").animate({opacity: 1.0}, 4000).hide(\"slow\"); $(':input').clearForm() "; echo $thanks; die(); } } else { echo "$(\".message\").hide(\"slow\").show(\"slow\"); "; echo $honeypot; } ?

    Read the article

  • Probelm with String.split() in java

    - by Matt
    What I am trying to do is read a .java file, and pick out all of the identifiers and store them in a list. My problem is with the .split() method. If you run this code the way it is, you will get ArrayOutOfBounds, but if you change the delimiter from "." to anything else, the code works. But I need to lines parsed by "." so is there another way I could accomplish this? import java.io.BufferedReader; import java.io.FileNotFoundException; import java.io.FileReader; import java.io.IOException; import java.util.*; public class MyHash { private static String[] reserved = new String[100]; private static List list = new LinkedList(); private static List list2 = new LinkedList(); public static void main (String args[]){ Hashtable hashtable = new Hashtable(997); makeReserved(); readFile(); String line; ListIterator itr = list.listIterator(); int listIndex = 0; while (listIndex < list.size()) { if (itr.hasNext()){ line = itr.next().toString(); //PROBLEM IS HERE!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! String[] words = line.split("."); //CHANGE THIS AND IT WILL WORK System.out.println(words[0]); //TESTING TO SEE IF IT WORKED } listIndex++; } } public static void readFile() { String text; String[] words; BufferedReader in = null; try { in = new BufferedReader(new FileReader("MyHash.java")); //NAME OF INPUT FILE } catch (FileNotFoundException ex) { Logger.getLogger(MyHash.class.getName()).log(Level.SEVERE, null, ex); } try { while ((text = in.readLine()) != null){ text = text.trim(); words = text.split("\\s+"); for (int i = 0; i < words.length; i++){ list.add(words[i]); } for (int j = 0; j < reserved.length; j++){ if (list.contains(reserved[j])){ list.remove(reserved[j]); } } } } catch (IOException ex) { Logger.getLogger(MyHash.class.getName()).log(Level.SEVERE, null, ex); } try { in.close(); } catch (IOException ex) { Logger.getLogger(MyHash.class.getName()).log(Level.SEVERE, null, ex); } } public static int keyIt (int x) { int key = x % 997; return key; } public static int horner (String word){ int length = word.length(); char[] letters = new char[length]; for (int i = 0; i < length; i++){ letters[i]=word.charAt(i); } char[] alphabet = new char[26]; String abc = "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"; for (int i = 0; i < 26; i++){ alphabet[i]=abc.charAt(i); } int[] numbers = new int[length]; int place = 0; for (int i = 0; i < length; i++){ for (int j = 0; j < 26; j++){ if (alphabet[j]==letters[i]){ numbers[place]=j+1; place++; } } } int hornered = numbers[0] * 32; for (int i = 1; i < numbers.length; i++){ hornered += numbers[i]; if (i == numbers.length -1){ return hornered; } hornered = hornered % 997; hornered *= 32; } return hornered; } public static String[] makeReserved (){ reserved[0] = "abstract"; reserved[1] = "assert"; reserved[2] = "boolean"; reserved[3] = "break"; reserved[4] = "byte"; reserved[5] = "case"; reserved[6] = "catch"; reserved[7] = "char"; reserved[8] = "class"; reserved[9] = "const"; reserved[10] = "continue"; reserved[11] = "default"; reserved[12] = "do"; reserved[13] = "double"; reserved[14] = "else"; reserved[15] = "enum"; reserved[16] = "extends"; reserved[17] = "false"; reserved[18] = "final"; reserved[19] = "finally"; reserved[20] = "float"; reserved[21] = "for"; reserved[22] = "goto"; reserved[23] = "if"; reserved[24] = "implements"; reserved[25] = "import"; reserved[26] = "instanceof"; reserved[27] = "int"; reserved[28] = "interface"; reserved[29] = "long"; reserved[30] = "native"; reserved[31] = "new"; reserved[32] = "null"; reserved[33] = "package"; reserved[34] = "private"; reserved[35] = "protected"; reserved[36] = "public"; reserved[37] = "return"; reserved[38] = "short"; reserved[39] = "static"; reserved[40] = "strictfp"; reserved[41] = "super"; reserved[42] = "switch"; reserved[43] = "synchronize"; reserved[44] = "this"; reserved[45] = "throw"; reserved[46] = "throws"; reserved[47] = "trasient"; reserved[48] = "true"; reserved[49] = "try"; reserved[50] = "void"; reserved[51] = "volatile"; reserved[52] = "while"; reserved[53] = "="; reserved[54] = "=="; reserved[55] = "!="; reserved[56] = "+"; reserved[57] = "-"; reserved[58] = "*"; reserved[59] = "/"; reserved[60] = "{"; reserved[61] = "}"; return reserved; } }

    Read the article

  • Parsing HTML using HTTP Agility Pack

    - by Pajci
    Here is one table out of 5: <h3>marec - maj 2009</h3> <div class="graf_table"> <table summary="layout table"> <tr> <th>DATUM</th> <td class="datum">10.03.2009</td> <td class="datum">24.03.2009</td> <td class="datum">07.04.2009</td> <td class="datum">21.04.2009</td> <td class="datum">05.05.2009</td> <td class="datum">06.05.2009</td> </tr> <tr> <th>Maloprodajna cena [EUR/L]</th> <td>0,96000</td> <td>0,97000</td> <td>0,99600</td> <td>1,00800</td> <td>1,00800</td> <td>1,01000</td> </tr> <tr> <th>Maloprodajna cena [SIT/L]</th> <td>230,054</td> <td>232,451</td> <td>238,681</td> <td>241,557</td> <td>241,557</td> <td>242,036</td> </tr> <tr> <th>Prodajna cena brez dajatev</th> <td>0,33795</td> <td>0,34628</td> <td>0,36795</td> <td>0,37795</td> <td>0,37795</td> <td>0,37962</td> </tr> <tr> <th>Trošarina</th> <td>0,46205</td> <td>0,46205</td> <td>0,46205</td> <td>0,46205</td> <td>0,46205</td> <td>0,46205</td> </tr> <tr> <th>DDV</th> <td>0,16000</td> <td>0,16167</td> <td>0,16600</td> <td>0,16800</td> <td>0,16800</td> <td>0,16833</td> </tr> </table> </div> I have to extract out values, where table header is DATUM and Maloprodajna cena [EUR/L]. I am using Agility HTML pack. this.htmlDoc = new HtmlAgilityPack.HtmlDocument(); this.htmlDoc.OptionCheckSyntax = true; this.htmlDoc.OptionFixNestedTags = true; this.htmlDoc.OptionAutoCloseOnEnd = true; this.htmlDoc.OptionOutputAsXml = true; // is this necessary ?? this.htmlDoc.OptionDefaultStreamEncoding = System.Text.Encoding.Default; I had a lot of trouble with getting those values out. I started with: var query = from html in doc.DocumentNode.SelectNodes("//div[@class='graf_table']").Cast<HtmlNode>() from table in html.SelectNodes("//table").Cast<HtmlNode>() from row in table.SelectNodes("tr").Cast<HtmlNode>() from cell in row.SelectNodes("th|td").Cast<HtmlNode>() select new { Table = table.Id, CellText = cell.InnerHtml }; but could not figure out a way to select only values where table header is DATUM and Maloprodajna cena[EUR/L]. Is it possible to do that with where clause? Then I ended with those two queries: var date = (from d in htmlDoc.DocumentNode.SelectNodes("//div[@class='graf_table']//table//tr[1]/td") select DateTime.Parse(d.InnerText)).ToArray(); var price = (from p in htmlDoc.DocumentNode.SelectNodes("//div[@class='graf_table']//table//tr[2]/td") select double.Parse(p.InnerText)).ToArray(); Is it possible to combine those two queries? And how would I convert that to lambda expression? I just started to learn those things and I would like to know how it is done so that in the future I would not have those question. O, one more question ... does anybody know any graph control, cause I have to show those values in graph. I started with Microsoft Chart Controls, but I am having trouble with setting it. So if anyone has any experience with it I would like to know how to set it, so that x axle will show all values not every second ... example: if I have: 10.03.2009, 24.03.2009, 07.04.2009, 21.04.2009, 05.05.2009, 06.05.2009 it show only: 10.03.2009, 07.04.2009, 05.05.2009, ect. I bind data to graph like that: chart1.Series["Series1"].Points.DataBindXY(date, price); I lot of questions for my fist post ... hehe, hope that I was not indistinct or something. Thank's for any reply!

    Read the article

  • A free standing ASP.NET Pager Web Control

    - by Rick Strahl
    Paging in ASP.NET has been relatively easy with stock controls supporting basic paging functionality. However, recently I built an MVC application and one of the things I ran into was that I HAD TO build manual paging support into a few of my pages. Dealing with list controls and rendering markup is easy enough, but doing paging is a little more involved. I ended up with a small but flexible component that can be dropped anywhere. As it turns out the task of creating a semi-generic Pager control for MVC was fairly easily. Now I’m back to working in Web Forms and thought to myself that the way I created the pager in MVC actually would also work in ASP.NET – in fact quite a bit easier since the whole thing can be conveniently wrapped up into an easily reusable control. A standalone pager would provider easier reuse in various pages and a more consistent pager display regardless of what kind of 'control’ the pager is associated with. Why a Pager Control? At first blush it might sound silly to create a new pager control – after all Web Forms has pretty decent paging support, doesn’t it? Well, sort of. Yes the GridView control has automatic paging built in and the ListView control has the related DataPager control. The built in ASP.NET paging has several issues though: Postback and JavaScript requirements If you look at paging links in ASP.NET they are always postback links with javascript:__doPostback() calls that go back to the server. While that works fine and actually has some benefit like the fact that paging saves changes to the page and post them back, it’s not very SEO friendly. Basically if you use javascript based navigation nosearch engine will follow the paging links which effectively cuts off list content on the first page. The DataPager control does support GET based links via the QueryStringParameter property, but the control is effectively tied to the ListView control (which is the only control that implements IPageableItemContainer). DataSource Controls required for Efficient Data Paging Retrieval The only way you can get paging to work efficiently where only the few records you display on the page are queried for and retrieved from the database you have to use a DataSource control - only the Linq and Entity DataSource controls  support this natively. While you can retrieve this data yourself manually, there’s no way to just assign the page number and render the pager based on this custom subset. Other than that default paging requires a full resultset for ASP.NET to filter the data and display only a subset which can be very resource intensive and wasteful if you’re dealing with largish resultsets (although I’m a firm believer in returning actually usable sets :-}). If you use your own business layer that doesn’t fit an ObjectDataSource you’re SOL. That’s a real shame too because with LINQ based querying it’s real easy to retrieve a subset of data that is just the data you want to display but the native Pager functionality doesn’t support just setting properties to display just the subset AFAIK. DataPager is not Free Standing The DataPager control is the closest thing to a decent Pager implementation that ASP.NET has, but alas it’s not a free standing component – it works off a related control and the only one that it effectively supports from the stock ASP.NET controls is the ListView control. This means you can’t use the same data pager formatting for a grid and a list view or vice versa and you’re always tied to the control. Paging Events In order to handle paging you have to deal with paging events. The events fire at specific time instances in the page pipeline and because of this you often have to handle data binding in a way to work around the paging events or else end up double binding your data sources based on paging. Yuk. Styling The GridView pager is a royal pain to beat into submission for styled rendering. The DataPager control has many more options and template layout and it renders somewhat cleaner, but it too is not exactly easy to get a decent display for. Not a Generic Solution The problem with the ASP.NET controls too is that it’s not generic. GridView, DataGrid use their own internal paging, ListView can use a DataPager and if you want to manually create data layout – well you’re on your own. IOW, depending on what you use you likely have very different looking Paging experiences. So, I figured I’ve struggled with this once too many and finally sat down and built a Pager control. The Pager Control My goal was to create a totally free standing control that has no dependencies on other controls and certainly no requirements for using DataSource controls. The idea is that you should be able to use this pager control without any sort of data requirements at all – you should just be able to set properties and be able to display a pager. The Pager control I ended up with has the following features: Completely free standing Pager control – no control or data dependencies Complete manual control – Pager can render without any data dependency Easy to use: Only need to set PageSize, ActivePage and TotalItems Supports optional filtering of IQueryable for efficient queries and Pager rendering Supports optional full set filtering of IEnumerable<T> and DataTable Page links are plain HTTP GET href Links Control automatically picks up Page links on the URL and assigns them (automatic page detection no page index changing events to hookup) Full CSS Styling support On the downside there’s no templating support for the control so the layout of the pager is relatively fixed. All elements however are stylable and there are options to control the text, and layout options such as whether to display first and last pages and the previous/next buttons and so on. To give you an idea what the pager looks like, here are two differently styled examples (all via CSS):   The markup for these two pagers looks like this: <ww:Pager runat="server" id="ItemPager" PageSize="5" PageLinkCssClass="gridpagerbutton" SelectedPageCssClass="gridpagerbutton-selected" PagesTextCssClass="gridpagertext" CssClass="gridpager" RenderContainerDiv="true" ContainerDivCssClass="gridpagercontainer" MaxPagesToDisplay="6" PagesText="Item Pages:" NextText="next" PreviousText="previous" /> <ww:Pager runat="server" id="ItemPager2" PageSize="5" RenderContainerDiv="true" MaxPagesToDisplay="6" /> The latter example uses default style settings so it there’s not much to set. The first example on the other hand explicitly assigns custom styles and overrides a few of the formatting options. Styling The styling is based on a number of CSS classes of which the the main pager, pagerbutton and pagerbutton-selected classes are the important ones. Other styles like pagerbutton-next/prev/first/last are based on the pagerbutton style. The default styling shown for the red outlined pager looks like this: .pagercontainer { margin: 20px 0; background: whitesmoke; padding: 5px; } .pager { float: right; font-size: 10pt; text-align: left; } .pagerbutton,.pagerbutton-selected,.pagertext { display: block; float: left; text-align: center; border: solid 2px maroon; min-width: 18px; margin-left: 3px; text-decoration: none; padding: 4px; } .pagerbutton-selected { font-size: 130%; font-weight: bold; color: maroon; border-width: 0px; background: khaki; } .pagerbutton-first { margin-right: 12px; } .pagerbutton-last,.pagerbutton-prev { margin-left: 12px; } .pagertext { border: none; margin-left: 30px; font-weight: bold; } .pagerbutton a { text-decoration: none; } .pagerbutton:hover { background-color: maroon; color: cornsilk; } .pagerbutton-prev { background-image: url(images/prev.png); background-position: 2px center; background-repeat: no-repeat; width: 35px; padding-left: 20px; } .pagerbutton-next { background-image: url(images/next.png); background-position: 40px center; background-repeat: no-repeat; width: 35px; padding-right: 20px; margin-right: 0px; } Yup that’s a lot of styling settings although not all of them are required. The key ones are pagerbutton, pager and pager selection. The others (which are implicitly created by the control based on the pagerbutton style) are for custom markup of the ‘special’ buttons. In my apps I tend to have two kinds of pages: Those that are associated with typical ‘grid’ displays that display purely tabular data and those that have a more looser list like layout. The two pagers shown above represent these two views and the pager and gridpager styles in my standard style sheet reflect these two styles. Configuring the Pager with Code Finally lets look at what it takes to hook up the pager. As mentioned in the highlights the Pager control is completely independent of other controls so if you just want to display a pager on its own it’s as simple as dropping the control and assigning the PageSize, ActivePage and either TotalPages or TotalItems. So for this markup: <ww:Pager runat="server" id="ItemPagerManual" PageSize="5" MaxPagesToDisplay="6" /> I can use code as simple as: ItemPagerManual.PageSize = 3; ItemPagerManual.ActivePage = 4;ItemPagerManual.TotalItems = 20; Note that ActivePage is not required - it will automatically use any Page=x query string value and assign it, although you can override it as I did above. TotalItems can be any value that you retrieve from a result set or manually assign as I did above. A more realistic scenario based on a LINQ to SQL IQueryable result is even easier. In this example, I have a UserControl that contains a ListView control that renders IQueryable data. I use a User Control here because there are different views the user can choose from with each view being a different user control. This incidentally also highlights one of the nice features of the pager: Because the pager is independent of the control I can put the pager on the host page instead of into each of the user controls. IOW, there’s only one Pager control, but there are potentially many user controls/listviews that hold the actual display data. The following code demonstrates how to use the Pager with an IQueryable that loads only the records it displays: protected voidPage_Load(objectsender, EventArgs e) {     Category = Request.Params["Category"] ?? string.Empty;     IQueryable<wws_Item> ItemList = ItemRepository.GetItemsByCategory(Category);     // Update the page and filter the list down     ItemList = ItemPager.FilterIQueryable<wws_Item>(ItemList); // Render user control with a list view Control ulItemList = LoadControl("~/usercontrols/" + App.Configuration.ItemListType + ".ascx"); ((IInventoryItemListControl)ulItemList).InventoryItemList = ItemList; phItemList.Controls.Add(ulItemList); // placeholder } The code uses a business object to retrieve Items by category as an IQueryable which means that the result is only an expression tree that hasn’t execute SQL yet and can be further filtered. I then pass this IQueryable to the FilterIQueryable() helper method of the control which does two main things: Filters the IQueryable to retrieve only the data displayed on the active page Sets the Totaltems property and calculates TotalPages on the Pager and that’s it! When the Pager renders it uses those values, plus the PageSize and ActivePage properties to render the Pager. In addition to IQueryable there are also filter methods for IEnumerable<T> and DataTable, but these versions just filter the data by removing rows/items from the entire already retrieved data. Output Generated and Paging Links The output generated creates pager links as plain href links. Here’s what the output looks like: <div id="ItemPager" class="pagercontainer"> <div class="pager"> <span class="pagertext">Pages: </span><a href="http://localhost/WestWindWebStore/itemlist.aspx?Page=1" class="pagerbutton" />1</a> <a href="http://localhost/WestWindWebStore/itemlist.aspx?Page=2" class="pagerbutton" />2</a> <a href="http://localhost/WestWindWebStore/itemlist.aspx?Page=3" class="pagerbutton" />3</a> <span class="pagerbutton-selected">4</span> <a href="http://localhost/WestWindWebStore/itemlist.aspx?Page=5" class="pagerbutton" />5</a> <a href="http://localhost/WestWindWebStore/itemlist.aspx?Page=6" class="pagerbutton" />6</a> <a href="http://localhost/WestWindWebStore/itemlist.aspx?Page=20" class="pagerbutton pagerbutton-last" />20</a>&nbsp;<a href="http://localhost/WestWindWebStore/itemlist.aspx?Page=3" class="pagerbutton pagerbutton-prev" />Prev</a>&nbsp;<a href="http://localhost/WestWindWebStore/itemlist.aspx?Page=5" class="pagerbutton pagerbutton-next" />Next</a></div> <br clear="all" /> </div> </div> The links point back to the current page and simply append a Page= page link into the page. When the page gets reloaded with the new page number the pager automatically detects the page number and automatically assigns the ActivePage property which results in the appropriate page to be displayed. The code shown in the previous section is all that’s needed to handle paging. Note that HTTP GET based paging is different than the Postback paging ASP.NET uses by default. Postback paging preserves modified page content when clicking on pager buttons, but this control will simply load a new page – no page preservation at this time. The advantage of not using Postback paging is that the URLs generated are plain HTML links that a search engine can follow where __doPostback() links are not. Pager with a Grid The pager also works in combination with grid controls so it’s easy to bypass the grid control’s paging features if desired. In the following example I use a gridView control and binds it to a DataTable result which is also filterable by the Pager control. The very basic plain vanilla ASP.NET grid markup looks like this: <div style="width: 600px; margin: 0 auto;padding: 20px; "> <asp:DataGrid runat="server" AutoGenerateColumns="True" ID="gdItems" CssClass="blackborder" style="width: 600px;"> <AlternatingItemStyle CssClass="gridalternate" /> <HeaderStyle CssClass="gridheader" /> </asp:DataGrid> <ww:Pager runat="server" ID="Pager" CssClass="gridpager" ContainerDivCssClass="gridpagercontainer" PageLinkCssClass="gridpagerbutton" SelectedPageCssClass="gridpagerbutton-selected" PageSize="8" RenderContainerDiv="true" MaxPagesToDisplay="6" /> </div> and looks like this when rendered: using custom set of CSS styles. The code behind for this code is also very simple: protected void Page_Load(object sender, EventArgs e) { string category = Request.Params["category"] ?? ""; busItem itemRep = WebStoreFactory.GetItem(); var items = itemRep.GetItemsByCategory(category) .Select(itm => new {Sku = itm.Sku, Description = itm.Description}); // run query into a DataTable for demonstration DataTable dt = itemRep.Converter.ToDataTable(items,"TItems"); // Remove all items not on the current page dt = Pager.FilterDataTable(dt,0); // bind and display gdItems.DataSource = dt; gdItems.DataBind(); } A little contrived I suppose since the list could already be bound from the list of elements, but this is to demonstrate that you can also bind against a DataTable if your business layer returns those. Unfortunately there’s no way to filter a DataReader as it’s a one way forward only reader and the reader is required by the DataSource to perform the bindings.  However, you can still use a DataReader as long as your business logic filters the data prior to rendering and provides a total item count (most likely as a second query). Control Creation The control itself is a pretty brute force ASP.NET control. Nothing clever about this other than some basic rendering logic and some simple calculations and update routines to determine which buttons need to be shown. You can take a look at the full code from the West Wind Web Toolkit’s Repository (note there are a few dependencies). To give you an idea how the control works here is the Render() method: /// <summary> /// overridden to handle custom pager rendering for runtime and design time /// </summary> /// <param name="writer"></param> protected override void Render(HtmlTextWriter writer) { base.Render(writer); if (TotalPages == 0 && TotalItems > 0) TotalPages = CalculateTotalPagesFromTotalItems(); if (DesignMode) TotalPages = 10; // don't render pager if there's only one page if (TotalPages < 2) return; if (RenderContainerDiv) { if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(ContainerDivCssClass)) writer.AddAttribute("class", ContainerDivCssClass); writer.RenderBeginTag("div"); } // main pager wrapper writer.WriteBeginTag("div"); writer.AddAttribute("id", this.ClientID); if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(CssClass)) writer.WriteAttribute("class", this.CssClass); writer.Write(HtmlTextWriter.TagRightChar + "\r\n"); // Pages Text writer.WriteBeginTag("span"); if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(PagesTextCssClass)) writer.WriteAttribute("class", PagesTextCssClass); writer.Write(HtmlTextWriter.TagRightChar); writer.Write(this.PagesText); writer.WriteEndTag("span"); // if the base url is empty use the current URL FixupBaseUrl(); // set _startPage and _endPage ConfigurePagesToRender(); // write out first page link if (ShowFirstAndLastPageLinks && _startPage != 1) { writer.WriteBeginTag("a"); string pageUrl = StringUtils.SetUrlEncodedKey(BaseUrl, QueryStringPageField, (1).ToString()); writer.WriteAttribute("href", pageUrl); if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(PageLinkCssClass)) writer.WriteAttribute("class", PageLinkCssClass + " " + PageLinkCssClass + "-first"); writer.Write(HtmlTextWriter.SelfClosingTagEnd); writer.Write("1"); writer.WriteEndTag("a"); writer.Write("&nbsp;"); } // write out all the page links for (int i = _startPage; i < _endPage + 1; i++) { if (i == ActivePage) { writer.WriteBeginTag("span"); if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(SelectedPageCssClass)) writer.WriteAttribute("class", SelectedPageCssClass); writer.Write(HtmlTextWriter.TagRightChar); writer.Write(i.ToString()); writer.WriteEndTag("span"); } else { writer.WriteBeginTag("a"); string pageUrl = StringUtils.SetUrlEncodedKey(BaseUrl, QueryStringPageField, i.ToString()).TrimEnd('&'); writer.WriteAttribute("href", pageUrl); if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(PageLinkCssClass)) writer.WriteAttribute("class", PageLinkCssClass); writer.Write(HtmlTextWriter.SelfClosingTagEnd); writer.Write(i.ToString()); writer.WriteEndTag("a"); } writer.Write("\r\n"); } // write out last page link if (ShowFirstAndLastPageLinks && _endPage < TotalPages) { writer.WriteBeginTag("a"); string pageUrl = StringUtils.SetUrlEncodedKey(BaseUrl, QueryStringPageField, TotalPages.ToString()); writer.WriteAttribute("href", pageUrl); if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(PageLinkCssClass)) writer.WriteAttribute("class", PageLinkCssClass + " " + PageLinkCssClass + "-last"); writer.Write(HtmlTextWriter.SelfClosingTagEnd); writer.Write(TotalPages.ToString()); writer.WriteEndTag("a"); } // Previous link if (ShowPreviousNextLinks && !string.IsNullOrEmpty(PreviousText) && ActivePage > 1) { writer.Write("&nbsp;"); writer.WriteBeginTag("a"); string pageUrl = StringUtils.SetUrlEncodedKey(BaseUrl, QueryStringPageField, (ActivePage - 1).ToString()); writer.WriteAttribute("href", pageUrl); if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(PageLinkCssClass)) writer.WriteAttribute("class", PageLinkCssClass + " " + PageLinkCssClass + "-prev"); writer.Write(HtmlTextWriter.SelfClosingTagEnd); writer.Write(PreviousText); writer.WriteEndTag("a"); } // Next link if (ShowPreviousNextLinks && !string.IsNullOrEmpty(NextText) && ActivePage < TotalPages) { writer.Write("&nbsp;"); writer.WriteBeginTag("a"); string pageUrl = StringUtils.SetUrlEncodedKey(BaseUrl, QueryStringPageField, (ActivePage + 1).ToString()); writer.WriteAttribute("href", pageUrl); if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(PageLinkCssClass)) writer.WriteAttribute("class", PageLinkCssClass + " " + PageLinkCssClass + "-next"); writer.Write(HtmlTextWriter.SelfClosingTagEnd); writer.Write(NextText); writer.WriteEndTag("a"); } writer.WriteEndTag("div"); if (RenderContainerDiv) { if (RenderContainerDivBreak) writer.Write("<br clear=\"all\" />\r\n"); writer.WriteEndTag("div"); } } As I said pretty much brute force rendering based on the control’s property settings of which there are quite a few: You can also see the pager in the designer above. unfortunately the VS designer (both 2010 and 2008) fails to render the float: left CSS styles properly and starts wrapping after margins are applied in the special buttons. Not a big deal since VS does at least respect the spacing (the floated elements overlay). Then again I’m not using the designer anyway :-}. Filtering Data What makes the Pager easy to use is the filter methods built into the control. While this functionality is clearly not the most politically correct design choice as it violates separation of concerns, it’s very useful for typical pager operation. While I actually have filter methods that do something similar in my business layer, having it exposed on the control makes the control a lot more useful for typical databinding scenarios. Of course these methods are optional – if you have a business layer that can provide filtered page queries for you can use that instead and assign the TotalItems property manually. There are three filter method types available for IQueryable, IEnumerable and for DataTable which tend to be the most common use cases in my apps old and new. The IQueryable version is pretty simple as it can simply rely on on .Skip() and .Take() with LINQ: /// <summary> /// <summary> /// Queries the database for the ActivePage applied manually /// or from the Request["page"] variable. This routine /// figures out and sets TotalPages, ActivePage and /// returns a filtered subset IQueryable that contains /// only the items from the ActivePage. /// </summary> /// <param name="query"></param> /// <param name="activePage"> /// The page you want to display. Sets the ActivePage property when passed. /// Pass 0 or smaller to use ActivePage setting. /// </param> /// <returns></returns> public IQueryable<T> FilterIQueryable<T>(IQueryable<T> query, int activePage) where T : class, new() { ActivePage = activePage < 1 ? ActivePage : activePage; if (ActivePage < 1) ActivePage = 1; TotalItems = query.Count(); if (TotalItems <= PageSize) { ActivePage = 1; TotalPages = 1; return query; } int skip = ActivePage - 1; if (skip > 0) query = query.Skip(skip * PageSize); _TotalPages = CalculateTotalPagesFromTotalItems(); return query.Take(PageSize); } The IEnumerable<T> version simply  converts the IEnumerable to an IQuerable and calls back into this method for filtering. The DataTable version requires a little more work to manually parse and filter records (I didn’t want to add the Linq DataSetExtensions assembly just for this): /// <summary> /// Filters a data table for an ActivePage. /// /// Note: Modifies the data set permanently by remove DataRows /// </summary> /// <param name="dt">Full result DataTable</param> /// <param name="activePage">Page to display. 0 to use ActivePage property </param> /// <returns></returns> public DataTable FilterDataTable(DataTable dt, int activePage) { ActivePage = activePage < 1 ? ActivePage : activePage; if (ActivePage < 1) ActivePage = 1; TotalItems = dt.Rows.Count; if (TotalItems <= PageSize) { ActivePage = 1; TotalPages = 1; return dt; } int skip = ActivePage - 1; if (skip > 0) { for (int i = 0; i < skip * PageSize; i++ ) dt.Rows.RemoveAt(0); } while(dt.Rows.Count > PageSize) dt.Rows.RemoveAt(PageSize); return dt; } Using the Pager Control The pager as it is is a first cut I built a couple of weeks ago and since then have been tweaking a little as part of an internal project I’m working on. I’ve replaced a bunch of pagers on various older pages with this pager without any issues and have what now feels like a more consistent user interface where paging looks and feels the same across different controls. As a bonus I’m only loading the data from the database that I need to display a single page. With the preset class tags applied too adding a pager is now as easy as dropping the control and adding the style sheet for styling to be consistent – no fuss, no muss. Schweet. Hopefully some of you may find this as useful as I have or at least as a baseline to build ontop of… Resources The Pager is part of the West Wind Web & Ajax Toolkit Pager.cs Source Code (some toolkit dependencies) Westwind.css base stylesheet with .pager and .gridpager styles Pager Example Page © Rick Strahl, West Wind Technologies, 2005-2010Posted in ASP.NET  

    Read the article

  • Active Directory and Apple's Workgroup Manager

    - by qbn
    I thought I'd share my experiences here. I work for a small business with only ~20 users. I wanted the ability to use managed client preferences to assign things like the software update server. Basically the ability to manage my Macs easily and in a native way. At first I tried the magic triangle solution, but I found this to be very complicated. Not only does it require a Mac OS X Server, but it gives you two points of failure. Additionally each Mac workstation must be bound to both servers. Eventually I sucked it up and went with the schema changes documented here. I was hesitant at first, because the instructions require a lot of manual work. However it was fairly basic and only took me about an hour and a half. Below you'll find the schema changes file that was a result of my work. I followed the instructions exactly and double checked everything, after six months of having this in place things have been running great. Too good to not share. I hope I save someone a couple of hours. # ================================================================== # # This file should be imported with the following command: # ldifde -i -u -f Apple AD Schema Changes.ldf -s server:port -b username domain password -j . -c "cn=Configuration,dc=X" #configurationNamingContext # LDIFDE.EXE from AD/AM V1.0 or above must be used. # This LDIF file should be imported into AD or AD/AM. It may not work for other directories. # # ================================================================== # ================================================================== # Attributes # ================================================================== # Attribute: apple-category dn: cn=apple-category,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.10.4 ldapDisplayName: apple-category attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: Category for the computer or neighborhood oMSyntax: 64 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-computeralias dn: cn=apple-computeralias,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.20.3 ldapDisplayName: apple-computeralias attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: XML plist referring to a computer record oMSyntax: 64 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-computer-list-groups dn: cn=apple-computer-list-groups,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.11.4 ldapDisplayName: apple-computer-list-groups attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: groups oMSyntax: 64 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-computers dn: cn=apple-computers,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.11.3 ldapDisplayName: apple-computers attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: computers oMSyntax: 64 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-data-stamp dn: cn=apple-data-stamp,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.12.2 ldapDisplayName: apple-data-stamp attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.5 adminDescription: data stamp oMSyntax: 22 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-dns-domain dn: cn=apple-dns-domain,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.18.1 ldapDisplayName: apple-dns-domain attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: DNS domain oMSyntax: 64 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-dnsname dn: cn=apple-dnsname,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.19.4 ldapDisplayName: apple-dnsname attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: DNS name oMSyntax: 64 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-dns-nameserver dn: cn=apple-dns-nameserver,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.18.2 ldapDisplayName: apple-dns-nameserver attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: DNS name server list oMSyntax: 64 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-group-homeowner dn: cn=apple-group-homeowner,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.14.2 ldapDisplayName: apple-group-homeowner attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.5 adminDescription: group home owner settings oMSyntax: 22 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-group-homeurl dn: cn=apple-group-homeurl,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.14.1 ldapDisplayName: apple-group-homeurl attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.5 adminDescription: group home url oMSyntax: 22 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-imhandle dn: cn=apple-imhandle,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.21 ldapDisplayName: apple-imhandle attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: IM handle (service:account name) oMSyntax: 64 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-keyword dn: cn=apple-keyword,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.19 ldapDisplayName: apple-keyword attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: keywords oMSyntax: 64 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-mcxflags dn: cn=apple-mcxflags,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.10 ldapDisplayName: apple-mcxflags attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: mcx flags oMSyntax: 64 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-mcxsettings dn: cn=apple-mcxsettings,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.16 ldapDisplayName: apple-mcxsettings attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: mcx settings oMSyntax: 64 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-neighborhoodalias dn: cn=apple-neighborhoodalias,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.20.2 ldapDisplayName: apple-neighborhoodalias attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: XML plist referring to another neighborhood record oMSyntax: 64 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-networkview dn: cn=apple-networkview,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.10.3 ldapDisplayName: apple-networkview attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: Network view for the computer oMSyntax: 64 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-nodepathxml dn: cn=apple-nodepathxml,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.20.1 ldapDisplayName: apple-nodepathxml attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: XML plist of directory node path oMSyntax: 64 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-service-location dn: cn=apple-service-location,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.19.5 ldapDisplayName: apple-service-location attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: Service location oMSyntax: 64 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-service-port dn: cn=apple-service-port,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.19.3 ldapDisplayName: apple-service-port attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.9 adminDescription: Service port number oMSyntax: 2 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-service-type dn: cn=apple-service-type,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.19.1 ldapDisplayName: apple-service-type attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.5 adminDescription: type of service oMSyntax: 22 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-service-url dn: cn=apple-service-url,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.19.2 ldapDisplayName: apple-service-url attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.5 adminDescription: URL of service oMSyntax: 22 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-user-authenticationhint dn: cn=apple-user-authenticationhint,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.15 ldapDisplayName: apple-user-authenticationhint attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: password hint oMSyntax: 64 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-user-class dn: cn=apple-user-class,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.7 ldapDisplayName: apple-user-class attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.5 adminDescription: user class oMSyntax: 22 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-user-homequota dn: cn=apple-user-homequota,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.8 ldapDisplayName: apple-user-homequota attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.5 adminDescription: home directory quota oMSyntax: 22 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-user-homesoftquota dn: cn=apple-user-homesoftquota,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.17 ldapDisplayName: apple-user-homesoftquota attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.5 adminDescription: home directory soft quota oMSyntax: 22 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-user-homeurl dn: cn=apple-user-homeurl,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.6 ldapDisplayName: apple-user-homeurl attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.5 adminDescription: home directory URL oMSyntax: 22 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-user-mailattribute dn: cn=apple-user-mailattribute,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.9 ldapDisplayName: apple-user-mailattribute attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: mail attribute oMSyntax: 64 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-user-picture dn: cn=apple-user-picture,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.12 ldapDisplayName: apple-user-picture attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: picture oMSyntax: 64 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-user-printattribute dn: cn=apple-user-printattribute,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.13 ldapDisplayName: apple-user-printattribute attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: print attribute oMSyntax: 64 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-webloguri dn: cn=apple-webloguri,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.22 ldapDisplayName: apple-webloguri attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: Weblog URI oMSyntax: 64 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-xmlplist dn: cn=apple-xmlplist,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.17.1 ldapDisplayName: apple-xmlplist attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: XML plist data oMSyntax: 64 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: ipHostNumber dn: cn=ipHostNumber,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.1.1.1.19 ldapDisplayName: ipHostNumber attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.5 adminDescription: IP address oMSyntax: 22 systemOnly: FALSE rangeUpper: 128 # Attribute: macAddress dn: cn=macAddress,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.1.1.1.22 ldapDisplayName: macAddress attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.5 adminDescription: MAC address oMSyntax: 22 systemOnly: FALSE rangeUpper: 128 # Attribute: mountDirectory dn: cn=apple-mountDirectory,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.8.1 ldapDisplayName: mountDirectory attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: mount path oMSyntax: 64 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: mountDumpFrequency dn: cn=apple-mountDumpFrequency,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.8.4 ldapDisplayName: mountDumpFrequency attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.5 adminDescription: mount dump frequency oMSyntax: 22 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: mountOption dn: cn=apple-mountOption,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.8.3 ldapDisplayName: mountOption attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.5 adminDescription: mount options oMSyntax: 22 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: mountPassNo dn: cn=apple-mountPassNo,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.8.5 ldapDisplayName: mountPassNo attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.5 adminDescription: mount passno oMSyntax: 22 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: mountType dn: cn=apple-mountType,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.8.2 ldapDisplayName: mountType attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.5 adminDescription: mount VFS type oMSyntax: 22 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: ttl dn: cn=ttl,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.250.1.60 ldapDisplayName: ttl attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.9 oMSyntax: 2 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE dn: changetype: modify add: schemaUpdateNow schemaUpdateNow: 1 - # ================================================================== # Classes # ================================================================== # Class: apple-computer dn: cn=apple-computer,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: classSchema governsID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.2.10 ldapDisplayName: apple-computer adminDescription: computer objectClassCategory: 3 # subclassOf: top subclassOf: 2.5.6.0 # rdnAttId: cn rdnAttId: 2.5.4.3 # mayContain: apple-category mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.10.4 # mayContain: apple-computer-list-groups mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.11.4 # mayContain: apple-keyword mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.19 # mayContain: apple-mcxflags mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.10 # mayContain: apple-mcxsettings mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.16 # mayContain: apple-networkview mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.10.3 # mayContain: apple-service-url mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.19.2 # mayContain: apple-xmlplist mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.17.1 # mayContain: macAddress mayContain: 1.3.6.1.1.1.1.22 # mayContain: ttl mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.250.1.60 # Class: apple-computer-list dn: cn=apple-computer-list,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: classSchema governsID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.2.11 ldapDisplayName: apple-computer-list adminDescription: computer list objectClassCategory: 1 # subclassOf: top subclassOf: 2.5.6.0 # rdnAttId: cn rdnAttId: 2.5.4.3 # mayContain: apple-computer-list-groups mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.11.4 # mayContain: apple-computers mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.11.3 # mayContain: apple-keyword mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.19 # mayContain: apple-mcxflags mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.10 # mayContain: apple-mcxsettings mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.16 possSuperiors: organizationalUnit possSuperiors: container # Class: apple-configuration dn: cn=apple-configuration,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: classSchema governsID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.2.12 ldapDisplayName: apple-configuration adminDescription: configuration objectClassCategory: 3 # subclassOf: top subclassOf: 2.5.6.0 # rdnAttId: cn rdnAttId: 2.5.4.3 # mayContain: apple-data-stamp mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.12.2 # mayContain: apple-keyword mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.19 # mayContain: apple-xmlplist mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.17.1 # mayContain: ttl mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.250.1.60 possSuperiors: organizationalUnit possSuperiors: container # Class: apple-group dn: cn=apple-group,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: classSchema governsID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.2.14 ldapDisplayName: apple-group adminDescription: group account objectClassCategory: 3 # subclassOf: top subclassOf: 2.5.6.0 # rdnAttId: cn rdnAttId: 2.5.4.3 # mayContain: apple-group-homeowner mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.14.2 # mayContain: apple-group-homeurl mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.14.1 # mayContain: apple-keyword mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.19 # mayContain: apple-mcxflags mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.10 # mayContain: apple-mcxsettings mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.16 # mayContain: apple-user-picture mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.12 # mayContain: ttl mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.250.1.60 # Class: apple-location dn: cn=apple-location,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: classSchema governsID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.2.18 ldapDisplayName: apple-location objectClassCategory: 1 # subclassOf: top subclassOf: 2.5.6.0 # rdnAttId: cn rdnAttId: 2.5.4.3 # mayContain: apple-dns-domain mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.18.1 # mayContain: apple-dns-nameserver mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.18.2 possSuperiors: organizationalUnit possSuperiors: container # Class: apple-neighborhood dn: cn=apple-neighborhood,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: classSchema governsID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.2.20 ldapDisplayName: apple-neighborhood objectClassCategory: 1 # subclassOf: top subclassOf: 2.5.6.0 # rdnAttId: cn rdnAttId: 2.5.4.3 # mayContain: apple-category mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.10.4 # mayContain: apple-computeralias mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.20.3 # mayContain: apple-keyword mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.19 # mayContain: apple-neighborhoodalias mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.20.2 # mayContain: apple-nodepathxml mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.20.1 # mayContain: apple-xmlplist mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.17.1 # mayContain: ttl mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.250.1.60 possSuperiors: 2.5.6.5 possSuperiors: container # Class: apple-serverassistant-config dn: cn=apple-serverassistant-config,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: classSchema governsID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.2.17 ldapDisplayName: apple-serverassistant-config objectClassCategory: 1 # subclassOf: top subclassOf: 2.5.6.0 # rdnAttId: cn rdnAttId: 2.5.4.3 # mayContain: apple-xmlplist mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.17.1 possSuperiors: organizationalUnit possSuperiors: container # Class: apple-service dn: cn=apple-service,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: classSchema governsID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.2.19 ldapDisplayName: apple-service objectClassCategory: 1 # subclassOf: top subclassOf: 2.5.6.0 # rdnAttId: cn rdnAttId: 2.5.4.3 # mustContain: apple-service-type mustContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.19.1 # mayContain: apple-dnsname mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.19.4 # mayContain: apple-keyword mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.19 # mayContain: apple-service-location mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.19.5 # mayContain: apple-service-port mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.19.3 # mayContain: apple-service-url mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.19.2 # mayContain: ipHostNumber mayContain: 1.3.6.1.1.1.1.19 possSuperiors: organizationalUnit possSuperiors: container # Class: apple-user dn: cn=apple-user,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: classSchema governsID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.2.1 ldapDisplayName: apple-user adminDescription: apple user account objectClassCategory: 3 # subclassOf: top subclassOf: 2.5.6.0 # rdnAttId: cn rdnAttId: 2.5.4.3 # mayContain: apple-imhandle mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.21 # mayContain: apple-keyword mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.19 # mayContain: apple-mcxflags mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.10 # mayContain: apple-mcxsettings mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.16 # mayContain: apple-user-authenticationhint mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.15 # mayContain: apple-user-class mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.7 # mayContain: apple-user-homequota mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.8 # mayContain: apple-user-homesoftquota mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.17 # mayContain: apple-user-homeurl mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.6 # mayContain: apple-user-mailattribute mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.9 # mayContain: apple-user-picture mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.12 # mayContain: apple-user-printattribute mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.13 # mayContain: apple-webloguri mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.22 # Class: mount dn: cn=apple-mount,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: classSchema governsID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.2.8 ldapDisplayName: mount objectClassCategory: 1 # subclassOf: top subclassOf: 2.5.6.0 # rdnAttId: cn rdnAttId: 2.5.4.3 # mayContain: mountDirectory mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.8.1 # mayContain: mountDumpFrequency mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.8.4 # mayContain: mountOption mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.8.3 # mayContain: mountPassNo mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.8.5 # mayContain: mountType mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.8.2 possSuperiors: 2.5.6.5 possSuperiors: container dn: changetype: modify add: schemaUpdateNow schemaUpdateNow: 1 - # ================================================================== # Updating present elements # ================================================================== # Add the new class to the user object dn: CN=User,CN=Schema,CN=Configuration,DC=X changetype: modify add: auxiliaryClass auxiliaryClass: apple-user - # Add the new class to the computer object dn: CN=Computer,CN=Schema,CN=Configuration,DC=X changetype: modify add: auxiliaryClass auxiliaryClass: apple-computer - # Add the new class to the group object dn: CN=Group,CN=Schema,CN=Configuration,DC=X changetype: modify add: auxiliaryClass auxiliaryClass: apple-group - # Add the new class to the configuration object dn: CN=Configuration,CN=Schema,CN=Configuration,DC=X changetype: modify add: auxiliaryClass auxiliaryClass: apple-configuration -

    Read the article

  • Oracle Support Master Note for Troubleshooting Advanced Queuing and Oracle Streams Propagation Issues (Doc ID 233099.1)

    - by faye.todd(at)oracle.com
    Master Note for Troubleshooting Advanced Queuing and Oracle Streams Propagation Issues (Doc ID 233099.1) Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle Corporation. All Rights Reserved. In this Document  Purpose  Last Review Date  Instructions for the Reader  Troubleshooting Details     1. Scope and Application      2. Definitions and Classifications     3. How to Use This Guide     4. Basic AQ Propagation Troubleshooting     5. Additional Troubleshooting Steps for AQ Propagation of User-Enqueued and Dequeued Messages     6. Additional Troubleshooting Steps for Propagation in an Oracle Streams Environment     7. Performance Issues  References Applies to: Oracle Server - Enterprise Edition - Version: 8.1.7.0 to 11.2.0.2 - Release: 8.1.7 to 11.2Information in this document applies to any platform. Purpose This document presents a step-by-step methodology for troubleshooting and resolving problems with Advanced Queuing Propagation in both Streams and basic Advanced Queuing environments. It also serves as a master reference for other more specific notes on Oracle Streams Propagation and Advanced Queuing Propagation issues. Last Review Date December 20, 2010 Instructions for the Reader A Troubleshooting Guide is provided to assist in debugging a specific issue. When possible, diagnostic tools are included in the document to assist in troubleshooting. Troubleshooting Details 1. Scope and Application This note is intended for Database Administrators of Oracle databases where issues are being encountered with propagating messages between advanced queues, whether the queues are used for user-created messaging systems or for Oracle Streams. It contains troubleshooting steps and links to notes for further problem resolution.It can also be used a template to document a problem when it is necessary to engage Oracle Support Services. Knowing what is NOT happening can frequently speed up the resolution process by focusing solely on the pertinent problem area. This guide is divided into five parts: Section 2: Definitions and Classifications (discusses the different types and features of propagations possible - helpful for understanding the rest of the guide) Section 3: How to Use this Guide (to be used as a start part for determining the scope of the problem and what sections to consult) Section 4. Basic AQ propagation troubleshooting (applies to both AQ propagation of user enqueued and dequeued messages as well as Oracle Streams propagations) Section 5. Additional troubleshooting steps for AQ propagation of user enqueued and dequeued messages Section 6. Additional troubleshooting steps for Oracle Streams propagation Section 7. Performance issues 2. Definitions and Classifications Given the potential scope of issues that can be encountered with AQ propagation, the first recommended step is to do some basic diagnosis to determine the type of problem that is being encountered. 2.1. What Type of Propagation is Being Used? 2.1.1. Buffered Messaging For an advanced queue, messages can be maintained on disk (persistent messaging) or in memory (buffered messaging). To determine if a queue is buffered or not, reference the GV_$BUFFERED_QUEUES view. If the queue does not appear in this view, it is persistent. 2.1.2. Propagation mode - queue-to-dblink vs queue-to-queue As of 10.2, an AQ propagation can also be defined as queue-to-dblink, or queue-to-queue: queue-to-dblink: The propagation delivers messages or events from the source queue to all subscribing queues at the destination database identified by the dblink. A single propagation schedule is used to propagate messages to all subscribing queues. Hence any changes made to this schedule will affect message delivery to all the subscribing queues. This mode does not support multiple propagations from the same source queue to the same target database. queue-to-queue: Added in 10.2, this propagation mode delivers messages or events from the source queue to a specific destination queue identified on the database link. This allows the user to have fine-grained control on the propagation schedule for message delivery. This new propagation mode also supports transparent failover when propagating to a destination Oracle RAC system. With queue-to-queue propagation, you are no longer required to re-point a database link if the owner instance of the queue fails on Oracle RAC. This mode supports multiple propagations to the same target database if the target queues are different. The default is queue-to-dblink. To verify if queue-to-queue propagation is being used, in non-Streams environments query DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES.DESTINATION - if a remote queue is listed along with the remote database link, then queue-to-queue propagation is being used. For Streams environments, the DBA_PROPAGATION.QUEUE_TO_QUEUE column can be checked.See the following note for a method to switch between the two modes:Document 827473.1 How to alter propagation from queue-to-queue to queue-to-dblink 2.1.3. Combined Capture and Apply (CCA) for Streams In 11g Oracle Streams environments, an optimization called Combined Capture and Apply (CCA) is implemented by default when possible. Although a propagation is configured in this case, Streams does not use it; instead it passes information directly from capture to an apply receiver. To see if CCA is in use: COLUMN CAPTURE_NAME HEADING 'Capture Name' FORMAT A30COLUMN OPTIMIZATION HEADING 'CCA Mode?' FORMAT A10SELECT CAPTURE_NAME, DECODE(OPTIMIZATION,0, 'No','Yes') OPTIMIZATIONFROM V$STREAMS_CAPTURE; Also, see the following note:Document 463820.1 Streams Combined Capture and Apply in 11g 2.2. Queue Table Compatibility There are three types of queue table compatibility. In more recent databases, queue tables may be present in all three modes of compatibility: 8.0 - earliest version, deprecated in 10.2 onwards 8.1 - support added for RAC, asynchronous notification, secure queues, queue level access control, rule-based subscribers, separate storage of history information 10.0 - if the database is in 10.1-compatible mode, then the default value for queue table compatibility is 10.0 2.3. Single vs Multiple Consumer Queue Tables If more than one recipient can dequeue a message from a queue, then its queue table is multiple consumer. You can propagate messages from a multiple-consumer queue to a single-consumer queue. Propagation from a single-consumer queue to a multiple-consumer queue is not possible. 3. How to Use This Guide 3.1. Are Messages Being Propagated at All, or is the Propagation Just Slow? Run the following query on the source database for the propagation (assuming that it is running): select TOTAL_NUMBER from DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES where QNAME='<source_queue_name>'; If TOTAL_NUMBER is increasing, then propagation is most likely functioning, although it may be slow. For performance issues, see Section 7. 3.2. Propagation Between Persistent User-Created Queues See Sections 4 and 5 (and optionally Section 6 if performance is an issue). 3.3. Propagation Between Buffered User-Created Queues See Sections 4, 5, and 6 (and optionally Section 7 if performance is an issue). 3.4. Propagation between Oracle Streams Queues (without Combined Capture and Apply (CCA) Optimization) See Sections 4 and 6 (and optionally Section 7 if performance is an issue). 3.5. Propagation between Oracle Streams Queues (with Combined Capture and Apply (CCA) Optimization) Although an AQ propagation is not used directly in this case, some characteristics of the message transfer are inferred from the propagation parameters used. Some parts of Sections 4 and 6 still apply. 3.6. Messaging Gateway Propagations This note does not apply to Messaging Gateway propagations. 4. Basic AQ Propagation Troubleshooting 4.1. Double-check Your Code Make sure that you are consistent in your usage of the database link(s) names, queue names, etc. It may be useful to plot a diagram of which queues are connected via which database links to make sure that the logical structure is correct. 4.2. Verify that Job Queue Processes are Running 4.2.1. Versions 10.2 and Lower - DBA_JOBS Package For versions 10.2 and lower, a scheduled propagation is managed by DBMS_JOB package. The propagation is performed by job queue process background processes. Therefore we need to verify that there are sufficient processes available for the propagation process. We should have at least 4 job queue processes running and preferably more depending on the number of other jobs running in the database. It should be noted that for AQ specific work, AQ will only ever use half of the job queue processes available.An issue caused by an inadequate job queue processes parameter setting is described in the following note:Document 298015.1 Kwqjswproc:Excep After Loop: Assigning To Self 4.2.1.1. Job Queue Processes in Initalization Parameter File The parameter JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES in the init.ora/spfile should be > 0. The value can be changed dynamically via connect / as sysdbaalter system set JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES=10; 4.2.1.2. Job Queue Processes in Memory The following command will show how many job queue processes are currentlyin use by this instance (this may be different than what is in the init.ora/spfile): connect / as sysdbashow parameter job; 4.2.1.3. OS PIDs Corresponding to Job Queue Processes Identify the operating system process ids (spids) of job queue processes involved in propagation via select p.SPID, p.PROGRAM from V$PROCESS p, DBA_JOBS_RUNNING jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_JOBS j where s.SID=jr.SID and s.PADDR=p.ADDR and jr.JOB=j.JOBand j.WHAT like '%sys.dbms_aqadm.aq$_propaq(job)%'; and these SPIDs can be used to check at the operating system level that they exist.In 8i a job queue process will have a name similar to: ora_snp1_<instance_name>.In 9i onwards you will see a coordinator process: ora_cjq0_ and multiple slave processes: ora_jnnn_<instance_name>, where nnn is an integer between 1 and 999. 4.2.2. Version 11.1 and Above - Oracle Scheduler In version 11.1 and above, Oracle Scheduler is used to perform AQ and Streams propagations. Oracle Scheduler automatically tunes the number of slave processes for these jobs based on the load on the computer system, and the JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES initialization parameter is only used to specify the maximum number of slave processes. Therefore, the JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES initialization parameter does not need to be set (it defaults to a very high number), unless you want to limit the number of slaves that can be created. If JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES = 0, no propagation jobs will run.See the following note for a discussion of Oracle Streams 11g and Oracle Scheduler:Document 1083608.1 11g Streams and Oracle Scheduler 4.2.2.1. Job Queue Processes in Initalization Parameter File The parameter JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES in the init.ora/spfile should be > 0, and preferably be left at its default value. The value can be changed dynamically via connect / as sysdbaalter system set JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES=10; To set the JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES parameter to its default value, run: connect / as sysdbaalter system reset JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES; and then bounce the instance. 4.2.2.2. Job Queue Processes in Memory The following command will show how many job queue processes are currently in use by this instance (this may be different than what is in the init.ora/spfile): connect / as sysdbashow parameter job; 4.2.2.3. OS PIDs Corresponding to Job Queue Processes Identify the operating system process ids (SPIDs) of job queue processes involved in propagation via col PROGRAM for a30select p.SPID, p.PROGRAM, j.JOB_namefrom v$PROCESS p, DBA_SCHEDULER_RUNNING_JOBS jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS j where s.SID=jr.SESSION_ID and s.PADDR=p.ADDRand jr.JOB_name=j.JOB_NAME and j.JOB_NAME like '%AQ_JOB$_%'; and these SPIDs can be used to check at the operating system level that they exist.You will see a coordinator process: ora_cjq0_ and multiple slave processes: ora_jnnn_<instance_name>, where nnn is an integer between 1 and 999. 4.3. Check the Alert Log and Any Associated Trace Files The first place to check for propagation failures is the alert logs at all sites (local and if relevant all remote sites). When a job queue process attempts to execute a schedule and fails it will always write an error stack to the alert log. This error stack will also be written in a job queue process trace file, which will be written to the BACKGROUND_DUMP_DEST location for 10.2 and below, and in the DIAGNOSTIC_DEST location for 11g. The fact that errors are written to the alert log demonstrates that the schedule is executing. This means that the problem could be with the set up of the schedule. In this example the ORA-02068 demonstrates that the failure was at the remote site. Further investigation revealed that the remote database was not open, hence the ORA-03114 error. Starting the database resolved the problem. Thu Feb 14 10:40:05 2002 Propagation Schedule for (AQADM.MULTIPLEQ, SHANE816.WORLD) encountered following error:ORA-04052: error occurred when looking up Remote object [email protected]: error occurred at recursive SQL level 4ORA-02068: following severe error from SHANE816ORA-03114: not connected to ORACLEORA-06512: at "SYS.DBMS_AQADM_SYS", line 4770ORA-06512: at "SYS.DBMS_AQADM", line 548ORA-06512: at line 1 Other potential errors that may be written to the alert log can be found in the following notes:Document 827184.1 AQ Propagation with CLOB data types Fails with ORA-22990 (11.1)Document 846297.1 AQ Propagation Fails : ORA-00600[kope2upic2954] or Ora-00600[Kghsstream_copyn] (10.2, 11.1)Document 731292.1 ORA-25215 Reported on Local Propagation When Using Transformation with ANYDATA queue tables (10.2, 11.1, 11.2)Document 365093.1 ORA-07445 [kwqppay2aqe()+7360] Reported on Propagation of a Transformed Message (10.1, 10.2)Document 219416.1 Advanced Queuing Propagation Fails with ORA-22922 (9.0)Document 1203544.1 AQ Propagation Aborted with ORA-600 [ociksin: invalid status] on SYS.DBMS_AQADM_SYS.AQ$_PROPAGATION_PROCEDURE After Upgrade (11.1, 11.2)Document 1087324.1 ORA-01405 ORA-01422 reported by Advanced Queuing Propagation schedules after RAC reconfiguration (10.2)Document 1079577.1 Advanced Queuing Propagation Fails With "ORA-22370 incorrect usage of method" (9.2, 10.2, 11.1, 11.2)Document 332792.1 ORA-04061 error relating to SYS.DBMS_PRVTAQIP reported when setting up Statspack (8.1, 9.0, 9.2, 10.1)Document 353325.1 ORA-24056: Internal inconsistency for QUEUE <queue_name> and destination <dblink> (8.1, 9.0, 9.2, 10.1, 10.2, 11.1, 11.2)Document 787367.1 ORA-22275 reported on Propagating Messages with LOB component when propagating between 10.1 and 10.2 (10.1, 10.2)Document 566622.1 ORA-22275 when propagating >4K AQ$_JMS_TEXT_MESSAGEs from 9.2.0.8 to 10.2.0.1 (9.2, 10.1)Document 731539.1 ORA-29268: HTTP client error 401 Unauthorized Error when the AQ Servlet attempts to Propagate a message via HTTP (9.0, 9.2, 10.1, 10.2, 11.1)Document 253131.1 Concurrent Writes May Corrupt LOB Segment When Using Auto Segment Space Management (ORA-1555) (9.2)Document 118884.1 How to unschedule a propagation schedule stuck in pending stateDocument 222992.1 DBMS_AQADM.DISABLE_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE Returns ORA-24082Document 282987.1 Propagated Messages marked UNDELIVERABLE after Drop and Recreate Of Remote QueueDocument 1204080.1 AQ Propagation Failing With ORA-25329 After Upgraded From 8i or 9i to 10g or 11g.Document 1233675.1 AQ Propagation stops after upgrade to 11.2.0.1 ORA-30757 4.3.1. Errors Related to Incorrect Network Configuration The most common propagation errors result from an incorrect network configuration. The list below contains common errors caused by tnsnames.ora file or database links being configured incorrectly: - ORA-12154: TNS:could not resolve service name- ORA-12505: TNS:listener does not currently know of SID given in connect descriptor- ORA-12514: TNS:listener could not resolve SERVICE_NAME - ORA-12541: TNS-12541 TNS:no listener 4.4. Check the Database Links Exist and are Functioning Correctly For schedules to remote databases confirm the database link exists via. SQL> col DBLINK for a45SQL> select QNAME, NVL(REGEXP_SUBSTR(DESTINATION, '[^@]+', 1, 2), DESTINATION) dblink2 from DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES3 where MESSAGE_DELIVERY_MODE = 'PERSISTENT';QNAME DBLINK------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------MY_QUEUE ORCL102B.WORLD Connect as the owner of the link and select across it to verify it works and connects to the database we expect. i.e. select * from ALL_QUEUES@ ORCL102B.WORLD; You need to ensure that the userid that scheduled the propagation (using DBMS_AQADM.SCHEDULE_PROPAGATION or DBMS_PROPAGATION_ADM.CREATE_PROPAGATION if using Streams) has access to the database link for the destination. 4.5. Has Propagation Been Correctly Scheduled? Check that the propagation schedule has been created and that a job queue process has been assigned. Look for the entry in DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES and SYS.AQ$_SCHEDULES for your schedule. For 10g and below, check that it has a JOBNO entry in SYS.AQ$_SCHEDULES, and that there is an entry in DBA_JOBS with that JOBNO. For 11g and above, check that the schedule has a JOB_NAME entry in SYS.AQ$_SCHEDULES, and that there is an entry in DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS with that JOB_NAME. Check the destination is as intended and spelled correctly. SQL> select SCHEMA, QNAME, DESTINATION, SCHEDULE_DISABLED, PROCESS_NAME from DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES;SCHEMA QNAME DESTINATION S PROCESS------- ---------- ------------------ - -----------AQADM MULTIPLEQ AQ$_LOCAL N J000 AQ$_LOCAL in the destination column shows that the queue to which we are propagating to is in the same database as the source queue. If the propagation was to a remote (different) database, a database link will be in the DESTINATION column. The entry in the SCHEDULE_DISABLED column, N, means that the schedule is NOT disabled. If Y (yes) appears in this column, propagation is disabled and the schedule will not be executed. If not using Oracle Streams, propagation should resume once you have enabled the schedule by invoking DBMS_AQADM.ENABLE_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE (for 10.2 Oracle Streams and above, the DBMS_PROPAGATION_ADM.START_PROPAGATION procedure should be used). The PROCESS_NAME is the name of the job queue process currently allocated to execute the schedule. This process is allocated dynamically at execution time. If the PROCESS_NAME column is null (empty) the schedule is not currently executing. You may need to execute this statement a number of times to verify if a process is being allocated. If a process is at some time allocated to the schedule, it is attempting to execute. SQL> select SCHEMA, QNAME, LAST_RUN_DATE, NEXT_RUN_DATE from DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES;SCHEMA QNAME LAST_RUN_DATE NEXT_RUN_DATE------ ----- ----------------------- ----------------------- AQADM MULTIPLEQ 13-FEB-2002 13:18:57 13-FEB-2002 13:20:30 In 11g, these dates are expressed in TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE datatypes. If the NEXT_RUN_DATE and NEXT_RUN_TIME columns are null when this statement is executed, the scheduled propagation is currently in progress. If they never change it would suggest that the schedule itself is never executing. If the next scheduled execution is too far away, change the NEXT_TIME parameter of the schedule so that schedules are executed more frequently (assuming that the window is not set to be infinite). Parameters of a schedule can be changed using the DBMS_AQADM.ALTER_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE call. In 10g and below, scheduling propagation posts a job in the DBA_JOBS view. The columns are more or less the same as DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES so you just need to recognize the job and verify that it exists. SQL> select JOB, WHAT from DBA_JOBS where WHAT like '%sys.dbms_aqadm.aq$_propaq(job)%';JOB WHAT---- ----------------- 720 next_date := sys.dbms_aqadm.aq$_propaq(job); For 11g, scheduling propagation posts a job in DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS instead: SQL> select JOB_NAME from DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS where JOB_NAME like 'AQ_JOB$_%';JOB_NAME------------------------------AQ_JOB$_41 If no job exists, check DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES to make sure that the schedule has not been disabled. For 10g and below, the job number is dynamic for AQ propagation schedules. The procedure that is executed to expedite a propagation schedule runs, removes itself from DBA_JOBS, and then reposts a new job for the next scheduled propagation. The job number should therefore always increment unless the schedule has been set up to run indefinitely. 4.6. Is the Schedule Executing but Failing to Complete? Run the following query: SQL> select FAILURES, LAST_ERROR_MSG from DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES;FAILURES LAST_ERROR_MSG------------ -----------------------1 ORA-25207: enqueue failed, queue AQADM.INQ is disabled from enqueueingORA-02063: preceding line from SHANE816 The failures column shows how many times we have attempted to execute the schedule and failed. Oracle will attempt to execute the schedule 16 times after which it will be removed from the DBA_JOBS or DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS view and the schedule will become disabled. The column DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES.SCHEDULE_DISABLED will show 'Y'. For 11g and above, the DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS.STATE column will show 'BROKEN' for the job corresponding to DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES.JOB_NAME. Prior to 10g the back off algorithm for failures was exponential, whereas from 10g onwards it is linear. The propagation will become disabled on the 17th attempt. Only the last execution failure will be reflected in the LAST_ERROR_MSG column. That is, if the schedule fails 5 times for 5 different reasons, only the last set of errors will be recorded in DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES. Any errors need to be resolved to allow propagation to continue. If propagation has also become disabled due to 17 failures, first resolve the reason for the error and then re-enable the schedule using the DBMS_AQADM.ENABLE_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE procedure, or DBMS_PROPAGATION_ADM.START_PROPAGATION if using 10.2 or above Oracle Streams. As soon as the schedule executes successfully the error message entries will be deleted. Oracle does not keep a history of past failures. However, when using Oracle Streams, the errors will be retained in the DBA_PROPAGATION view even after the schedule resumes successfully. See the following note for instructions on how to clear out the errors from the DBA_PROPAGATION view:Document 808136.1 How to clear the old errors from DBA_PROPAGATION view?If a schedule is active and no errors are being reported then the source queue may not have any messages to be propagated. 4.7. Do the Propagation Notification Queue Table and Queue Exist? Check to see that the propagation notification queue table and queue exist and are enabled for enqueue and dequeue. Propagation makes use of the propagation notification queue for handling propagation run-time events, and the messages in this queue are stored in a SYS-owned queue table. This queue should never be stopped or dropped and the corresponding queue table never be dropped. 10g and belowThe propagation notification queue table is of the format SYS.AQ$_PROP_TABLE_n, where 'n' is the RAC instance number, i.e. '1' for a non-RAC environment. This queue and queue table are created implicitly when propagation is first scheduled. If propagation has been scheduled and these objects do not exist, try unscheduling and rescheduling propagation. If they still do not exist contact Oracle Support. SQL> select QUEUE_TABLE from DBA_QUEUE_TABLES2 where QUEUE_TABLE like '%PROP_TABLE%' and OWNER = 'SYS';QUEUE_TABLE------------------------------AQ$_PROP_TABLE_1SQL> select NAME, ENQUEUE_ENABLED, DEQUEUE_ENABLED2 from DBA_QUEUES where owner='SYS'3 and QUEUE_TABLE like '%PROP_TABLE%';NAME ENQUEUE DEQUEUE------------------------------ ------- -------AQ$_PROP_NOTIFY_1 YES YESAQ$_AQ$_PROP_TABLE_1_E NO NO If the AQ$_PROP_NOTIFY_1 queue is not enabled for enqueue or dequeue, it should be so enabled using DBMS_AQADM.START_QUEUE. However, the exception queue AQ$_AQ$_PROP_TABLE_1_E should not be enabled for enqueue or dequeue.11g and aboveThe propagation notification queue table is of the format SYS.AQ_PROP_TABLE, and is created when the database is created. If they do not exist, contact Oracle Support. SQL> select QUEUE_TABLE from DBA_QUEUE_TABLES2 where QUEUE_TABLE like '%PROP_TABLE%' and OWNER = 'SYS';QUEUE_TABLE------------------------------AQ_PROP_TABLESQL> select NAME, ENQUEUE_ENABLED, DEQUEUE_ENABLED2 from DBA_QUEUES where owner='SYS'3 and QUEUE_TABLE like '%PROP_TABLE%';NAME ENQUEUE DEQUEUE------------------------------ ------- -------AQ_PROP_NOTIFY YES YESAQ$_AQ_PROP_TABLE_E NO NO If the AQ_PROP_NOTIFY queue is not enabled for enqueue or dequeue, it should be so enabled using DBMS_AQADM.START_QUEUE. However, the exception queue AQ$_AQ$_PROP_TABLE_E should not be enabled for enqueue or dequeue. 4.8. Does the Remote Queue Exist and is it Enabled for Enqueueing? Check that the remote queue the propagation is transferring messages to exists and is enabled for enqueue: SQL> select DESTINATION from USER_QUEUE_SCHEDULES where QNAME = 'OUTQ';DESTINATION-----------------------------------------------------------------------------"AQADM"."INQ"@M2V102.ESSQL> select OWNER, NAME, ENQUEUE_ENABLED, DEQUEUE_ENABLED from [email protected];OWNER NAME ENQUEUE DEQUEUE-------- ------ ----------- -----------AQADM INQ YES YES 4.9. Do the Target and Source Database Charactersets Differ? If a message fails to propagate, check the database charactersets of the source and target databases. Investigate whether the same message can propagate between the databases with the same characterset or it is only a particular combination of charactersets which causes a problem. 4.10. Check the Queue Table Type Agreement Propagation is not possible between queue tables which have types that differ in some respect. One way to determine if this is the case is to run the DBMS_AQADM.VERIFY_QUEUE_TYPES procedure for the two queues that the propagation operates on. If the types do not agree, DBMS_AQADM.VERIFY_QUEUE_TYPES will return '0'.For AQ propagation between databases which have different NLS_LENGTH_SEMANTICS settings, propagation will not work, unless the queues are Oracle Streams ANYDATA queues.See the following notes for issues caused by lack of type agreement:Document 1079577.1 Advanced Queuing Propagation Fails With "ORA-22370: incorrect usage of method"Document 282987.1 Propagated Messages marked UNDELIVERABLE after Drop and Recreate Of Remote QueueDocument 353754.1 Streams Messaging Propagation Fails between Single and Multi-byte Charactersets when using Chararacter Length Semantics in the ADT 4.11. Enable Propagation Tracing 4.11.1. System Level This is set it in the init.ora/spfile as follows: event="24040 trace name context forever, level 10" and restart the instanceThis event cannot be set dynamically with an alter system command until version 10.2: SQL> alter system set events '24040 trace name context forever, level 10'; To unset the event: SQL> alter system set events '24040 trace name context off'; Debugging information will be logged to job queue trace file(s) (jnnn) as propagation takes place. You can check the trace file for errors, and for statements indicating that messages have been sent. For the most part the trace information is understandable. This trace should also be uploaded to Oracle Support if a service request is created. 4.11.2. Attaching to a Specific Process We can also attach to an existing job queue processes that is running a propagation schedule and trace it individually using the oradebug utility, as follows:10.2 and below connect / as sysdbaselect p.SPID, p.PROGRAM from v$PROCESS p, DBA_JOBS_RUNNING jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_JOBS j where s.SID=jr.SID and s.PADDR=p.ADDR and jr.JOB=j.JOB and j.WHAT like '%sys.dbms_aqadm.aq$_propaq(job)%';-- For the process id (SPID) attach to it via oradebug and generate the following traceoradebug setospid <SPID>oradebug unlimitoradebug Event 10046 trace name context forever, level 12oradebug Event 24040 trace name context forever, level 10-- Trace the process for 5 minutesoradebug Event 10046 trace name context offoradebug Event 24040 trace name context off-- The following command returns the pathname/filename to the file being written tooradebug tracefile_name 11g connect / as sysdbacol PROGRAM for a30select p.SPID, p.PROGRAM, j.JOB_NAMEfrom v$PROCESS p, DBA_SCHEDULER_RUNNING_JOBS jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS j where s.SID=jr.SESSION_ID and s.PADDR=p.ADDR and jr.JOB_NAME=j.JOB_NAME and j.JOB_NAME like '%AQ_JOB$_%';-- For the process id (SPID) attach to it via oradebug and generate the following traceoradebug setospid <SPID>oradebug unlimitoradebug Event 10046 trace name context forever, level 12oradebug Event 24040 trace name context forever, level 10-- Trace the process for 5 minutesoradebug Event 10046 trace name context offoradebug Event 24040 trace name context off-- The following command returns the pathname/filename to the file being written tooradebug tracefile_name 4.11.3. Further Tracing The previous tracing steps only trace the job queue process executing the propagation on the source. At times it is useful to trace the propagation receiver process (the session which is enqueueing the messages into the target queue) on the target database which is associated with the job queue process on the source database.These following queries provide ways of identifying the processes involved in propagation so that you can attach to them via oradebug to generate trace information.In order to identify the propagation receiver process you need to execute the query as a user with privileges to access the v$ views in both the local and remote databases so the database link must connect as a user with those privileges in the remote database. The <DBLINK> in the queries should be replaced by the appropriate database link.The queries have two forms due to the differences between operating systems. The value returned by 'Rem Process' is the operating system identifier of the propagation receiver on the remote database. Once identified, this process can be attached to and traced on the remote database using the commands given in Section 4.11.2.10.2 and below - Windows select pl.SPID "JobQ Process", pl.PROGRAM, sr.PROCESS "Rem Process" from v$PROCESS pl, DBA_JOBS_RUNNING jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_JOBS j, V$SESSION@<DBLINK> sr where s.SID=jr.SID and s.PADDR=pl.ADDR and jr.JOB=j.JOB and j.WHAT like '%sys.dbms_aqadm.aq$_propaq(job)%' and pl.SPID=substr(sr.PROCESS, instr(sr.PROCESS,':')+1); 10.2 and below - Unix select pl.SPID "JobQ Process", pl.PROGRAM, sr.PROCESS "Rem Process" from V$PROCESS pl, DBA_JOBS_RUNNING jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_JOBS j, V$SESSION@<DBLINK> sr where s.SID=jr.SID and s.PADDR=pl.ADDR and jr.JOB=j.JOB and j.WHAT like '%sys.dbms_aqadm.aq$_propaq(job)%' and pl.SPID=sr.PROCESS; 11g - Windows select pl.SPID "JobQ Process", pl.PROGRAM, sr.PROCESS "Rem Process" from V$PROCESS pl, DBA_SCHEDULER_RUNNING_JOBS jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS j, V$SESSION@<DBLINK> sr where s.SID=jr.SESSION_ID and s.PADDR=pl.ADDR and jr.JOB_NAME=j.JOB_NAME and j.JOB_NAME like '%AQ_JOB$_%%' and pl.SPID=substr(sr.PROCESS, instr(sr.PROCESS,':')+1); 11g - Unix select pl.SPID "JobQ Process", pl.PROGRAM, sr.PROCESS "Rem Process" from V$PROCESS pl, DBA_SCHEDULER_RUNNING_JOBS jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS j, V$SESSION@<DBLINK> sr where s.SID=jr.SESSION_ID and s.PADDR=pl.ADDR and jr.JOB_NAME=j.JOB_NAME and j.JOB_NAME like '%AQ_JOB$_%%' and pl.SPID=sr.PROCESS;   5. Additional Troubleshooting Steps for AQ Propagation of User-Enqueued and Dequeued Messages 5.1. Check the Privileges of All Users Involved Ensure that the owner of the database link has the necessary privileges on the aq packages. SQL> select TABLE_NAME, PRIVILEGE from USER_TAB_PRIVS;TABLE_NAME PRIVILEGE------------------------------ ----------------------------------------DBMS_LOCK EXECUTEDBMS_AQ EXECUTEDBMS_AQADM EXECUTEDBMS_AQ_BQVIEW EXECUTEQT52814_BUFFER SELECT Note that when queue table is created, a view called QT<nnn>_BUFFER is created in the SYS schema, and the queue table owner is given SELECT privileges on it. The <nnn> corresponds to the object_id of the associated queue table. SQL> select * from USER_ROLE_PRIVS;USERNAME GRANTED_ROLE ADM DEF OS_------------------------------ ------------------------------ ---- ---- ---AQ_USER1 AQ_ADMINISTRATOR_ROLE NO YES NOAQ_USER1 CONNECT NO YES NOAQ_USER1 RESOURCE NO YES NO It is good practice to configure central AQ administrative user. All admin and processing jobs are created, executed and administered as this user. This configuration is not mandatory however, and the database link can be owned by any existing queue user. If this latter configuration is used, ensure that the connecting user has the necessary privileges on the AQ packages and objects involved. Privileges for an AQ Administrative user Execute on DBMS_AQADM Execute on DBMS_AQ Granted the AQ_ADMINISTRATOR_ROLE Privileges for an AQ user Execute on DBMS_AQ Execute on the message payload Enqueue privileges on the remote queue Dequeue privileges on the originating queue Privileges need to be confirmed on both sites when propagation is scheduled to remote destinations. Verify that the user ID used to login to the destination through the database link has been granted privileges to use AQ. 5.2. Verify Queue Payload Types AQ will not propagate messages from one queue to another if the payload types of the two queues are not verified to be equivalent. An AQ administrator can verify if the source and destination's payload types match by executing the DBMS_AQADM.VERIFY_QUEUE_TYPES procedure. The results of the type checking will be stored in the SYS.AQ$_MESSAGE_TYPES table. This table can be accessed using the object identifier OID of the source queue and the address database link of the destination queue, i.e. [schema.]queue_name[@destination]. Prior to Oracle 9i the payload (message type) had to be the same for all the queue tables involved in propagation. From Oracle9i onwards a transformation can be used so that payloads can be converted from one type to another. The following procedural call made on the source database can verify whether we can propagate between the source and the destination queue tables. connect aq_user1/[email protected] serverout onDECLARErc_value number;BEGINDBMS_AQADM.VERIFY_QUEUE_TYPES(src_queue_name => 'AQ_USER1.Q_1', dest_queue_name => 'AQ_USER2.Q_2',destination => 'dbl_aq_user2.es',rc => rc_value);dbms_output.put_line('rc_value code is '||rc_value);END;/ If propagation is possible then the return code value will be 1. If it is 0 then propagation is not possible and further investigation of the types and transformations used by and in conjunction with the queue tables is required. With regard to comparison of the types the following sql can be used to extract the DDL for a specific type with' %' changed appropriately on the source and target. This can then be compared for the source and target. SET LONG 20000 set pagesize 50 EXECUTE DBMS_METADATA.SET_TRANSFORM_PARAM(DBMS_METADATA.SESSION_TRANSFORM, 'STORAGE',false); SELECT DBMS_METADATA.GET_DDL('TYPE',t.type_name) from user_types t WHERE t.type_name like '%'; EXECUTE DBMS_METADATA.SET_TRANSFORM_PARAM(DBMS_METADATA.SESSION_TRANSFORM, 'DEFAULT'); 5.3. Check Message State and Destination The first step in this process is to identify the queue table associated with the problem source queue. Although you schedule propagation for a specific queue, most of the meta-data associated with that queue is stored in the underlying queue table. The following statement finds the queue table for a given queue (note that this is a multiple-consumer queue table). SQL> select QUEUE_TABLE from DBA_QUEUES where NAME = 'MULTIPLEQ';QUEUE_TABLE --------------------MULTIPLEQTABLE For a small amount of messages in a multiple-consumer queue table, the following query can be run: SQL> select MSG_STATE, CONSUMER_NAME, ADDRESS from AQ$MULTIPLEQTABLE where QUEUE = 'MULTIPLEQ';MSG_STATE CONSUMER_NAME ADDRESS-------------- ----------------------- -------------READY AQUSER2 [email protected] AQUSER1READY AQUSER3 AQADM.INQ In this example we see 2 messages ready to be propagated to remote queues and 1 that is not. If the address column is blank, the message is not scheduled for propagation and can only be dequeued from the queue upon which it was enqueued. The MSG_STATE column values are discussed in Document 102330.1 Advanced Queueing MSG_STATE Values and their Interpretation. If the address column has a value, the message has been enqueued for propagation to another queue. The first row in the example includes a database link (@M2V102.ES). This demonstrates that the message should be propagated to a queue at a remote database. The third row does not include a database link so will be propagated to a queue that resides on the same database as the source queue. The consumer name is the intended recipient at the target queue. Note that we are not querying the base queue table directly; rather, we are querying a view that is available on top of every queue table, AQ$<queue_table_name>.A more realistic query in an environment where the queue table contains thousands of messages is8.0.3-compatible multiple-consumer queue table and all compatibility single-consumer queue tables select count(*), MSG_STATE, QUEUE from AQ$<queue_table_name>  group by MSG_STATE, QUEUE; 8.1.3 and 10.0-compatible queue tables select count(*), MSG_STATE, QUEUE, CONSUMER_NAME from AQ$<queue_table_name>group by MSG_STATE, QUEUE, CONSUMER_NAME; For multiple-consumer queue tables, if you did not see the expected CONSUMER_NAME , check the syntax of the enqueue code and verify the recipients are declared correctly. If a recipients list is not used on enqueue, check the subscriber list in the AQ$_<queue_table_name>_S view (note that a single-consumer queue table does not have a subscriber view. This view records all members of the default subscription list which were added using the DBMS_AQADM.ADD_SUBSCRIBER procedure and also those enqueued using a recipient list. SQL> select QUEUE, NAME, ADDRESS from AQ$MULTIPLEQTABLE_S;QUEUE NAME ADDRESS---------- ----------- -------------MULTIPLEQ AQUSER2 [email protected] AQUSER1 In this example we have 2 subscribers registered with the queue. We have a local subscriber AQUSER1, and a remote subscriber AQUSER2, on the queue INQ, owned by AQADM, at M2V102.ES. Unless overridden with a recipient list during enqueue every message enqueued to this queue will be propagated to INQ at M2V102.ES.For 8.1 style and above multiple consumer queue tables, you can also check the following information at the target: select CONSUMER_NAME, DEQ_TXN_ID, DEQ_TIME, DEQ_USER_ID, PROPAGATED_MSGID from AQ$<queue_table_name> where QUEUE = '<QUEUE_NAME>'; For 8.0 style queues, if the queue table supports multiple consumers you can obtain the same information from the history column of the queue table: select h.CONSUMER, h.TRANSACTION_ID, h.DEQ_TIME, h.DEQ_USER, h.PROPAGATED_MSGIDfrom AQ$<queue_table_name> t, table(t.history) h where t.Q_NAME = '<QUEUE_NAME>'; A non-NULL TRANSACTION_ID indicates that the message was successfully propagated. Further, the DEQ_TIME indicates the time of propagation, the DEQ_USER indicates the userid used for propagation, and the PROPAGATED_MSGID indicates the message ID of the message that was enqueued at the destination. 6. Additional Troubleshooting Steps for Propagation in an Oracle Streams Environment 6.1. Is the Propagation Enabled? For a propagation job to propagate messages, the propagation must be enabled. For Streams, a special view called DBA_PROPAGATION exists to convey information about Streams propagations. If messages are not being propagated by a propagation as expected, then the propagation might not be enabled. To query for this: SELECT p.PROPAGATION_NAME, DECODE(s.SCHEDULE_DISABLED, 'Y', 'Disabled','N', 'Enabled') SCHEDULE_DISABLED, s.PROCESS_NAME, s.FAILURES, s.LAST_ERROR_MSGFROM DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES s, DBA_PROPAGATION pWHERE p.DESTINATION_DBLINK = NVL(REGEXP_SUBSTR(s.DESTINATION, '[^@]+', 1, 2), s.DESTINATION) AND s.SCHEMA = p.SOURCE_QUEUE_OWNER AND s.QNAME = p.SOURCE_QUEUE_NAME AND MESSAGE_DELIVERY_MODE = 'PERSISTENT' order by PROPAGATION_NAME; At times, the propagation job may become "broken" or fail to start after an error has been encountered or after a database restart. If an error is indicated by the above query, an attempt to disable the propagation and then re-enable it can be made. In the examples below, for the propagation named STRMADMIN_PROPAGATE where the queue name is STREAMS_QUEUE owned by STRMADMIN and the destination database link is ORCL2.WORLD, the commands would be:10.2 and above exec dbms_propagation_adm.stop_propagation('STRMADMIN_PROPAGATE'); exec dbms_propagation_adm.start_propagation('STRMADMIN_PROPAGATE'); If the above does not fix the problem, stop the propagation specifying the force parameter (2nd parameter on stop_propagation) as TRUE: exec dbms_propagation_adm.stop_propagation('STRMADMIN_PROPAGATE',true); exec dbms_propagation_adm.start_propagation('STRMADMIN_PROPAGATE'); The statistics for the propagation as well as any old error messages are cleared when the force parameter is set to TRUE. Therefore if the propagation schedule is stopped with FORCE set to TRUE, and upon restart there is still an error message in DBA_PROPAGATION, then the error message is current.9.2 or 10.1 exec dbms_aqadm.disable_propagation_schedule('STRMADMIN.STREAMS_QUEUE','ORCL2.WORLD'); exec dbms.aqadm.enable_propagation_schedule('STRMADMIN.STREAMS_QUEUE','ORCL2.WORLD'); If the above does not fix the problem, perform an unschedule of propagation and then schedule_propagation: exec dbms_aqadm.unschedule_propagation('STRMADMIN.STREAMS_QUEUE','ORCL2.WORLD'); exec dbms_aqadm.schedule_propagation('STRMADMIN.STREAMS_QUEUE','ORCL2.WORLD'); Typically if the error from the first query in Section 6.1 recurs after restarting the propagation as shown above, further troubleshooting of the error is needed. 6.2. Check Propagation Rule Sets and Transformations Inspect the configuration of the rules in the rule set that is associated with the propagation process to make sure that they evaluate to TRUE as expected. If not, then the object or schema will not be propagated. Remember that when a negative rule evaluates to TRUE, the specified object or schema will not be propagated. Finally inspect any rule-based transformations that are implemented with propagation to make sure they are changing the data in the intended way.The following query shows what rule sets are assigned to a propagation: select PROPAGATION_NAME, RULE_SET_OWNER||'.'||RULE_SET_NAME "Positive Rule Set",NEGATIVE_RULE_SET_OWNER||'.'||NEGATIVE_RULE_SET_NAME "Negative Rule Set"from DBA_PROPAGATION; The next two queries list the propagation rules and their conditions. The first is for the positive rule set, the second is for the negative rule set: set long 4000select rsr.RULE_SET_OWNER||'.'||rsr.RULE_SET_NAME RULE_SET ,rsr.RULE_OWNER||'.'||rsr.RULE_NAME RULE_NAME,r.RULE_CONDITION CONDITION fromDBA_RULE_SET_RULES rsr, DBA_RULES rwhere rsr.RULE_NAME = r.RULE_NAME and rsr.RULE_OWNER = r.RULE_OWNER and RULE_SET_NAME in(select RULE_SET_NAME from DBA_PROPAGATION) order by rsr.RULE_SET_OWNER, rsr.RULE_SET_NAME;   set long 4000select c.PROPAGATION_NAME, rsr.RULE_SET_OWNER||'.'||rsr.RULE_SET_NAME RULE_SET ,rsr.RULE_OWNER||'.'||rsr.RULE_NAME RULE_NAME,r.RULE_CONDITION CONDITION fromDBA_RULE_SET_RULES rsr, DBA_RULES r ,DBA_PROPAGATION cwhere rsr.RULE_NAME = r.RULE_NAME and rsr.RULE_OWNER = r.RULE_OWNER andrsr.RULE_SET_OWNER=c.NEGATIVE_RULE_SET_OWNER and rsr.RULE_SET_NAME=c.NEGATIVE_RULE_SET_NAMEand rsr.RULE_SET_NAME in(select NEGATIVE_RULE_SET_NAME from DBA_PROPAGATION) order by rsr.RULE_SET_OWNER, rsr.RULE_SET_NAME; 6.3. Determining the Total Number of Messages and Bytes Propagated As in Section 3.1, determining if messages are flowing can be instructive to see whether the propagation is entirely hung or just slow. If the propagation is not in flow control (see Section 6.5.2), but the statistics are incrementing slowly, there may be a performance issue. For Streams implementations two views are available that can assist with this that can show the number of messages sent by a propagation, as well as the number of acknowledgements being returned from the target site: the V$PROPAGATION_SENDER view at the Source site and the V$PROPAGATION_RECEIVER view at the destination site. It is helpful to query both to determine if messages are being delivered to the target. Look for the statistics to increase.Source: select QUEUE_SCHEMA, QUEUE_NAME, DBLINK,HIGH_WATER_MARK, ACKNOWLEDGEMENT, TOTAL_MSGS, TOTAL_BYTESfrom V$PROPAGATION_SENDER; Target: select SRC_QUEUE_SCHEMA, SRC_QUEUE_NAME, SRC_DBNAME, DST_QUEUE_SCHEMA, DST_QUEUE_NAME, HIGH_WATER_MARK, ACKNOWLEDGEMENT, TOTAL_MSGS from V$PROPAGATION_RECEIVER; 6.4. Check Buffered Subscribers The V$BUFFERED_SUBSCRIBERS view displays information about subscribers for all buffered queues in the instance. This view can be queried to make sure that the site that the propagation is propagating to is listed as a subscriber address for the site being propagated from: select QUEUE_SCHEMA, QUEUE_NAME, SUBSCRIBER_ADDRESS from V$BUFFERED_SUBSCRIBERS; The SUBSCRIBER_ADDRESS column will not be populated when the propagation is local (between queues on the same database). 6.5. Common Streams Propagation Errors 6.5.1. ORA-02082: A loopback database link must have a connection qualifier. This error can occur if you use the Streams Setup Wizard in Oracle Enterprise Manager without first configuring the GLOBAL_NAME for your database. 6.5.2. ORA-25307: Enqueue rate too high. Enable flow control DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES will display this informational message for propagation when the automatic flow control (10g feature of Streams) has been invoked.Similar to Streams capture processes, a Streams propagation process can also go into a state of 'flow control. This is an informative message that indicates flow control has been automatically enabled to reduce the rate at which messages are being enqueued into at target queue.This typically occurs when the target site is unable to keep up with the rate of messages flowing from the source site. Other than checking that the apply process is running normally on the target site, usually no action is required by the DBA. Propagation and the capture process will be resumed automatically when the target site is able to accept more messages.The following document contains more information:Document 302109.1 Streams Propagation Error: ORA-25307 Enqueue rate too high. Enable flow controlSee the following document for one potential cause of this situation:Document 1097115.1 Oracle Streams Apply Reader is in 'Paused' State 6.5.3. ORA-25315 unsupported configuration for propagation of buffered messages This error typically occurs when the target database is RAC and usually indicates that an attempt was made to propagate buffered messages with the database link pointing to an instance in the destination database which is not the owner instance of the destination queue. To resolve the problem, use queue-to-queue propagation for buffered messages. 6.5.4. ORA-600 [KWQBMCRCPTS101] after dropping / recreating propagation For cause/fixes refer to:Document 421237.1 ORA-600 [KWQBMCRCPTS101] reported by a Qmon slave process after dropping a Streams Propagation 6.5.5. Stopping or Dropping a Streams Propagation Hangs See the following note:Document 1159787.1 Troubleshooting Streams Propagation When It is Not Functioning and Attempts to Stop It Hang 6.6. Streams Propagation-Related Notes for Common Issues Document 437838.1 Streams Specific PatchesDocument 749181.1 How to Recover Streams After Dropping PropagationDocument 368912.1 Queue to Queue Propagation Schedule encountered ORA-12514 in a RAC environmentDocument 564649.1 ORA-02068/ORA-03114/ORA-03113 Errors From Streams Propagation Process - Remote Database is Available and Unschedule/Reschedule Does Not ResolveDocument 553017.1 Stream Propagation Process Errors Ora-4052 Ora-6554 From 11g To 10201Document 944846.1 Streams Propagation Fails Ora-7445 [kohrsmc]Document 745601.1 ORA-23603 'STREAMS enqueue aborted due to low SGA' Error from Streams Propagation, and V$STREAMS_CAPTURE.STATE Hanging on 'Enqueuing Message'Document 333068.1 ORA-23603: Streams Enqueue Aborted Eue To Low SGADocument 363496.1 Ora-25315 Propagating on RAC StreamsDocument 368237.1 Unable to Unschedule Propagation. Streams Queue is InvalidDocument 436332.1 dbms_propagation_adm.stop_propagation hangsDocument 727389.1 Propagation Fails With ORA-12528Document 730911.1 ORA-4063 Is Reported After Dropping Negative Prop.RulesetDocument 460471.1 Propagation Blocked by Qmon Process - Streams_queue_table / 'library cache lock' waitsDocument 1165583.1 ORA-600 [kwqpuspse0-ack] In Streams EnvironmentDocument 1059029.1 Combined Capture and Apply (CCA) : Capture aborts : ORA-1422 after schedule_propagationDocument 556309.1 Changing Propagation/ queue_to_queue : false -> true does does not work; no LCRs propagatedDocument 839568.1 Propagation failing with error: ORA-01536: space quota exceeded for tablespace ''Document 311021.1 Streams Propagation Process : Ora 12154 After Reboot with Transparent Application Failover TAF configuredDocument 359971.1 STREAMS propagation to Primary of physical Standby configuation errors with Ora-01033, Ora-02068Document 1101616.1 DBMS_PROPAGATION_ADM.DROP_PROPAGATION FAILS WITH ORA-1747 7. Performance Issues A propagation may seem to be slow if the queries from Sections 3.1 and 6.3 show that the message statistics are not changing quickly. In Oracle Streams, this more usually is due to a slow apply process at the target rather than a slow propagation. Propagation could be inferred to be slow if the message statistics are changing, and the state of a capture process according to V$STREAMS_CAPTURE.STATE is PAUSED FOR FLOW CONTROL, but an ORA-25307 'Enqueue rate too high. Enable flow control' warning is NOT observed in DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES per Section 6.5.2. If this is the case, see the following notes / white papers for suggestions to increase performance:Document 335516.1 Master Note for Streams Performance RecommendationsDocument 730036.1 Overview for Troubleshooting Streams Performance IssuesDocument 780733.1 Streams Propagation Tuning with Network ParametersWhite Paper: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/database/features/availability/maa-wp-10gr2-streams-performance-130059.pdfWhite Paper: Oracle Streams Configuration Best Practices: Oracle Database 10g Release 10.2, http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/database/features/availability/maa-10gr2-streams-configuration-132039.pdf, See APPENDIX A: USING STREAMS CONFIGURATIONS OVER A NETWORKFor basic AQ propagation, the network tuning in the aforementioned Appendix A of the white paper 'Oracle Streams Configuration Best Practices: Oracle Database 10g Release 10.2' is applicable. References NOTE:102330.1 - Advanced Queueing MSG_STATE Values and their InterpretationNOTE:102771.1 - Advanced Queueing Propagation using PL/SQLNOTE:1059029.1 - Combined Capture and Apply (CCA) : Capture aborts : ORA-1422 after schedule_propagationNOTE:1079577.1 - Advanced Queuing Propagation Fails With "ORA-22370: incorrect usage of method"NOTE:1083608.1 - 11g Streams and Oracle SchedulerNOTE:1087324.1 - ORA-01405 ORA-01422 reported by Adavanced Queueing Propagation schedules after RAC reconfigurationNOTE:1097115.1 - Oracle Streams Apply Reader is in 'Paused' StateNOTE:1101616.1 - DBMS_PROPAGATION_ADM.DROP_PROPAGATION FAILS WITH ORA-1747NOTE:1159787.1 - Troubleshooting Streams Propagation When It is Not Functioning and Attempts to Stop It HangNOTE:1165583.1 - ORA-600 [kwqpuspse0-ack] In Streams EnvironmentNOTE:118884.1 - How to unschedule a propagation schedule stuck in pending stateNOTE:1203544.1 - AQ PROPAGATION ABORTED WITH ORA-600[OCIKSIN: INVALID STATUS] ON SYS.DBMS_AQADM_SYS.AQ$_PROPAGATION_PROCEDURE AFTER UPGRADENOTE:1204080.1 - AQ Propagation Failing With ORA-25329 After Upgraded From 8i or 9i to 10g or 11g.NOTE:219416.1 - Advanced Queuing Propagation fails with ORA-22922NOTE:222992.1 - DBMS_AQADM.DISABLE_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE Returns ORA-24082NOTE:253131.1 - Concurrent Writes May Corrupt LOB Segment When Using Auto Segment Space Management (ORA-1555)NOTE:282987.1 - Propagated Messages marked UNDELIVERABLE after Drop and Recreate Of Remote QueueNOTE:298015.1 - Kwqjswproc:Excep After Loop: Assigning To SelfNOTE:302109.1 - Streams Propagation Error: ORA-25307 Enqueue rate too high. Enable flow controlNOTE:311021.1 - Streams Propagation Process : Ora 12154 After Reboot with Transparent Application Failover TAF configuredNOTE:332792.1 - ORA-04061 error relating to SYS.DBMS_PRVTAQIP reported when setting up StatspackNOTE:333068.1 - ORA-23603: Streams Enqueue Aborted Eue To Low SGANOTE:335516.1 - Master Note for Streams Performance RecommendationsNOTE:353325.1 - ORA-24056: Internal inconsistency for QUEUE and destination NOTE:353754.1 - Streams Messaging Propagation Fails between Single and Multi-byte Charactersets when using Chararacter Length Semantics in the ADT.NOTE:359971.1 - STREAMS propagation to Primary of physical Standby configuation errors with Ora-01033, Ora-02068NOTE:363496.1 - Ora-25315 Propagating on RAC StreamsNOTE:365093.1 - ORA-07445 [kwqppay2aqe()+7360] reported on Propagation of a Transformed MessageNOTE:368237.1 - Unable to Unschedule Propagation. Streams Queue is InvalidNOTE:368912.1 - Queue to Queue Propagation Schedule encountered ORA-12514 in a RAC environmentNOTE:421237.1 - ORA-600 [KWQBMCRCPTS101] reported by a Qmon slave process after dropping a Streams PropagationNOTE:436332.1 - dbms_propagation_adm.stop_propagation hangsNOTE:437838.1 - Streams Specific PatchesNOTE:460471.1 - Propagation Blocked by Qmon Process - Streams_queue_table / 'library cache lock' waitsNOTE:463820.1 - Streams Combined Capture and Apply in 11gNOTE:553017.1 - Stream Propagation Process Errors Ora-4052 Ora-6554 From 11g To 10201NOTE:556309.1 - Changing Propagation/ queue_to_queue : false -> true does does not work; no LCRs propagatedNOTE:564649.1 - ORA-02068/ORA-03114/ORA-03113 Errors From Streams Propagation Process - Remote Database is Available and Unschedule/Reschedule Does Not ResolveNOTE:566622.1 - ORA-22275 when propagating >4K AQ$_JMS_TEXT_MESSAGEs from 9.2.0.8 to 10.2.0.1NOTE:727389.1 - Propagation Fails With ORA-12528NOTE:730036.1 - Overview for Troubleshooting Streams Performance IssuesNOTE:730911.1 - ORA-4063 Is Reported After Dropping Negative Prop.RulesetNOTE:731292.1 - ORA-25215 Reported On Local Propagation When Using Transformation with ANYDATA queue tablesNOTE:731539.1 - ORA-29268: HTTP client error 401 Unauthorized Error when the AQ Servlet attempts to Propagate a message via HTTPNOTE:745601.1 - ORA-23603 'STREAMS enqueue aborted due to low SGA' Error from Streams Propagation, and V$STREAMS_CAPTURE.STATE Hanging on 'Enqueuing Message'NOTE:749181.1 - How to Recover Streams After Dropping PropagationNOTE:780733.1 - Streams Propagation Tuning with Network ParametersNOTE:787367.1 - ORA-22275 reported on Propagating Messages with LOB component when propagating between 10.1 and 10.2NOTE:808136.1 - How to clear the old errors from DBA_PROPAGATION view ?NOTE:827184.1 - AQ Propagation with CLOB data types Fails with ORA-22990NOTE:827473.1 - How to alter propagation from queue_to_queue to queue_to_dblinkNOTE:839568.1 - Propagation failing with error: ORA-01536: space quota exceeded for tablespace ''NOTE:846297.1 - AQ Propagation Fails : ORA-00600[kope2upic2954] or Ora-00600[Kghsstream_copyn]NOTE:944846.1 - Streams Propagation Fails Ora-7445 [kohrsmc]

    Read the article

  • Debian squeeze keyboard and touchpad not working / detected on laptop

    - by Esa
    They work before gdm3 starts. a connected mouse also stops working, but functions after removal and re-plug. no xorg.conf. log doesn't show any loading of drivers for kbd/touchpad [ 33.783] X.Org X Server 1.10.4 Release Date: 2011-08-19 [ 33.783] X Protocol Version 11, Revision 0 [ 33.783] Build Operating System: Linux 3.0.0-1-amd64 x86_64 Debian [ 33.783] Current Operating System: Linux sus 3.2.0-0.bpo.2-amd64 #1 SMP Sun Mar 25 10:33:35 UTC 2012 x86_64 [ 33.783] Kernel command line: BOOT_IMAGE=/boot/vmlinuz-3.2.0-0.bpo.2-amd64 root=UUID=8686f840-d165-4d1e-b995-2ebbd94aa3d2 ro quiet [ 33.783] Build Date: 28 August 2011 09:39:43PM [ 33.783] xorg-server 2:1.10.4-1~bpo60+1 (Cyril Brulebois <[email protected]>) [ 33.783] Current version of pixman: 0.16.4 [ 33.783] Before reporting problems, check http://wiki.x.org to make sure that you have the latest version. [ 33.783] Markers: (--) probed, (**) from config file, (==) default setting, (++) from command line, (!!) notice, (II) informational, (WW) warning, (EE) error, (NI) not implemented, (??) unknown. [ 33.783] (==) Log file: "/var/log/Xorg.0.log", Time: Wed Mar 28 09:34:04 2012 [ 33.837] (==) Using system config directory "/usr/share/X11/xorg.conf.d" [ 33.936] (==) No Layout section. Using the first Screen section. [ 33.936] (==) No screen section available. Using defaults. [ 33.936] (**) |-->Screen "Default Screen Section" (0) [ 33.936] (**) | |-->Monitor "<default monitor>" [ 33.936] (==) No monitor specified for screen "Default Screen Section". Using a default monitor configuration. [ 33.936] (==) Automatically adding devices [ 33.936] (==) Automatically enabling devices [ 34.164] (WW) The directory "/usr/share/fonts/X11/cyrillic" does not exist. [ 34.164] Entry deleted from font path. [ 34.226] (==) FontPath set to: /usr/share/fonts/X11/misc, /usr/share/fonts/X11/100dpi/:unscaled, /usr/share/fonts/X11/75dpi/:unscaled, /usr/share/fonts/X11/Type1, /usr/share/fonts/X11/100dpi, /usr/share/fonts/X11/75dpi, /var/lib/defoma/x-ttcidfont-conf.d/dirs/TrueType, built-ins [ 34.226] (==) ModulePath set to "/usr/lib/xorg/modules" [ 34.226] (II) The server relies on udev to provide the list of input devices. If no devices become available, reconfigure udev or disable AutoAddDevices. [ 34.226] (II) Loader magic: 0x7d3ae0 [ 34.226] (II) Module ABI versions: [ 34.226] X.Org ANSI C Emulation: 0.4 [ 34.226] X.Org Video Driver: 10.0 [ 34.226] X.Org XInput driver : 12.2 [ 34.226] X.Org Server Extension : 5.0 [ 34.227] (--) PCI:*(0:1:5:0) 1002:9712:103c:1661 rev 0, Mem @ 0xd0000000/268435456, 0xf1400000/65536, 0xf1300000/1048576, I/O @ 0x00008000/256 [ 34.227] (--) PCI: (0:2:0:0) 1002:6760:103c:1661 rev 0, Mem @ 0xe0000000/268435456, 0xf0300000/131072, I/O @ 0x00004000/256, BIOS @ 0x????????/131072 [ 34.227] (II) Open ACPI successful (/var/run/acpid.socket) [ 34.227] (II) LoadModule: "extmod" [ 34.249] (II) Loading /usr/lib/xorg/modules/extensions/libextmod.so [ 34.277] (II) Module extmod: vendor="X.Org Foundation" [ 34.277] compiled for 1.10.4, module version = 1.0.0 [ 34.277] Module class: X.Org Server Extension [ 34.277] ABI class: X.Org Server Extension, version 5.0 [ 34.277] (II) Loading extension SELinux [ 34.277] (II) Loading extension MIT-SCREEN-SAVER [ 34.277] (II) Loading extension XFree86-VidModeExtension [ 34.277] (II) Loading extension XFree86-DGA [ 34.277] (II) Loading extension DPMS [ 34.277] (II) Loading extension XVideo [ 34.277] (II) Loading extension XVideo-MotionCompensation [ 34.277] (II) Loading extension X-Resource [ 34.277] (II) LoadModule: "dbe" [ 34.277] (II) Loading /usr/lib/xorg/modules/extensions/libdbe.so [ 34.299] (II) Module dbe: vendor="X.Org Foundation" [ 34.299] compiled for 1.10.4, module version = 1.0.0 [ 34.299] Module class: X.Org Server Extension [ 34.299] ABI class: X.Org Server Extension, version 5.0 [ 34.299] (II) Loading extension DOUBLE-BUFFER [ 34.299] (II) LoadModule: "glx" [ 34.299] (II) Loading /usr/lib/xorg/modules/extensions/libglx.so [ 34.477] (II) Module glx: vendor="X.Org Foundation" [ 34.477] compiled for 1.10.4, module version = 1.0.0 [ 34.477] ABI class: X.Org Server Extension, version 5.0 [ 34.477] (==) AIGLX enabled [ 34.477] (II) Loading extension GLX [ 34.477] (II) LoadModule: "record" [ 34.478] (II) Loading /usr/lib/xorg/modules/extensions/librecord.so [ 34.481] (II) Module record: vendor="X.Org Foundation" [ 34.481] compiled for 1.10.4, module version = 1.13.0 [ 34.481] Module class: X.Org Server Extension [ 34.481] ABI class: X.Org Server Extension, version 5.0 [ 34.481] (II) Loading extension RECORD [ 34.481] (II) LoadModule: "dri" [ 34.481] (II) Loading /usr/lib/xorg/modules/extensions/libdri.so [ 34.512] (II) Module dri: vendor="X.Org Foundation" [ 34.512] compiled for 1.10.4, module version = 1.0.0 [ 34.512] ABI class: X.Org Server Extension, version 5.0 [ 34.512] (II) Loading extension XFree86-DRI [ 34.512] (II) LoadModule: "dri2" [ 34.512] (II) Loading /usr/lib/xorg/modules/extensions/libdri2.so [ 34.515] (II) Module dri2: vendor="X.Org Foundation" [ 34.515] compiled for 1.10.4, module version = 1.2.0 [ 34.515] ABI class: X.Org Server Extension, version 5.0 [ 34.515] (II) Loading extension DRI2 [ 34.515] (==) Matched ati as autoconfigured driver 0 [ 34.515] (==) Matched vesa as autoconfigured driver 1 [ 34.515] (==) Matched fbdev as autoconfigured driver 2 [ 34.515] (==) Assigned the driver to the xf86ConfigLayout [ 34.515] (II) LoadModule: "ati" [ 34.706] (II) Loading /usr/lib/xorg/modules/drivers/ati_drv.so [ 34.724] (II) Module ati: vendor="X.Org Foundation" [ 34.724] compiled for 1.10.3, module version = 6.14.2 [ 34.724] Module class: X.Org Video Driver [ 34.724] ABI class: X.Org Video Driver, version 10.0 [ 34.724] (II) LoadModule: "radeon" [ 34.725] (II) Loading /usr/lib/xorg/modules/drivers/radeon_drv.so [ 34.923] (II) Module radeon: vendor="X.Org Foundation" [ 34.923] compiled for 1.10.3, module version = 6.14.2 [ 34.923] Module class: X.Org Video Driver [ 34.923] ABI class: X.Org Video Driver, version 10.0 [ 34.945] (II) LoadModule: "vesa" [ 34.945] (II) Loading /usr/lib/xorg/modules/drivers/vesa_drv.so [ 34.988] (II) Module vesa: vendor="X.Org Foundation" [ 34.988] compiled for 1.10.3, module version = 2.3.0 [ 34.988] Module class: X.Org Video Driver [ 34.988] ABI class: X.Org Video Driver, version 10.0 [ 34.988] (II) LoadModule: "fbdev" [ 34.988] (II) Loading /usr/lib/xorg/modules/drivers/fbdev_drv.so [ 35.020] (II) Module fbdev: vendor="X.Org Foundation" [ 35.020] compiled for 1.10.3, module version = 0.4.2 [ 35.020] ABI class: X.Org Video Driver, version 10.0 [ 35.020] (II) RADEON: Driver for ATI Radeon chipsets: <snip> [ 35.023] (II) VESA: driver for VESA chipsets: vesa [ 35.023] (II) FBDEV: driver for framebuffer: fbdev [ 35.023] (++) using VT number 7 [ 35.033] (II) Loading /usr/lib/xorg/modules/drivers/radeon_drv.so [ 35.033] (II) [KMS] Kernel modesetting enabled. [ 35.033] (WW) Falling back to old probe method for vesa [ 35.034] (WW) Falling back to old probe method for fbdev [ 35.034] (II) Loading sub module "fbdevhw" [ 35.034] (II) LoadModule: "fbdevhw" [ 35.034] (II) Loading /usr/lib/xorg/modules/libfbdevhw.so [ 35.185] (II) Module fbdevhw: vendor="X.Org Foundation" [ 35.185] compiled for 1.10.4, module version = 0.0.2 [ 35.185] ABI class: X.Org Video Driver, version 10.0 [ 35.288] (II) RADEON(0): Creating default Display subsection in Screen section "Default Screen Section" for depth/fbbpp 24/32 [ 35.288] (==) RADEON(0): Depth 24, (--) framebuffer bpp 32 [ 35.288] (II) RADEON(0): Pixel depth = 24 bits stored in 4 bytes (32 bpp pixmaps) [ 35.288] (==) RADEON(0): Default visual is TrueColor [ 35.288] (==) RADEON(0): RGB weight 888 [ 35.288] (II) RADEON(0): Using 8 bits per RGB (8 bit DAC) [ 35.288] (--) RADEON(0): Chipset: "ATI Mobility Radeon HD 4200" (ChipID = 0x9712) [ 35.288] (II) RADEON(0): PCI card detected [ 35.288] drmOpenDevice: node name is /dev/dri/card0 [ 35.288] drmOpenDevice: open result is 9, (OK) [ 35.288] drmOpenByBusid: Searching for BusID pci:0000:01:05.0 [ 35.288] drmOpenDevice: node name is /dev/dri/card0 [ 35.288] drmOpenDevice: open result is 9, (OK) [ 35.288] drmOpenByBusid: drmOpenMinor returns 9 [ 35.288] drmOpenByBusid: drmGetBusid reports pci:0000:01:05.0 [ 35.288] (II) Loading sub module "exa" [ 35.288] (II) LoadModule: "exa" [ 35.288] (II) Loading /usr/lib/xorg/modules/libexa.so [ 35.335] (II) Module exa: vendor="X.Org Foundation" [ 35.335] compiled for 1.10.4, module version = 2.5.0 [ 35.335] ABI class: X.Org Video Driver, version 10.0 [ 35.335] (II) RADEON(0): KMS Color Tiling: disabled [ 35.335] (II) RADEON(0): KMS Pageflipping: enabled [ 35.335] (II) RADEON(0): SwapBuffers wait for vsync: enabled [ 35.360] (II) RADEON(0): Output VGA-0 has no monitor section [ 35.360] (II) RADEON(0): Output LVDS has no monitor section [ 35.364] (II) RADEON(0): Output HDMI-0 has no monitor section [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): EDID for output VGA-0 [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): EDID for output LVDS [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): Manufacturer: LGD Model: 2ac Serial#: 0 [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): Year: 2010 Week: 0 [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): EDID Version: 1.3 [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): Digital Display Input [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): Max Image Size [cm]: horiz.: 34 vert.: 19 [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): Gamma: 2.20 [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): No DPMS capabilities specified [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): Supported color encodings: RGB 4:4:4 YCrCb 4:4:4 [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): First detailed timing is preferred mode [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): redX: 0.616 redY: 0.371 greenX: 0.355 greenY: 0.606 [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): blueX: 0.152 blueY: 0.100 whiteX: 0.313 whiteY: 0.329 [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): Manufacturer's mask: 0 [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): Supported detailed timing: [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): clock: 69.3 MHz Image Size: 344 x 194 mm [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): h_active: 1366 h_sync: 1398 h_sync_end 1430 h_blank_end 1486 h_border: 0 [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): v_active: 768 v_sync: 770 v_sync_end 774 v_blanking: 782 v_border: 0 [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): LG Display [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): LP156WH2-TLQB [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): EDID (in hex): [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): 00ffffffffffff0030e4ac0200000000 [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): 00140103802213780ac1259d5f5b9b27 [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): 19505400000001010101010101010101 [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): 010101010101121b567850000e302020 [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): 240058c2100000190000000000000000 [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): 00000000000000000000000000fe004c [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): 4720446973706c61790a2020000000fe [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): 004c503135365748322d544c514200c1 [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): Printing probed modes for output LVDS [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): Modeline "1366x768"x59.6 69.30 1366 1398 1430 1486 768 770 774 782 -hsync -vsync (46.6 kHz) [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): Modeline "1280x720"x59.9 74.50 1280 1344 1472 1664 720 723 728 748 -hsync +vsync (44.8 kHz) [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): Modeline "1152x768"x59.8 71.75 1152 1216 1328 1504 768 771 781 798 -hsync +vsync (47.7 kHz) [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): Modeline "1024x768"x59.9 63.50 1024 1072 1176 1328 768 771 775 798 -hsync +vsync (47.8 kHz) [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): Modeline "800x600"x59.9 38.25 800 832 912 1024 600 603 607 624 -hsync +vsync (37.4 kHz) [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): Modeline "848x480"x59.7 31.50 848 872 952 1056 480 483 493 500 -hsync +vsync (29.8 kHz) [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): Modeline "720x480"x59.7 26.75 720 744 808 896 480 483 493 500 -hsync +vsync (29.9 kHz) [ 35.388] (II) RADEON(0): Modeline "640x480"x59.4 23.75 640 664 720 800 480 483 487 500 -hsync +vsync (29.7 kHz) [ 35.392] (II) RADEON(0): EDID for output HDMI-0 [ 35.392] (II) RADEON(0): Output VGA-0 disconnected [ 35.392] (II) RADEON(0): Output LVDS connected [ 35.392] (II) RADEON(0): Output HDMI-0 disconnected [ 35.392] (II) RADEON(0): Using exact sizes for initial modes [ 35.392] (II) RADEON(0): Output LVDS using initial mode 1366x768 [ 35.392] (II) RADEON(0): Using default gamma of (1.0, 1.0, 1.0) unless otherwise stated. [ 35.392] (II) RADEON(0): mem size init: gart size :1fdff000 vram size: s:10000000 visible:fba0000 [ 35.392] (II) RADEON(0): EXA: Driver will allow EXA pixmaps in VRAM [ 35.392] (==) RADEON(0): DPI set to (96, 96) [ 35.392] (II) Loading sub module "fb" [ 35.392] (II) LoadModule: "fb" [ 35.392] (II) Loading /usr/lib/xorg/modules/libfb.so [ 35.492] (II) Module fb: vendor="X.Org Foundation" [ 35.492] compiled for 1.10.4, module version = 1.0.0 [ 35.492] ABI class: X.Org ANSI C Emulation, version 0.4 [ 35.492] (II) Loading sub module "ramdac" [ 35.492] (II) LoadModule: "ramdac" [ 35.492] (II) Module "ramdac" already built-in [ 35.492] (II) UnloadModule: "vesa" [ 35.492] (II) Unloading vesa [ 35.492] (II) UnloadModule: "fbdev" [ 35.492] (II) Unloading fbdev [ 35.492] (II) UnloadModule: "fbdevhw" [ 35.492] (II) Unloading fbdevhw [ 35.492] (--) Depth 24 pixmap format is 32 bpp [ 35.492] (II) RADEON(0): [DRI2] Setup complete [ 35.492] (II) RADEON(0): [DRI2] DRI driver: r600 [ 35.492] (II) RADEON(0): Front buffer size: 4224K [ 35.492] (II) RADEON(0): VRAM usage limit set to 228096K [ 35.615] (==) RADEON(0): Backing store disabled [ 35.615] (II) RADEON(0): Direct rendering enabled [ 35.658] (II) RADEON(0): Setting EXA maxPitchBytes [ 35.658] (II) EXA(0): Driver allocated offscreen pixmaps [ 35.658] (II) EXA(0): Driver registered support for the following operations: [ 35.658] (II) Solid [ 35.658] (II) Copy [ 35.658] (II) Composite (RENDER acceleration) [ 35.658] (II) UploadToScreen [ 35.658] (II) DownloadFromScreen [ 35.687] (II) RADEON(0): Acceleration enabled [ 35.687] (==) RADEON(0): DPMS enabled [ 35.687] (==) RADEON(0): Silken mouse enabled [ 35.721] (II) RADEON(0): Set up textured video [ 35.721] (II) RADEON(0): RandR 1.2 enabled, ignore the following RandR disabled message. [ 35.721] (--) RandR disabled [ 35.721] (II) Initializing built-in extension Generic Event Extension [ 35.721] (II) Initializing built-in extension SHAPE [ 35.721] (II) Initializing built-in extension MIT-SHM [ 35.721] (II) Initializing built-in extension XInputExtension [ 35.721] (II) Initializing built-in extension XTEST [ 35.721] (II) Initializing built-in extension BIG-REQUESTS [ 35.721] (II) Initializing built-in extension SYNC [ 35.721] (II) Initializing built-in extension XKEYBOARD [ 35.721] (II) Initializing built-in extension XC-MISC [ 35.721] (II) Initializing built-in extension SECURITY [ 35.721] (II) Initializing built-in extension XINERAMA [ 35.721] (II) Initializing built-in extension XFIXES [ 35.721] (II) Initializing built-in extension RENDER [ 35.721] (II) Initializing built-in extension RANDR [ 35.721] (II) Initializing built-in extension COMPOSITE [ 35.721] (II) Initializing built-in extension DAMAGE [ 35.721] (II) SELinux: Disabled on system [ 35.982] (II) AIGLX: enabled GLX_MESA_copy_sub_buffer [ 35.982] (II) AIGLX: enabled GLX_INTEL_swap_event [ 35.982] (II) AIGLX: enabled GLX_SGI_swap_control and GLX_MESA_swap_control [ 35.982] (II) AIGLX: enabled GLX_SGI_make_current_read [ 35.982] (II) AIGLX: GLX_EXT_texture_from_pixmap backed by buffer objects [ 35.982] (II) AIGLX: Loaded and initialized /usr/lib/dri/r600_dri.so [ 35.982] (II) GLX: Initialized DRI2 GL provider for screen 0 [ 35.999] (II) RADEON(0): Setting screen physical size to 361 x 203 [ 43.896] (II) RADEON(0): EDID vendor "LGD", prod id 684 [ 43.896] (II) RADEON(0): Printing DDC gathered Modelines: [ 43.896] (II) RADEON(0): Modeline "1366x768"x0.0 69.30 1366 1398 1430 1486 768 770 774 782 -hsync -vsync (46.6 kHz) [ 43.924] (II) RADEON(0): EDID vendor "LGD", prod id 684 [ 43.924] (II) RADEON(0): Printing DDC gathered Modelines: [ 43.924] (II) RADEON(0): Modeline "1366x768"x0.0 69.30 1366 1398 1430 1486 768 770 774 782 -hsync -vsync (46.6 kHz) [ 43.988] (II) RADEON(0): EDID vendor "LGD", prod id 684 [ 43.988] (II) RADEON(0): Printing DDC gathered Modelines: [ 43.988] (II) RADEON(0): Modeline "1366x768"x0.0 69.30 1366 1398 1430 1486 768 770 774 782 -hsync -vsync (46.6 kHz) [ 67.375] (II) config/udev: Adding input device Logitech USB Optical Mouse (/dev/input/event1) [ 67.376] (**) Logitech USB Optical Mouse: Applying InputClass "evdev pointer catchall" [ 67.376] (II) LoadModule: "evdev" [ 67.376] (II) Loading /usr/lib/xorg/modules/input/evdev_drv.so [ 67.392] (II) Module evdev: vendor="X.Org Foundation" [ 67.392] compiled for 1.10.3, module version = 2.6.0 [ 67.392] Module class: X.Org XInput Driver [ 67.392] ABI class: X.Org XInput driver, version 12.2 [ 67.392] (II) Using input driver 'evdev' for 'Logitech USB Optical Mouse' [ 67.392] (II) Loading /usr/lib/xorg/modules/input/evdev_drv.so [ 67.392] (**) Logitech USB Optical Mouse: always reports core events [ 67.392] (**) Logitech USB Optical Mouse: Device: "/dev/input/event1" [ 67.392] (--) Logitech USB Optical Mouse: Found 12 mouse buttons [ 67.392] (--) Logitech USB Optical Mouse: Found scroll wheel(s) [ 67.392] (--) Logitech USB Optical Mouse: Found relative axes [ 67.392] (--) Logitech USB Optical Mouse: Found x and y relative axes [ 67.392] (II) Logitech USB Optical Mouse: Configuring as mouse [ 67.392] (II) Logitech USB Optical Mouse: Adding scrollwheel support [ 67.392] (**) Logitech USB Optical Mouse: YAxisMapping: buttons 4 and 5 [ 67.392] (**) Logitech USB Optical Mouse: EmulateWheelButton: 4, EmulateWheelInertia: 10, EmulateWheelTimeout: 200 [ 67.392] (**) Option "config_info" "udev:/sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:13.0/usb5/5-1/5-1:1.0/input/input14/event1" [ 67.392] (II) XINPUT: Adding extended input device "Logitech USB Optical Mouse" (type: MOUSE) [ 67.392] (II) Logitech USB Optical Mouse: initialized for relative axes. [ 67.392] (**) Logitech USB Optical Mouse: (accel) keeping acceleration scheme 1 [ 67.392] (**) Logitech USB Optical Mouse: (accel) acceleration profile 0 [ 67.392] (**) Logitech USB Optical Mouse: (accel) acceleration factor: 2.000 [ 67.392] (**) Logitech USB Optical Mouse: (accel) acceleration threshold: 4 [ 67.392] (II) config/udev: Adding input device Logitech USB Optical Mouse (/dev/input/mouse0) [ 67.392] (II) No input driver/identifier specified (ignoring) [ 78.692] (II) Logitech USB Optical Mouse: Close [ 78.692] (II) UnloadModule: "evdev" [ 78.692] (II) Unloading evdev

    Read the article

  • Squid + Dans Guardian (simple configuration)

    - by The Digital Ninja
    I just built a new proxy server and compiled the latest versions of squid and dansguardian. We use basic authentication to select what users are allowed outside of our network. It seems squid is working just fine and accepts my username and password and lets me out. But if i connect to dans guardian, it prompts for username and password and then displays a message saying my username is not allowed to access the internet. Its pulling my username for the error message so i know it knows who i am. The part i get confused on is i thought that part was handled all by squid, and squid is working flawlessly. Can someone please double check my config files and tell me if i'm missing something or there is some new option i must set to get this to work. dansguardian.conf # Web Access Denied Reporting (does not affect logging) # # -1 = log, but do not block - Stealth mode # 0 = just say 'Access Denied' # 1 = report why but not what denied phrase # 2 = report fully # 3 = use HTML template file (accessdeniedaddress ignored) - recommended # reportinglevel = 3 # Language dir where languages are stored for internationalisation. # The HTML template within this dir is only used when reportinglevel # is set to 3. When used, DansGuardian will display the HTML file instead of # using the perl cgi script. This option is faster, cleaner # and easier to customise the access denied page. # The language file is used no matter what setting however. # languagedir = '/etc/dansguardian/languages' # language to use from languagedir. language = 'ukenglish' # Logging Settings # # 0 = none 1 = just denied 2 = all text based 3 = all requests loglevel = 3 # Log Exception Hits # Log if an exception (user, ip, URL, phrase) is matched and so # the page gets let through. Can be useful for diagnosing # why a site gets through the filter. on | off logexceptionhits = on # Log File Format # 1 = DansGuardian format 2 = CSV-style format # 3 = Squid Log File Format 4 = Tab delimited logfileformat = 1 # Log file location # # Defines the log directory and filename. #loglocation = '/var/log/dansguardian/access.log' # Network Settings # # the IP that DansGuardian listens on. If left blank DansGuardian will # listen on all IPs. That would include all NICs, loopback, modem, etc. # Normally you would have your firewall protecting this, but if you want # you can limit it to only 1 IP. Yes only one. filterip = # the port that DansGuardian listens to. filterport = 8080 # the ip of the proxy (default is the loopback - i.e. this server) proxyip = 127.0.0.1 # the port DansGuardian connects to proxy on proxyport = 3128 # accessdeniedaddress is the address of your web server to which the cgi # dansguardian reporting script was copied # Do NOT change from the default if you are not using the cgi. # accessdeniedaddress = 'http://YOURSERVER.YOURDOMAIN/cgi-bin/dansguardian.pl' # Non standard delimiter (only used with accessdeniedaddress) # Default is enabled but to go back to the original standard mode dissable it. nonstandarddelimiter = on # Banned image replacement # Images that are banned due to domain/url/etc reasons including those # in the adverts blacklists can be replaced by an image. This will, # for example, hide images from advert sites and remove broken image # icons from banned domains. # 0 = off # 1 = on (default) usecustombannedimage = 1 custombannedimagefile = '/etc/dansguardian/transparent1x1.gif' # Filter groups options # filtergroups sets the number of filter groups. A filter group is a set of content # filtering options you can apply to a group of users. The value must be 1 or more. # DansGuardian will automatically look for dansguardianfN.conf where N is the filter # group. To assign users to groups use the filtergroupslist option. All users default # to filter group 1. You must have some sort of authentication to be able to map users # to a group. The more filter groups the more copies of the lists will be in RAM so # use as few as possible. filtergroups = 1 filtergroupslist = '/etc/dansguardian/filtergroupslist' # Authentication files location bannediplist = '/etc/dansguardian/bannediplist' exceptioniplist = '/etc/dansguardian/exceptioniplist' banneduserlist = '/etc/dansguardian/banneduserlist' exceptionuserlist = '/etc/dansguardian/exceptionuserlist' # Show weighted phrases found # If enabled then the phrases found that made up the total which excedes # the naughtyness limit will be logged and, if the reporting level is # high enough, reported. on | off showweightedfound = on # Weighted phrase mode # There are 3 possible modes of operation: # 0 = off = do not use the weighted phrase feature. # 1 = on, normal = normal weighted phrase operation. # 2 = on, singular = each weighted phrase found only counts once on a page. # weightedphrasemode = 2 # Positive result caching for text URLs # Caches good pages so they don't need to be scanned again # 0 = off (recommended for ISPs with users with disimilar browsing) # 1000 = recommended for most users # 5000 = suggested max upper limit urlcachenumber = # # Age before they are stale and should be ignored in seconds # 0 = never # 900 = recommended = 15 mins urlcacheage = # Smart and Raw phrase content filtering options # Smart is where the multiple spaces and HTML are removed before phrase filtering # Raw is where the raw HTML including meta tags are phrase filtered # CPU usage can be effectively halved by using setting 0 or 1 # 0 = raw only # 1 = smart only # 2 = both (default) phrasefiltermode = 2 # Lower casing options # When a document is scanned the uppercase letters are converted to lower case # in order to compare them with the phrases. However this can break Big5 and # other 16-bit texts. If needed preserve the case. As of version 2.7.0 accented # characters are supported. # 0 = force lower case (default) # 1 = do not change case preservecase = 0 # Hex decoding options # When a document is scanned it can optionally convert %XX to chars. # If you find documents are getting past the phrase filtering due to encoding # then enable. However this can break Big5 and other 16-bit texts. # 0 = disabled (default) # 1 = enabled hexdecodecontent = 0 # Force Quick Search rather than DFA search algorithm # The current DFA implementation is not totally 16-bit character compatible # but is used by default as it handles large phrase lists much faster. # If you wish to use a large number of 16-bit character phrases then # enable this option. # 0 = off (default) # 1 = on (Big5 compatible) forcequicksearch = 0 # Reverse lookups for banned site and URLs. # If set to on, DansGuardian will look up the forward DNS for an IP URL # address and search for both in the banned site and URL lists. This would # prevent a user from simply entering the IP for a banned address. # It will reduce searching speed somewhat so unless you have a local caching # DNS server, leave it off and use the Blanket IP Block option in the # bannedsitelist file instead. reverseaddresslookups = off # Reverse lookups for banned and exception IP lists. # If set to on, DansGuardian will look up the forward DNS for the IP # of the connecting computer. This means you can put in hostnames in # the exceptioniplist and bannediplist. # It will reduce searching speed somewhat so unless you have a local DNS server, # leave it off. reverseclientiplookups = off # Build bannedsitelist and bannedurllist cache files. # This will compare the date stamp of the list file with the date stamp of # the cache file and will recreate as needed. # If a bsl or bul .processed file exists, then that will be used instead. # It will increase process start speed by 300%. On slow computers this will # be significant. Fast computers do not need this option. on | off createlistcachefiles = on # POST protection (web upload and forms) # does not block forms without any file upload, i.e. this is just for # blocking or limiting uploads # measured in kibibytes after MIME encoding and header bumph # use 0 for a complete block # use higher (e.g. 512 = 512Kbytes) for limiting # use -1 for no blocking #maxuploadsize = 512 #maxuploadsize = 0 maxuploadsize = -1 # Max content filter page size # Sometimes web servers label binary files as text which can be very # large which causes a huge drain on memory and cpu resources. # To counter this, you can limit the size of the document to be # filtered and get it to just pass it straight through. # This setting also applies to content regular expression modification. # The size is in Kibibytes - eg 2048 = 2Mb # use 0 for no limit maxcontentfiltersize = # Username identification methods (used in logging) # You can have as many methods as you want and not just one. The first one # will be used then if no username is found, the next will be used. # * proxyauth is for when basic proxy authentication is used (no good for # transparent proxying). # * ntlm is for when the proxy supports the MS NTLM authentication # protocol. (Only works with IE5.5 sp1 and later). **NOT IMPLEMENTED** # * ident is for when the others don't work. It will contact the computer # that the connection came from and try to connect to an identd server # and query it for the user owner of the connection. usernameidmethodproxyauth = on usernameidmethodntlm = off # **NOT IMPLEMENTED** usernameidmethodident = off # Preemptive banning - this means that if you have proxy auth enabled and a user accesses # a site banned by URL for example they will be denied straight away without a request # for their user and pass. This has the effect of requiring the user to visit a clean # site first before it knows who they are and thus maybe an admin user. # This is how DansGuardian has always worked but in some situations it is less than # ideal. So you can optionally disable it. Default is on. # As a side effect disabling this makes AD image replacement work better as the mime # type is know. preemptivebanning = on # Misc settings # if on it adds an X-Forwarded-For: <clientip> to the HTTP request # header. This may help solve some problem sites that need to know the # source ip. on | off forwardedfor = on # if on it uses the X-Forwarded-For: <clientip> to determine the client # IP. This is for when you have squid between the clients and DansGuardian. # Warning - headers are easily spoofed. on | off usexforwardedfor = off # if on it logs some debug info regarding fork()ing and accept()ing which # can usually be ignored. These are logged by syslog. It is safe to leave # it on or off logconnectionhandlingerrors = on # Fork pool options # sets the maximum number of processes to sporn to handle the incomming # connections. Max value usually 250 depending on OS. # On large sites you might want to try 180. maxchildren = 180 # sets the minimum number of processes to sporn to handle the incomming connections. # On large sites you might want to try 32. minchildren = 32 # sets the minimum number of processes to be kept ready to handle connections. # On large sites you might want to try 8. minsparechildren = 8 # sets the minimum number of processes to sporn when it runs out # On large sites you might want to try 10. preforkchildren = 10 # sets the maximum number of processes to have doing nothing. # When this many are spare it will cull some of them. # On large sites you might want to try 64. maxsparechildren = 64 # sets the maximum age of a child process before it croaks it. # This is the number of connections they handle before exiting. # On large sites you might want to try 10000. maxagechildren = 5000 # Process options # (Change these only if you really know what you are doing). # These options allow you to run multiple instances of DansGuardian on a single machine. # Remember to edit the log file path above also if that is your intention. # IPC filename # # Defines IPC server directory and filename used to communicate with the log process. ipcfilename = '/tmp/.dguardianipc' # URL list IPC filename # # Defines URL list IPC server directory and filename used to communicate with the URL # cache process. urlipcfilename = '/tmp/.dguardianurlipc' # PID filename # # Defines process id directory and filename. #pidfilename = '/var/run/dansguardian.pid' # Disable daemoning # If enabled the process will not fork into the background. # It is not usually advantageous to do this. # on|off ( defaults to off ) nodaemon = off # Disable logging process # on|off ( defaults to off ) nologger = off # Daemon runas user and group # This is the user that DansGuardian runs as. Normally the user/group nobody. # Uncomment to use. Defaults to the user set at compile time. # daemonuser = 'nobody' # daemongroup = 'nobody' # Soft restart # When on this disables the forced killing off all processes in the process group. # This is not to be confused with the -g run time option - they are not related. # on|off ( defaults to off ) softrestart = off maxcontentramcachescansize = 2000 maxcontentfilecachescansize = 20000 downloadmanager = '/etc/dansguardian/downloadmanagers/default.conf' authplugin = '/etc/dansguardian/authplugins/proxy-basic.conf' Squid.conf http_port 3128 hierarchy_stoplist cgi-bin ? acl QUERY urlpath_regex cgi-bin \? cache deny QUERY acl apache rep_header Server ^Apache #broken_vary_encoding allow apache access_log /squid/var/logs/access.log squid hosts_file /etc/hosts auth_param basic program /squid/libexec/ncsa_auth /squid/etc/userbasic.auth auth_param basic children 5 auth_param basic realm proxy auth_param basic credentialsttl 2 hours auth_param basic casesensitive off refresh_pattern ^ftp: 1440 20% 10080 refresh_pattern ^gopher: 1440 0% 1440 refresh_pattern . 0 20% 4320 acl NoAuthNec src <HIDDEN FOR SECURITY> acl BrkRm src <HIDDEN FOR SECURITY> acl Dials src <HIDDEN FOR SECURITY> acl Comps src <HIDDEN FOR SECURITY> acl whsws dstdom_regex -i .opensuse.org .novell.com .suse.com mirror.mcs.an1.gov mirrors.kernerl.org www.suse.de suse.mirrors.tds.net mirrros.usc.edu ftp.ale.org suse.cs.utah.edu mirrors.usc.edu mirror.usc.an1.gov linux.nssl.noaa.gov noaa.gov .kernel.org ftp.ale.org ftp.gwdg.de .medibuntu.org mirrors.xmission.com .canonical.com .ubuntu. acl opensites dstdom_regex -i .mbsbooks.com .bowker.com .usps.com .usps.gov .ups.com .fedex.com go.microsoft.com .microsoft.com .apple.com toolbar.msn.com .contacts.msn.com update.services.openoffice.org fms2.pointroll.speedera.net services.wmdrm.windowsmedia.com windowsupdate.com .adobe.com .symantec.com .vitalbook.com vxn1.datawire.net vxn.datawire.net download.lavasoft.de .download.lavasoft.com .lavasoft.com updates.ls-servers.com .canadapost. .myyellow.com minirick symantecliveupdate.com wm.overdrive.com www.overdrive.com productactivation.one.microsoft.com www.update.microsoft.com testdrive.whoson.com www.columbia.k12.mo.us banners.wunderground.com .kofax.com .gotomeeting.com tools.google.com .dl.google.com .cache.googlevideo.com .gpdl.google.com .clients.google.com cache.pack.google.com kh.google.com maps.google.com auth.keyhole.com .contacts.msn.com .hrblock.com .taxcut.com .merchantadvantage.com .jtv.com .malwarebytes.org www.google-analytics.com dcs.support.xerox.com .dhl.com .webtrendslive.com javadl-esd.sun.com javadl-alt.sun.com .excelsior.edu .dhlglobalmail.com .nessus.org .foxitsoftware.com foxit.vo.llnwd.net installshield.com .mindjet.com .mediascouter.com media.us.elsevierhealth.com .xplana.com .govtrack.us sa.tulsacc.edu .omniture.com fpdownload.macromedia.com webservices.amazon.com acl password proxy_auth REQUIRED acl all src all acl manager proto cache_object acl localhost src 127.0.0.1/255.255.255.255 acl to_localhost dst 127.0.0.0/8 acl SSL_ports port 443 563 631 2001 2005 8731 9001 9080 10000 acl Safe_ports port 80 # http acl Safe_ports port 21 # ftp acl Safe_ports port # https, snews 443 563 acl Safe_ports port 70 # gopher acl Safe_ports port 210 # wais acl Safe_ports port # unregistered ports 1936-65535 acl Safe_ports port 280 # http-mgmt acl Safe_ports port 488 # gss-http acl Safe_ports port 10000 acl Safe_ports port 631 acl Safe_ports port 901 # SWAT acl purge method PURGE acl CONNECT method CONNECT acl UTubeUsers proxy_auth "/squid/etc/utubeusers.list" acl RestrictUTube dstdom_regex -i youtube.com acl RestrictFacebook dstdom_regex -i facebook.com acl FacebookUsers proxy_auth "/squid/etc/facebookusers.list" acl BuemerKEC src 10.10.128.0/24 acl MBSsortnet src 10.10.128.0/26 acl MSNExplorer browser -i MSN acl Printers src <HIDDEN FOR SECURITY> acl SpecialFolks src <HIDDEN FOR SECURITY> # streaming download acl fails rep_mime_type ^.*mms.* acl fails rep_mime_type ^.*ms-hdr.* acl fails rep_mime_type ^.*x-fcs.* acl fails rep_mime_type ^.*x-ms-asf.* acl fails2 urlpath_regex dvrplayer mediastream mms:// acl fails2 urlpath_regex \.asf$ \.afx$ \.flv$ \.swf$ acl deny_rep_mime_flashvideo rep_mime_type -i video/flv acl deny_rep_mime_shockwave rep_mime_type -i ^application/x-shockwave-flash$ acl x-type req_mime_type -i ^application/octet-stream$ acl x-type req_mime_type -i application/octet-stream acl x-type req_mime_type -i ^application/x-mplayer2$ acl x-type req_mime_type -i application/x-mplayer2 acl x-type req_mime_type -i ^application/x-oleobject$ acl x-type req_mime_type -i application/x-oleobject acl x-type req_mime_type -i application/x-pncmd acl x-type req_mime_type -i ^video/x-ms-asf$ acl x-type2 rep_mime_type -i ^application/octet-stream$ acl x-type2 rep_mime_type -i application/octet-stream acl x-type2 rep_mime_type -i ^application/x-mplayer2$ acl x-type2 rep_mime_type -i application/x-mplayer2 acl x-type2 rep_mime_type -i ^application/x-oleobject$ acl x-type2 rep_mime_type -i application/x-oleobject acl x-type2 rep_mime_type -i application/x-pncmd acl x-type2 rep_mime_type -i ^video/x-ms-asf$ acl RestrictHulu dstdom_regex -i hulu.com acl broken dstdomain cms.montgomerycollege.edu events.columbiamochamber.com members.columbiamochamber.com public.genexusserver.com acl RestrictVimeo dstdom_regex -i vimeo.com acl http_port port 80 #http_reply_access deny deny_rep_mime_flashvideo #http_reply_access deny deny_rep_mime_shockwave #streaming files #http_access deny fails #http_reply_access deny fails #http_access deny fails2 #http_reply_access deny fails2 #http_access deny x-type #http_reply_access deny x-type #http_access deny x-type2 #http_reply_access deny x-type2 follow_x_forwarded_for allow localhost acl_uses_indirect_client on log_uses_indirect_client on http_access allow manager localhost http_access deny manager http_access allow purge localhost http_access deny purge http_access allow SpecialFolks http_access deny CONNECT !SSL_ports http_access allow whsws http_access allow opensites http_access deny BuemerKEC !MBSsortnet http_access deny BrkRm RestrictUTube RestrictFacebook RestrictVimeo http_access allow RestrictUTube UTubeUsers http_access deny RestrictUTube http_access allow RestrictFacebook FacebookUsers http_access deny RestrictFacebook http_access deny RestrictHulu http_access allow NoAuthNec http_access allow BrkRm http_access allow FacebookUsers RestrictVimeo http_access deny RestrictVimeo http_access allow Comps http_access allow Dials http_access allow Printers http_access allow password http_access deny !Safe_ports http_access deny SSL_ports !CONNECT http_access allow http_port http_access deny all http_reply_access allow all icp_access allow all access_log /squid/var/logs/access.log squid visible_hostname proxy.site.com forwarded_for off coredump_dir /squid/cache/ #header_access Accept-Encoding deny broken #acl snmppublic snmp_community mysecretcommunity #snmp_port 3401 #snmp_access allow snmppublic all cache_mem 3 GB #acl snmppublic snmp_community mbssquid #snmp_port 3401 #snmp_access allow snmppublic all

    Read the article

  • How John Got 15x Improvement Without Really Trying

    - by rchrd
    The following article was published on a Sun Microsystems website a number of years ago by John Feo. It is still useful and worth preserving. So I'm republishing it here.  How I Got 15x Improvement Without Really Trying John Feo, Sun Microsystems Taking ten "personal" program codes used in scientific and engineering research, the author was able to get from 2 to 15 times performance improvement easily by applying some simple general optimization techniques. Introduction Scientific research based on computer simulation depends on the simulation for advancement. The research can advance only as fast as the computational codes can execute. The codes' efficiency determines both the rate and quality of results. In the same amount of time, a faster program can generate more results and can carry out a more detailed simulation of physical phenomena than a slower program. Highly optimized programs help science advance quickly and insure that monies supporting scientific research are used as effectively as possible. Scientific computer codes divide into three broad categories: ISV, community, and personal. ISV codes are large, mature production codes developed and sold commercially. The codes improve slowly over time both in methods and capabilities, and they are well tuned for most vendor platforms. Since the codes are mature and complex, there are few opportunities to improve their performance solely through code optimization. Improvements of 10% to 15% are typical. Examples of ISV codes are DYNA3D, Gaussian, and Nastran. Community codes are non-commercial production codes used by a particular research field. Generally, they are developed and distributed by a single academic or research institution with assistance from the community. Most users just run the codes, but some develop new methods and extensions that feed back into the general release. The codes are available on most vendor platforms. Since these codes are younger than ISV codes, there are more opportunities to optimize the source code. Improvements of 50% are not unusual. Examples of community codes are AMBER, CHARM, BLAST, and FASTA. Personal codes are those written by single users or small research groups for their own use. These codes are not distributed, but may be passed from professor-to-student or student-to-student over several years. They form the primordial ocean of applications from which community and ISV codes emerge. Government research grants pay for the development of most personal codes. This paper reports on the nature and performance of this class of codes. Over the last year, I have looked at over two dozen personal codes from more than a dozen research institutions. The codes cover a variety of scientific fields, including astronomy, atmospheric sciences, bioinformatics, biology, chemistry, geology, and physics. The sources range from a few hundred lines to more than ten thousand lines, and are written in Fortran, Fortran 90, C, and C++. For the most part, the codes are modular, documented, and written in a clear, straightforward manner. They do not use complex language features, advanced data structures, programming tricks, or libraries. I had little trouble understanding what the codes did or how data structures were used. Most came with a makefile. Surprisingly, only one of the applications is parallel. All developers have access to parallel machines, so availability is not an issue. Several tried to parallelize their applications, but stopped after encountering difficulties. Lack of education and a perception that parallelism is difficult prevented most from trying. I parallelized several of the codes using OpenMP, and did not judge any of the codes as difficult to parallelize. Even more surprising than the lack of parallelism is the inefficiency of the codes. I was able to get large improvements in performance in a matter of a few days applying simple optimization techniques. Table 1 lists ten representative codes [names and affiliation are omitted to preserve anonymity]. Improvements on one processor range from 2x to 15.5x with a simple average of 4.75x. I did not use sophisticated performance tools or drill deep into the program's execution character as one would do when tuning ISV or community codes. Using only a profiler and source line timers, I identified inefficient sections of code and improved their performance by inspection. The changes were at a high level. I am sure there is another factor of 2 or 3 in each code, and more if the codes are parallelized. The study’s results show that personal scientific codes are running many times slower than they should and that the problem is pervasive. Computational scientists are not sloppy programmers; however, few are trained in the art of computer programming or code optimization. I found that most have a working knowledge of some programming language and standard software engineering practices; but they do not know, or think about, how to make their programs run faster. They simply do not know the standard techniques used to make codes run faster. In fact, they do not even perceive that such techniques exist. The case studies described in this paper show that applying simple, well known techniques can significantly increase the performance of personal codes. It is important that the scientific community and the Government agencies that support scientific research find ways to better educate academic scientific programmers. The inefficiency of their codes is so bad that it is retarding both the quality and progress of scientific research. # cacheperformance redundantoperations loopstructures performanceimprovement 1 x x 15.5 2 x 2.8 3 x x 2.5 4 x 2.1 5 x x 2.0 6 x 5.0 7 x 5.8 8 x 6.3 9 2.2 10 x x 3.3 Table 1 — Area of improvement and performance gains of 10 codes The remainder of the paper is organized as follows: sections 2, 3, and 4 discuss the three most common sources of inefficiencies in the codes studied. These are cache performance, redundant operations, and loop structures. Each section includes several examples. The last section summaries the work and suggests a possible solution to the issues raised. Optimizing cache performance Commodity microprocessor systems use caches to increase memory bandwidth and reduce memory latencies. Typical latencies from processor to L1, L2, local, and remote memory are 3, 10, 50, and 200 cycles, respectively. Moreover, bandwidth falls off dramatically as memory distances increase. Programs that do not use cache effectively run many times slower than programs that do. When optimizing for cache, the biggest performance gains are achieved by accessing data in cache order and reusing data to amortize the overhead of cache misses. Secondary considerations are prefetching, associativity, and replacement; however, the understanding and analysis required to optimize for the latter are probably beyond the capabilities of the non-expert. Much can be gained simply by accessing data in the correct order and maximizing data reuse. 6 out of the 10 codes studied here benefited from such high level optimizations. Array Accesses The most important cache optimization is the most basic: accessing Fortran array elements in column order and C array elements in row order. Four of the ten codes—1, 2, 4, and 10—got it wrong. Compilers will restructure nested loops to optimize cache performance, but may not do so if the loop structure is too complex, or the loop body includes conditionals, complex addressing, or function calls. In code 1, the compiler failed to invert a key loop because of complex addressing do I = 0, 1010, delta_x IM = I - delta_x IP = I + delta_x do J = 5, 995, delta_x JM = J - delta_x JP = J + delta_x T1 = CA1(IP, J) + CA1(I, JP) T2 = CA1(IM, J) + CA1(I, JM) S1 = T1 + T2 - 4 * CA1(I, J) CA(I, J) = CA1(I, J) + D * S1 end do end do In code 2, the culprit is conditionals do I = 1, N do J = 1, N If (IFLAG(I,J) .EQ. 0) then T1 = Value(I, J-1) T2 = Value(I-1, J) T3 = Value(I, J) T4 = Value(I+1, J) T5 = Value(I, J+1) Value(I,J) = 0.25 * (T1 + T2 + T5 + T4) Delta = ABS(T3 - Value(I,J)) If (Delta .GT. MaxDelta) MaxDelta = Delta endif enddo enddo I fixed both programs by inverting the loops by hand. Code 10 has three-dimensional arrays and triply nested loops. The structure of the most computationally intensive loops is too complex to invert automatically or by hand. The only practical solution is to transpose the arrays so that the dimension accessed by the innermost loop is in cache order. The arrays can be transposed at construction or prior to entering a computationally intensive section of code. The former requires all array references to be modified, while the latter is cost effective only if the cost of the transpose is amortized over many accesses. I used the second approach to optimize code 10. Code 5 has four-dimensional arrays and loops are nested four deep. For all of the reasons cited above the compiler is not able to restructure three key loops. Assume C arrays and let the four dimensions of the arrays be i, j, k, and l. In the original code, the index structure of the three loops is L1: for i L2: for i L3: for i for l for l for j for k for j for k for j for k for l So only L3 accesses array elements in cache order. L1 is a very complex loop—much too complex to invert. I brought the loop into cache alignment by transposing the second and fourth dimensions of the arrays. Since the code uses a macro to compute all array indexes, I effected the transpose at construction and changed the macro appropriately. The dimensions of the new arrays are now: i, l, k, and j. L3 is a simple loop and easily inverted. L2 has a loop-carried scalar dependence in k. By promoting the scalar name that carries the dependence to an array, I was able to invert the third and fourth subloops aligning the loop with cache. Code 5 is by far the most difficult of the four codes to optimize for array accesses; but the knowledge required to fix the problems is no more than that required for the other codes. I would judge this code at the limits of, but not beyond, the capabilities of appropriately trained computational scientists. Array Strides When a cache miss occurs, a line (64 bytes) rather than just one word is loaded into the cache. If data is accessed stride 1, than the cost of the miss is amortized over 8 words. Any stride other than one reduces the cost savings. Two of the ten codes studied suffered from non-unit strides. The codes represent two important classes of "strided" codes. Code 1 employs a multi-grid algorithm to reduce time to convergence. The grids are every tenth, fifth, second, and unit element. Since time to convergence is inversely proportional to the distance between elements, coarse grids converge quickly providing good starting values for finer grids. The better starting values further reduce the time to convergence. The downside is that grids of every nth element, n > 1, introduce non-unit strides into the computation. In the original code, much of the savings of the multi-grid algorithm were lost due to this problem. I eliminated the problem by compressing (copying) coarse grids into continuous memory, and rewriting the computation as a function of the compressed grid. On convergence, I copied the final values of the compressed grid back to the original grid. The savings gained from unit stride access of the compressed grid more than paid for the cost of copying. Using compressed grids, the loop from code 1 included in the previous section becomes do j = 1, GZ do i = 1, GZ T1 = CA(i+0, j-1) + CA(i-1, j+0) T4 = CA1(i+1, j+0) + CA1(i+0, j+1) S1 = T1 + T4 - 4 * CA1(i+0, j+0) CA(i+0, j+0) = CA1(i+0, j+0) + DD * S1 enddo enddo where CA and CA1 are compressed arrays of size GZ. Code 7 traverses a list of objects selecting objects for later processing. The labels of the selected objects are stored in an array. The selection step has unit stride, but the processing steps have irregular stride. A fix is to save the parameters of the selected objects in temporary arrays as they are selected, and pass the temporary arrays to the processing functions. The fix is practical if the same parameters are used in selection as in processing, or if processing comprises a series of distinct steps which use overlapping subsets of the parameters. Both conditions are true for code 7, so I achieved significant improvement by copying parameters to temporary arrays during selection. Data reuse In the previous sections, we optimized for spatial locality. It is also important to optimize for temporal locality. Once read, a datum should be used as much as possible before it is forced from cache. Loop fusion and loop unrolling are two techniques that increase temporal locality. Unfortunately, both techniques increase register pressure—as loop bodies become larger, the number of registers required to hold temporary values grows. Once register spilling occurs, any gains evaporate quickly. For multiprocessors with small register sets or small caches, the sweet spot can be very small. In the ten codes presented here, I found no opportunities for loop fusion and only two opportunities for loop unrolling (codes 1 and 3). In code 1, unrolling the outer and inner loop one iteration increases the number of result values computed by the loop body from 1 to 4, do J = 1, GZ-2, 2 do I = 1, GZ-2, 2 T1 = CA1(i+0, j-1) + CA1(i-1, j+0) T2 = CA1(i+1, j-1) + CA1(i+0, j+0) T3 = CA1(i+0, j+0) + CA1(i-1, j+1) T4 = CA1(i+1, j+0) + CA1(i+0, j+1) T5 = CA1(i+2, j+0) + CA1(i+1, j+1) T6 = CA1(i+1, j+1) + CA1(i+0, j+2) T7 = CA1(i+2, j+1) + CA1(i+1, j+2) S1 = T1 + T4 - 4 * CA1(i+0, j+0) S2 = T2 + T5 - 4 * CA1(i+1, j+0) S3 = T3 + T6 - 4 * CA1(i+0, j+1) S4 = T4 + T7 - 4 * CA1(i+1, j+1) CA(i+0, j+0) = CA1(i+0, j+0) + DD * S1 CA(i+1, j+0) = CA1(i+1, j+0) + DD * S2 CA(i+0, j+1) = CA1(i+0, j+1) + DD * S3 CA(i+1, j+1) = CA1(i+1, j+1) + DD * S4 enddo enddo The loop body executes 12 reads, whereas as the rolled loop shown in the previous section executes 20 reads to compute the same four values. In code 3, two loops are unrolled 8 times and one loop is unrolled 4 times. Here is the before for (k = 0; k < NK[u]; k++) { sum = 0.0; for (y = 0; y < NY; y++) { sum += W[y][u][k] * delta[y]; } backprop[i++]=sum; } and after code for (k = 0; k < KK - 8; k+=8) { sum0 = 0.0; sum1 = 0.0; sum2 = 0.0; sum3 = 0.0; sum4 = 0.0; sum5 = 0.0; sum6 = 0.0; sum7 = 0.0; for (y = 0; y < NY; y++) { sum0 += W[y][0][k+0] * delta[y]; sum1 += W[y][0][k+1] * delta[y]; sum2 += W[y][0][k+2] * delta[y]; sum3 += W[y][0][k+3] * delta[y]; sum4 += W[y][0][k+4] * delta[y]; sum5 += W[y][0][k+5] * delta[y]; sum6 += W[y][0][k+6] * delta[y]; sum7 += W[y][0][k+7] * delta[y]; } backprop[k+0] = sum0; backprop[k+1] = sum1; backprop[k+2] = sum2; backprop[k+3] = sum3; backprop[k+4] = sum4; backprop[k+5] = sum5; backprop[k+6] = sum6; backprop[k+7] = sum7; } for one of the loops unrolled 8 times. Optimizing for temporal locality is the most difficult optimization considered in this paper. The concepts are not difficult, but the sweet spot is small. Identifying where the program can benefit from loop unrolling or loop fusion is not trivial. Moreover, it takes some effort to get it right. Still, educating scientific programmers about temporal locality and teaching them how to optimize for it will pay dividends. Reducing instruction count Execution time is a function of instruction count. Reduce the count and you usually reduce the time. The best solution is to use a more efficient algorithm; that is, an algorithm whose order of complexity is smaller, that converges quicker, or is more accurate. Optimizing source code without changing the algorithm yields smaller, but still significant, gains. This paper considers only the latter because the intent is to study how much better codes can run if written by programmers schooled in basic code optimization techniques. The ten codes studied benefited from three types of "instruction reducing" optimizations. The two most prevalent were hoisting invariant memory and data operations out of inner loops. The third was eliminating unnecessary data copying. The nature of these inefficiencies is language dependent. Memory operations The semantics of C make it difficult for the compiler to determine all the invariant memory operations in a loop. The problem is particularly acute for loops in functions since the compiler may not know the values of the function's parameters at every call site when compiling the function. Most compilers support pragmas to help resolve ambiguities; however, these pragmas are not comprehensive and there is no standard syntax. To guarantee that invariant memory operations are not executed repetitively, the user has little choice but to hoist the operations by hand. The problem is not as severe in Fortran programs because in the absence of equivalence statements, it is a violation of the language's semantics for two names to share memory. Codes 3 and 5 are C programs. In both cases, the compiler did not hoist all invariant memory operations from inner loops. Consider the following loop from code 3 for (y = 0; y < NY; y++) { i = 0; for (u = 0; u < NU; u++) { for (k = 0; k < NK[u]; k++) { dW[y][u][k] += delta[y] * I1[i++]; } } } Since dW[y][u] can point to the same memory space as delta for one or more values of y and u, assignment to dW[y][u][k] may change the value of delta[y]. In reality, dW and delta do not overlap in memory, so I rewrote the loop as for (y = 0; y < NY; y++) { i = 0; Dy = delta[y]; for (u = 0; u < NU; u++) { for (k = 0; k < NK[u]; k++) { dW[y][u][k] += Dy * I1[i++]; } } } Failure to hoist invariant memory operations may be due to complex address calculations. If the compiler can not determine that the address calculation is invariant, then it can hoist neither the calculation nor the associated memory operations. As noted above, code 5 uses a macro to address four-dimensional arrays #define MAT4D(a,q,i,j,k) (double *)((a)->data + (q)*(a)->strides[0] + (i)*(a)->strides[3] + (j)*(a)->strides[2] + (k)*(a)->strides[1]) The macro is too complex for the compiler to understand and so, it does not identify any subexpressions as loop invariant. The simplest way to eliminate the address calculation from the innermost loop (over i) is to define a0 = MAT4D(a,q,0,j,k) before the loop and then replace all instances of *MAT4D(a,q,i,j,k) in the loop with a0[i] A similar problem appears in code 6, a Fortran program. The key loop in this program is do n1 = 1, nh nx1 = (n1 - 1) / nz + 1 nz1 = n1 - nz * (nx1 - 1) do n2 = 1, nh nx2 = (n2 - 1) / nz + 1 nz2 = n2 - nz * (nx2 - 1) ndx = nx2 - nx1 ndy = nz2 - nz1 gxx = grn(1,ndx,ndy) gyy = grn(2,ndx,ndy) gxy = grn(3,ndx,ndy) balance(n1,1) = balance(n1,1) + (force(n2,1) * gxx + force(n2,2) * gxy) * h1 balance(n1,2) = balance(n1,2) + (force(n2,1) * gxy + force(n2,2) * gyy)*h1 end do end do The programmer has written this loop well—there are no loop invariant operations with respect to n1 and n2. However, the loop resides within an iterative loop over time and the index calculations are independent with respect to time. Trading space for time, I precomputed the index values prior to the entering the time loop and stored the values in two arrays. I then replaced the index calculations with reads of the arrays. Data operations Ways to reduce data operations can appear in many forms. Implementing a more efficient algorithm produces the biggest gains. The closest I came to an algorithm change was in code 4. This code computes the inner product of K-vectors A(i) and B(j), 0 = i < N, 0 = j < M, for most values of i and j. Since the program computes most of the NM possible inner products, it is more efficient to compute all the inner products in one triply-nested loop rather than one at a time when needed. The savings accrue from reading A(i) once for all B(j) vectors and from loop unrolling. for (i = 0; i < N; i+=8) { for (j = 0; j < M; j++) { sum0 = 0.0; sum1 = 0.0; sum2 = 0.0; sum3 = 0.0; sum4 = 0.0; sum5 = 0.0; sum6 = 0.0; sum7 = 0.0; for (k = 0; k < K; k++) { sum0 += A[i+0][k] * B[j][k]; sum1 += A[i+1][k] * B[j][k]; sum2 += A[i+2][k] * B[j][k]; sum3 += A[i+3][k] * B[j][k]; sum4 += A[i+4][k] * B[j][k]; sum5 += A[i+5][k] * B[j][k]; sum6 += A[i+6][k] * B[j][k]; sum7 += A[i+7][k] * B[j][k]; } C[i+0][j] = sum0; C[i+1][j] = sum1; C[i+2][j] = sum2; C[i+3][j] = sum3; C[i+4][j] = sum4; C[i+5][j] = sum5; C[i+6][j] = sum6; C[i+7][j] = sum7; }} This change requires knowledge of a typical run; i.e., that most inner products are computed. The reasons for the change, however, derive from basic optimization concepts. It is the type of change easily made at development time by a knowledgeable programmer. In code 5, we have the data version of the index optimization in code 6. Here a very expensive computation is a function of the loop indices and so cannot be hoisted out of the loop; however, the computation is invariant with respect to an outer iterative loop over time. We can compute its value for each iteration of the computation loop prior to entering the time loop and save the values in an array. The increase in memory required to store the values is small in comparison to the large savings in time. The main loop in Code 8 is doubly nested. The inner loop includes a series of guarded computations; some are a function of the inner loop index but not the outer loop index while others are a function of the outer loop index but not the inner loop index for (j = 0; j < N; j++) { for (i = 0; i < M; i++) { r = i * hrmax; R = A[j]; temp = (PRM[3] == 0.0) ? 1.0 : pow(r, PRM[3]); high = temp * kcoeff * B[j] * PRM[2] * PRM[4]; low = high * PRM[6] * PRM[6] / (1.0 + pow(PRM[4] * PRM[6], 2.0)); kap = (R > PRM[6]) ? high * R * R / (1.0 + pow(PRM[4]*r, 2.0) : low * pow(R/PRM[6], PRM[5]); < rest of loop omitted > }} Note that the value of temp is invariant to j. Thus, we can hoist the computation for temp out of the loop and save its values in an array. for (i = 0; i < M; i++) { r = i * hrmax; TEMP[i] = pow(r, PRM[3]); } [N.B. – the case for PRM[3] = 0 is omitted and will be reintroduced later.] We now hoist out of the inner loop the computations invariant to i. Since the conditional guarding the value of kap is invariant to i, it behooves us to hoist the computation out of the inner loop, thereby executing the guard once rather than M times. The final version of the code is for (j = 0; j < N; j++) { R = rig[j] / 1000.; tmp1 = kcoeff * par[2] * beta[j] * par[4]; tmp2 = 1.0 + (par[4] * par[4] * par[6] * par[6]); tmp3 = 1.0 + (par[4] * par[4] * R * R); tmp4 = par[6] * par[6] / tmp2; tmp5 = R * R / tmp3; tmp6 = pow(R / par[6], par[5]); if ((par[3] == 0.0) && (R > par[6])) { for (i = 1; i <= imax1; i++) KAP[i] = tmp1 * tmp5; } else if ((par[3] == 0.0) && (R <= par[6])) { for (i = 1; i <= imax1; i++) KAP[i] = tmp1 * tmp4 * tmp6; } else if ((par[3] != 0.0) && (R > par[6])) { for (i = 1; i <= imax1; i++) KAP[i] = tmp1 * TEMP[i] * tmp5; } else if ((par[3] != 0.0) && (R <= par[6])) { for (i = 1; i <= imax1; i++) KAP[i] = tmp1 * TEMP[i] * tmp4 * tmp6; } for (i = 0; i < M; i++) { kap = KAP[i]; r = i * hrmax; < rest of loop omitted > } } Maybe not the prettiest piece of code, but certainly much more efficient than the original loop, Copy operations Several programs unnecessarily copy data from one data structure to another. This problem occurs in both Fortran and C programs, although it manifests itself differently in the two languages. Code 1 declares two arrays—one for old values and one for new values. At the end of each iteration, the array of new values is copied to the array of old values to reset the data structures for the next iteration. This problem occurs in Fortran programs not included in this study and in both Fortran 77 and Fortran 90 code. Introducing pointers to the arrays and swapping pointer values is an obvious way to eliminate the copying; but pointers is not a feature that many Fortran programmers know well or are comfortable using. An easy solution not involving pointers is to extend the dimension of the value array by 1 and use the last dimension to differentiate between arrays at different times. For example, if the data space is N x N, declare the array (N, N, 2). Then store the problem’s initial values in (_, _, 2) and define the scalar names new = 2 and old = 1. At the start of each iteration, swap old and new to reset the arrays. The old–new copy problem did not appear in any C program. In programs that had new and old values, the code swapped pointers to reset data structures. Where unnecessary coping did occur is in structure assignment and parameter passing. Structures in C are handled much like scalars. Assignment causes the data space of the right-hand name to be copied to the data space of the left-hand name. Similarly, when a structure is passed to a function, the data space of the actual parameter is copied to the data space of the formal parameter. If the structure is large and the assignment or function call is in an inner loop, then copying costs can grow quite large. While none of the ten programs considered here manifested this problem, it did occur in programs not included in the study. A simple fix is always to refer to structures via pointers. Optimizing loop structures Since scientific programs spend almost all their time in loops, efficient loops are the key to good performance. Conditionals, function calls, little instruction level parallelism, and large numbers of temporary values make it difficult for the compiler to generate tightly packed, highly efficient code. Conditionals and function calls introduce jumps that disrupt code flow. Users should eliminate or isolate conditionls to their own loops as much as possible. Often logical expressions can be substituted for if-then-else statements. For example, code 2 includes the following snippet MaxDelta = 0.0 do J = 1, N do I = 1, M < code omitted > Delta = abs(OldValue ? NewValue) if (Delta > MaxDelta) MaxDelta = Delta enddo enddo if (MaxDelta .gt. 0.001) goto 200 Since the only use of MaxDelta is to control the jump to 200 and all that matters is whether or not it is greater than 0.001, I made MaxDelta a boolean and rewrote the snippet as MaxDelta = .false. do J = 1, N do I = 1, M < code omitted > Delta = abs(OldValue ? NewValue) MaxDelta = MaxDelta .or. (Delta .gt. 0.001) enddo enddo if (MaxDelta) goto 200 thereby, eliminating the conditional expression from the inner loop. A microprocessor can execute many instructions per instruction cycle. Typically, it can execute one or more memory, floating point, integer, and jump operations. To be executed simultaneously, the operations must be independent. Thick loops tend to have more instruction level parallelism than thin loops. Moreover, they reduce memory traffice by maximizing data reuse. Loop unrolling and loop fusion are two techniques to increase the size of loop bodies. Several of the codes studied benefitted from loop unrolling, but none benefitted from loop fusion. This observation is not too surpising since it is the general tendency of programmers to write thick loops. As loops become thicker, the number of temporary values grows, increasing register pressure. If registers spill, then memory traffic increases and code flow is disrupted. A thick loop with many temporary values may execute slower than an equivalent series of thin loops. The biggest gain will be achieved if the thick loop can be split into a series of independent loops eliminating the need to write and read temporary arrays. I found such an occasion in code 10 where I split the loop do i = 1, n do j = 1, m A24(j,i)= S24(j,i) * T24(j,i) + S25(j,i) * U25(j,i) B24(j,i)= S24(j,i) * T25(j,i) + S25(j,i) * U24(j,i) A25(j,i)= S24(j,i) * C24(j,i) + S25(j,i) * V24(j,i) B25(j,i)= S24(j,i) * U25(j,i) + S25(j,i) * V25(j,i) C24(j,i)= S26(j,i) * T26(j,i) + S27(j,i) * U26(j,i) D24(j,i)= S26(j,i) * T27(j,i) + S27(j,i) * V26(j,i) C25(j,i)= S27(j,i) * S28(j,i) + S26(j,i) * U28(j,i) D25(j,i)= S27(j,i) * T28(j,i) + S26(j,i) * V28(j,i) end do end do into two disjoint loops do i = 1, n do j = 1, m A24(j,i)= S24(j,i) * T24(j,i) + S25(j,i) * U25(j,i) B24(j,i)= S24(j,i) * T25(j,i) + S25(j,i) * U24(j,i) A25(j,i)= S24(j,i) * C24(j,i) + S25(j,i) * V24(j,i) B25(j,i)= S24(j,i) * U25(j,i) + S25(j,i) * V25(j,i) end do end do do i = 1, n do j = 1, m C24(j,i)= S26(j,i) * T26(j,i) + S27(j,i) * U26(j,i) D24(j,i)= S26(j,i) * T27(j,i) + S27(j,i) * V26(j,i) C25(j,i)= S27(j,i) * S28(j,i) + S26(j,i) * U28(j,i) D25(j,i)= S27(j,i) * T28(j,i) + S26(j,i) * V28(j,i) end do end do Conclusions Over the course of the last year, I have had the opportunity to work with over two dozen academic scientific programmers at leading research universities. Their research interests span a broad range of scientific fields. Except for two programs that relied almost exclusively on library routines (matrix multiply and fast Fourier transform), I was able to improve significantly the single processor performance of all codes. Improvements range from 2x to 15.5x with a simple average of 4.75x. Changes to the source code were at a very high level. I did not use sophisticated techniques or programming tools to discover inefficiencies or effect the changes. Only one code was parallel despite the availability of parallel systems to all developers. Clearly, we have a problem—personal scientific research codes are highly inefficient and not running parallel. The developers are unaware of simple optimization techniques to make programs run faster. They lack education in the art of code optimization and parallel programming. I do not believe we can fix the problem by publishing additional books or training manuals. To date, the developers in questions have not studied the books or manual available, and are unlikely to do so in the future. Short courses are a possible solution, but I believe they are too concentrated to be much use. The general concepts can be taught in a three or four day course, but that is not enough time for students to practice what they learn and acquire the experience to apply and extend the concepts to their codes. Practice is the key to becoming proficient at optimization. I recommend that graduate students be required to take a semester length course in optimization and parallel programming. We would never give someone access to state-of-the-art scientific equipment costing hundreds of thousands of dollars without first requiring them to demonstrate that they know how to use the equipment. Yet the criterion for time on state-of-the-art supercomputers is at most an interesting project. Requestors are never asked to demonstrate that they know how to use the system, or can use the system effectively. A semester course would teach them the required skills. Government agencies that fund academic scientific research pay for most of the computer systems supporting scientific research as well as the development of most personal scientific codes. These agencies should require graduate schools to offer a course in optimization and parallel programming as a requirement for funding. About the Author John Feo received his Ph.D. in Computer Science from The University of Texas at Austin in 1986. After graduate school, Dr. Feo worked at Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory where he was the Group Leader of the Computer Research Group and principal investigator of the Sisal Language Project. In 1997, Dr. Feo joined Tera Computer Company where he was project manager for the MTA, and oversaw the programming and evaluation of the MTA at the San Diego Supercomputer Center. In 2000, Dr. Feo joined Sun Microsystems as an HPC application specialist. He works with university research groups to optimize and parallelize scientific codes. Dr. Feo has published over two dozen research articles in the areas of parallel parallel programming, parallel programming languages, and application performance.

    Read the article

  • Part 2&ndash;Load Testing In The Cloud

    - by Tarun Arora
    Welcome to Part 2, In Part 1 we discussed the advantages of creating a Test Rig in the cloud, the Azure edge and the Test Rig Topology we want to get to. In Part 2, Let’s start by understanding the components of Azure we’ll be making use of followed by manually putting them together to create the test rig, so… let’s get down dirty start setting up the Test Rig.  What Components of Azure will I be using for building the Test Rig in the Cloud? To run the Test Agents we’ll make use of Windows Azure Compute and to enable communication between Test Controller and Test Agents we’ll make use of Windows Azure Connect.  Azure Connect The Test Controller is on premise and the Test Agents are in the cloud (How will they talk?). To enable communication between the two, we’ll make use of Windows Azure Connect. With Windows Azure Connect, you can use a simple user interface to configure IPsec protected connections between computers or virtual machines (VMs) in your organization’s network, and roles running in Windows Azure. With this you can now join Windows Azure role instances to your domain, so that you can use your existing methods for domain authentication, name resolution, or other domain-wide maintenance actions. For more details refer to an overview of Windows Azure connect. A very useful video explaining everything you wanted to know about Windows Azure connect.  Azure Compute Windows Azure compute provides developers a platform to host and manage applications in Microsoft’s data centres across the globe. A Windows Azure application is built from one or more components called ‘roles.’ Roles come in three different types: Web role, Worker role, and Virtual Machine (VM) role, we’ll be using the Worker role to set up the Test Agents. A very nice blog post discussing the difference between the 3 role types. Developers are free to use the .NET framework or other software that runs on Windows with the Worker role or Web role. Developers can also create applications using languages such as PHP and Java. More on Windows Azure Compute. Each Windows Azure compute instance represents a virtual server... Virtual Machine Size CPU Cores Memory Cost Per Hour Extra Small Shared 768 MB $0.04 Small 1 1.75 GB $0.12 Medium 2 3.50 GB $0.24 Large 4 7.00 GB $0.48 Extra Large 8 14.00 GB $0.96   You might want to review the Windows Azure Pricing FAQ. Let’s Get Started building the Test Rig… Configuration Machine Role Comments VM – 1 Domain Controller for Playpit.com On Premise VM – 2 TFS, Test Controller On Premise VM – 3 Test Agent Cloud   In this blog post I would assume that you have the domain, Team Foundation Server and Test Controller Installed and set up already. If not, please refer to the TFS 2010 Installation Guide and this walkthrough on MSDN to set up your Test Controller. You can also download a preconfigured TFS 2010 VM from Brian Keller's blog, Brian also has some great hands on Labs on TFS 2010 that you may want to explore. I. Lets start building VM – 3: The Test Agent Download the Windows Azure SDK and Tools Open Visual Studio and create a new Windows Azure Project using the Cloud Template                   Choose the Worker Role for reasons explained in the earlier post         The WorkerRole.cs implements the Run() and OnStart() methods, no code changes required. You should be able to compile the project and run it in the compute emulator (The compute emulator should have been installed as part of the Windows Azure Toolkit) on your local machine.                   We will only be making changes to WindowsAzureProject, open ServiceDefinition.csdef. Ensure that the vmsize is small (remember the cost chart above). Import the “Connect” module. I am importing the Connect module because I need to join the Worker role VM to the Playpit domain. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <ServiceDefinition name="WindowsAzureProject2" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ServiceHosting/2008/10/ServiceDefinition"> <WorkerRole name="WorkerRole1" vmsize="Small"> <Imports> <Import moduleName="Diagnostics" /> <Import moduleName="Connect"/> </Imports> </WorkerRole> </ServiceDefinition> Go to the ServiceConfiguration.Cloud.cscfg and note that settings with key ‘Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.%%%%’ have been added to the configuration file. This is because you decided to import the connect module. See the config below. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <ServiceConfiguration serviceName="WindowsAzureProject2" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ServiceHosting/2008/10/ServiceConfiguration" osFamily="1" osVersion="*"> <Role name="WorkerRole1"> <Instances count="1" /> <ConfigurationSettings> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Diagnostics.ConnectionString" value="UseDevelopmentStorage=true" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.ActivationToken" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.Refresh" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.WaitForConnectivity" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.Upgrade" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.EnableDomainJoin" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainFQDN" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainControllerFQDN" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainAccountName" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainPassword" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainOU" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.Administrators" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainSiteName" value="" /> </ConfigurationSettings> </Role> </ServiceConfiguration>             Let’s go step by step and understand all the highlighted parameters and where you can find the values for them.       osFamily – By default this is set to 1 (Windows Server 2008 SP2). Change this to 2 if you want the Windows Server 2008 R2 operating system. The Advantage of using osFamily = “2” is that you get Powershell 2.0 rather than Powershell 1.0. In Powershell 2.0 you could simply use “powershell -ExecutionPolicy Unrestricted ./myscript.ps1” and it will work while in Powershell 1.0 you will have to change the registry key by including the following in your command file “reg add HKLM\Software\Microsoft\PowerShell\1\ShellIds\Microsoft.PowerShell /v ExecutionPolicy /d Unrestricted /f” before you can execute any power shell. The other reason you might want to move to os2 is if you wanted IIS 7.5.       Activation Token – To enable communication between the on premise machine and the Windows Azure Worker role VM both need to have the same token. Log on to Windows Azure Management Portal, click on Connect, click on Get Activation Token, this should give you the activation token, copy the activation token to the clipboard and paste it in the configuration file. Note – Later in the blog I’ll be showing you how to install connect on the on premise machine.                       EnableDomainJoin – Set the value to true, ofcourse we want to join the on windows azure worker role VM to the domain.       DomainFQDN, DomainControllerFQDN, DomainAccountName, DomainPassword, DomainOU, Administrators – This information is specific to your domain. I have extracted this information from the ‘service manager’ and ‘Active Directory Users and Computers’. Also, i created a new Domain-OU namely ‘CloudInstances’ so all my cloud instances joined to my domain show up here, this is optional. You can encrypt the DomainPassword – refer to the instructions here. Or hold fire, I’ll be covering that when i come to certificates and encryption in the coming section.       Now once you have filled all this information up, the configuration file should look something like below, <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <ServiceConfiguration serviceName="WindowsAzureProject2" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ServiceHosting/2008/10/ServiceConfiguration" osFamily="2" osVersion="*"> <Role name="WorkerRole1"> <Instances count="1" /> <ConfigurationSettings> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Diagnostics.ConnectionString" value="UseDevelopmentStorage=true" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.ActivationToken" value="45f55fea-f194-4fbc-b36e-25604faac784" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.Refresh" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.WaitForConnectivity" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.Upgrade" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.EnableDomainJoin" value="true" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainFQDN" value="play.pit.com" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainControllerFQDN" value="WIN-KUDQMQFGQOL.play.pit.com" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainAccountName" value="playpit\Administrator" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainPassword" value="************************" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainOU" value="OU=CloudInstances, DC=Play, DC=Pit, DC=com" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.Administrators" value="Playpit\Administrator" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainSiteName" value="" /> </ConfigurationSettings> </Role> </ServiceConfiguration> Next we will be enabling the Remote Desktop module in to the ServiceDefinition.csdef, we could make changes manually or allow a beautiful wizard to help us make changes. I prefer the second option. So right click on the Windows Azure project and choose Publish       Now once you get the publish wizard, if you haven’t already you would be asked to import your Windows Azure subscription, this is simply the Msdn subscription activation key xml. Once you have done click Next to go to the Settings page and check ‘Enable Remote Desktop for all roles’.       As soon as you do that you get another pop up asking you the details for the user that you would be logging in with (make sure you enter a reasonable expiry date, you do not want the user account to expire today). Notice the more information tag at the bottom, click that to get access to the certificate section. See screen shot below.       From the drop down select the option to create a new certificate        In the pop up window enter the friendly name for your certificate. In my case I entered ‘WAC – Test Rig’ and click ok. This will create a new certificate for you. Click on the view button to see the certificate details. Do you see the Thumbprint, this is the value that will go in the config file (very important). Now click on the Copy to File button to copy the certificate, we will need to import the certificate to the windows Azure Management portal later. So, make sure you save it a safe location.                                Click Finish and enter details of the user you would like to create with permissions for remote desktop access, once you have entered the details on the ‘Remote desktop configuration’ screen click on Ok. From the Publish Windows Azure Wizard screen press Cancel. Cancel because we don’t want to publish the role just yet and Yes because we want to save all the changes in the config file.       Now if you go to the ServiceDefinition.csdef file you will see that the RemoteAccess and RemoteForwarder roles have been imported for you. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <ServiceDefinition name="WindowsAzureProject2" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ServiceHosting/2008/10/ServiceDefinition"> <WorkerRole name="WorkerRole1" vmsize="Small"> <Imports> <Import moduleName="Diagnostics" /> <Import moduleName="Connect" /> <Import moduleName="RemoteAccess" /> <Import moduleName="RemoteForwarder" /> </Imports> </WorkerRole> </ServiceDefinition> Now go to the ServiceConfiguration.Cloud.cscfg file and you see a whole bunch for setting “Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.RemoteAccess.%%%” values added for you. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <ServiceConfiguration serviceName="WindowsAzureProject2" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ServiceHosting/2008/10/ServiceConfiguration" osFamily="2" osVersion="*"> <Role name="WorkerRole1"> <Instances count="1" /> <ConfigurationSettings> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Diagnostics.ConnectionString" value="UseDevelopmentStorage=true" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.ActivationToken" value="45f55fea-f194-4fbc-b36e-25604faac784" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.Refresh" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.WaitForConnectivity" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.Upgrade" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.EnableDomainJoin" value="true" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainFQDN" value="play.pit.com" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainControllerFQDN" value="WIN-KUDQMQFGQOL.play.pit.com" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainAccountName" value="playpit\Administrator" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainPassword" value="************************" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainOU" value="OU=CloudInstances, DC=Play, DC=Pit, DC=com" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.Administrators" value="Playpit\Administrator" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainSiteName" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.RemoteAccess.Enabled" value="true" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.RemoteAccess.AccountUsername" value="Administrator" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.RemoteAccess.AccountEncryptedPassword" value="MIIBnQYJKoZIhvcNAQcDoIIBjjCCAYoCAQAxggFOMIIBSgIBADAyMB4xHDAaBgNVBAMME1dpbmRvd 3MgQXp1cmUgVG9vbHMCEGa+B46voeO5T305N7TSG9QwDQYJKoZIhvcNAQEBBQAEggEABg4ol5Xol66Ip6QKLbAPWdmD4ae ADZ7aKj6fg4D+ATr0DXBllZHG5Umwf+84Sj2nsPeCyrg3ZDQuxrfhSbdnJwuChKV6ukXdGjX0hlowJu/4dfH4jTJC7sBWS AKaEFU7CxvqYEAL1Hf9VPL5fW6HZVmq1z+qmm4ecGKSTOJ20Fptb463wcXgR8CWGa+1w9xqJ7UmmfGeGeCHQ4QGW0IDSBU6ccg vzF2ug8/FY60K1vrWaCYOhKkxD3YBs8U9X/kOB0yQm2Git0d5tFlIPCBT2AC57bgsAYncXfHvPesI0qs7VZyghk8LVa9g5IqaM Cp6cQ7rmY/dLsKBMkDcdBHuCTAzBgkqhkiG9w0BBwEwFAYIKoZIhvcNAwcECDRVifSXbA43gBApNrp40L1VTVZ1iGag+3O1" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.RemoteAccess.AccountExpiration" value="2012-11-27T23:59:59.0000000+00:00" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.RemoteForwarder.Enabled" value="true" /> </ConfigurationSettings> <Certificates> <Certificate name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.RemoteAccess.PasswordEncryption" thumbprint="AA23016CF0BDFC344400B5B82706B608B92E4217" thumbprintAlgorithm="sha1" /> </Certificates> </Role> </ServiceConfiguration>          Okay let’s look at them one at a time,       Enabled - Yes, we would like to enable Remote Access.       AccountUserName – This is the user name you entered while you were on the publish windows azure role screen, as detailed above.       AccountEncrytedPassword – Try and decode that, the certificate is used to encrypt the password you specified for the user account. Remember earlier i said, either use the instructions or wait and i’ll be showing you encryption, now the user account i am using for rdp has the same password as my domain password, so i can simply copy the value of the AccountEncryptedPassword to the DomainPassword as well.       AccountExpiration – This is the expiration as you specified in the wizard earlier, make sure your account does not expire today.       Remote Forwarder – Check out the documentation, below is how I understand it, -- One role in an application that implements a remote desktop connection must import the RemoteForwarder module. The two modules work together to enable the remote desktop connections to role instances. -- If you have multiple roles defined in the service model, it does not matter which role you add the RemoteForwarder module to, but you must add it to only one of the role definitions.       Certificate – Remember the certificate thumbprint from the wizard, the on premise machine and windows azure role machine that need to speak to each other must have the same thumbprint. More on that when we install Windows Azure connect Endpoints on the on premise machine. As i said earlier, in this blog post, I’ll be showing you the manual process so i won’t be scripting any star up tasks to install the test agent or register the test agent with the TFS Server. I’ll be showing you all this cool stuff in the next blog post, that’s because it’s important to understand the manual side of it, it becomes easier for you to troubleshoot in case something fails. Having said that, the changes we have made are sufficient to spin up the Windows Azure Worker Role aka Test Agent VM, have it connected with the play.pit.com domain and have remote access enabled on it. Before we deploy the Test Agent VM we need to set up Windows Azure Connect on the TFS Server. II. Windows Azure Connect: Setting up Connect on VM – 2 i.e. TFS & Test Controller Glad you made it so far, now to enable communication between the on premise TFS/Test Controller and Azure-ed Test Agent we need to enable communication. We have set up the Azure connect module in the Test Agent configuration, now the connect end points need to be enabled on the on premise machines, let’s have a look at how we can do this. Log on to VM – 2 running the TFS Server and Test Controller Log on to the Windows Azure Management Portal and click on Virtual Network Click on Virtual Network, if you already have a subscription you should see the below screen shot, if not, you would be asked to complete the subscription first        Click on Install Local Endpoints from the top left on the panel and you get a url appended with a token id in it, remember the token i showed you earlier, in theory the token you get here should match the token you added to the Test Agent config file.        Copy the url to the clip board and paste it in IE explorer (important, the installation at present only works out of IE and you need to have cookies enabled in order to complete the installation). As stated in the pop up, you can NOT download and run the software later, you need to run it as is, since it contains a token. Once the installation completes you should see the Windows Azure connect icon in the system tray.                         Right click the Azure Connect icon, choose Diagnostics and refer to this link for diagnostic detail terminology. NOTE – Unfortunately I could not see the Windows Azure connect icon in the system tray, a bit of binging with Google revealed that the azure connect icon is only shown when the ‘Windows Azure Connect Endpoint’ Service is started. So go to services.msc and make sure that the service is started, if not start it, unfortunately again, the service did not start for me on a manual start and i realised that one of the dependant services was disabled, you can look at the service dependencies and start them and then start windows azure connect. Bottom line, you need to start Windows Azure connect service before you can proceed. Please refer here on MSDN for more on Troubleshooting Windows Azure connect. (Follow the next step as well)   Now go back to the Windows Azure Management Portal and from Groups and Roles create a new group, lets call it ‘Test Rig’. Make sure you add the VM – 2 (the TFS Server VM where you just installed the endpoint).       Now if you go back to the Azure Connect icon in the system tray and click ‘Refresh Policy’ you will notice that the disconnected status of the icon should change to ready for connection. III. Importing Certificate in to Windows Azure Management Portal But before that you need to import the certificate you created in Step I in to the Windows Azure Management Portal. Log on to the Windows Azure Management Portal and click on ‘Hosted Services, Storage Accounts & CDN’ and then ‘Management Certificates’ followed by Add Certificates as shown in the screen shot below        Browse to the location where you saved the certificate earlier, remember… Refer to Step I in case you forgot.        Now you should be able to see the imported certificate here, make sure the thumbprint of the certificate matches the one you inserted in the config files        IV. Publish Windows Azure Worker Role aka Test Agent Having completed I, II and III, you are ready to publish the Test Agent VM – 3 to the cloud. Go to Visual Studio and right click the Windows Azure project and select Publish. Verify the infomration in the wizard, from the advanced settings tab, you can also enabled capture of intellitrace or profiling information.         Click Next and Click Publish! From the view menu bar select the Windows Azure Activity Log window.       Now you should be able to see the deployment progress in real time.             In the Windows Azure Management Portal, you should also be able to see the progress of creation of a new Worker Role.       Once the deployment is complete you should be able to RDP (go to run prompt type mstsc and in the pop up the machine name) in to the Test Agent Worker Role VM from the Playpit network using the domain admin user account. In case you are unable to log in to the Test Agent using the domain admin user account it means the process of joining the Test Agent to the domain has failed! But the good news is, because you imported the connect module, you can connect to the Test Agent machine using Windows Azure Management Portal and troubleshoot the reason for failure, you will be able to log in with the user name and password you specified in the config file for the keys ‘RemoteAccess.AccountUsername, RemoteAccess.EncryptedPassword (just that enter the password unencrypted)’, fix it or manually join the machine to the domain. Once you have managed to Join the Test Agent VM to the Domain move to the next step.      So, log in to the Test Agent Worker Role VM with the Playpit Domain Administrator and verify that you can log in, the machine is connected to the domain and the connect service is successfully running. If yes, give your self a pat on the back, you are 80% mission accomplished!         Go to the Windows Azure Management Portal and click on Virtual Network, click on Groups and Roles and click on Test Rig, click Edit Group, the edit the Test Rig group you created earlier. In the Connect to section, click on Add to select the worker role you have just deployed. Also, check the ‘Allow connections between endpoints in the group’ with this you will enable to communication between test controller and test agents and test agents/test agents. Click Save.      Now, you are ready to deploy the Test Agent software on the Worker Role Test Agent VM and configure it to work with the Test Controller. V. Configuring VM – 3: Installing Test Agent and Associating Test Agent to Controller Log in to the Worker Role Test Agent VM that you have just successfully deployed, make sure you log in with the domain administrator account. Download the All Agents software from MSDN, ‘en_visual_studio_agents_2010_x86_x64_dvd_509679.iso’, extract the iso and navigate to where you have extracted the iso. In my case, i have extracted the iso to “C:\Resources\Temp\VsAgentSetup”. Open the Test Agent folder and double click on setup.exe. Once you have installed the Test Agent you should reach the configuration window. If you face any issues installing TFS Test Agent on the VM, refer to the walkthrough on MSDN.       Once you have successfully installed the Test Agent software you will need to configure the test agent. Right click the test agent configuration tool and run as a different user. i.e. an Administrator. This is really to run the configuration wizard with elevated privileges (you might have UAC block something's otherwise).        In the run options, you can select ‘service’ you do not need to run the agent as interactive un less you are running coded UI tests. I have specified the domain administrator to connect to the TFS Test Controller. In real life, i would never do that, i would create a separate test user service account for this purpose. But for the blog post, we are using the most powerful user so that any policies or restrictions don’t block you.        Click the Apply Settings button and you should be all green! If not, the summary usually gives helpful error messages that you can resolve and proceed. As per my experience, you may run in to either a permission or a firewall blocking communication issue.        And now the moment of truth! Go to VM –2 open up Visual Studio and from the Test Menu select Manage Test Controller       Mission Accomplished! You should be able to see the Test Agent that you have just configured here,         VI. Creating and Running Load Tests on your brand new Azure-ed Test Rig I have various blog posts on Performance Testing with Visual Studio Ultimate, you can follow the links and videos below, Blog Posts: - Part 1 – Performance Testing using Visual Studio 2010 Ultimate - Part 2 – Performance Testing using Visual Studio 2010 Ultimate - Part 3 – Performance Testing using Visual Studio 2010 Ultimate Videos: - Test Tools Configuration & Settings in Visual Studio - Why & How to Record Web Performance Tests in Visual Studio Ultimate - Goal Driven Load Testing using Visual Studio Ultimate Now that you have created your load tests, there is one last change you need to make before you can run the tests on your Azure Test Rig, create a new Test settings file, and change the Test Execution method to ‘Remote Execution’ and select the test controller you have configured the Worker Role Test Agent against in our case VM – 2 So, go on, fire off a test run and see the results of the test being executed on the Azur-ed Test Rig. Review and What’s next? A quick recap of the benefits of running the Test Rig in the cloud and what i will be covering in the next blog post AND I would love to hear your feedback! Advantages Utilizing the power of Azure compute to run a heavy virtual user load. Benefiting from the Azure flexibility, destroy Test Agents when not in use, takes < 25 minutes to spin up a new Test Agent. Most important test Network Latency, (network latency and speed of connection are two different things – usually network latency is very hard to test), by placing the Test Agents in Microsoft Data centres around the globe, one can actually test the lag in transferring the bytes not because of a slow connection but because the page has been requested from the other side of the globe. Next Steps The process of spinning up the Test Agents in windows Azure is not 100% automated. I am working on the Worker process and power shell scripts to make the role deployment, unattended install of test agent software and registration of the test agent to the test controller automated. In the next blog post I will show you how to make the complete process unattended and automated. Remember to subscribe to http://feeds.feedburner.com/TarunArora. Hope you enjoyed this post, I would love to hear your feedback! If you have any recommendations on things that I should consider or any questions or feedback, feel free to leave a comment. See you in Part III.   Share this post : CodeProject

    Read the article

  • OpenVPN - Windows 8 to Windows 2008 Server, not connecting

    - by niico
    I have followed this tutorial about setting up an OpenVPN Server on Windows Server - and a client on Windows (in this case Windows 8). The server appears to be running fine - but it is not connecting with this error: Mon Jul 22 19:09:04 2013 Warning: cannot open --log file: C:\Program Files\OpenVPN\log\my-laptop.log: Access is denied. (errno=5) Mon Jul 22 19:09:04 2013 OpenVPN 2.3.2 x86_64-w64-mingw32 [SSL (OpenSSL)] [LZO] [PKCS11] [eurephia] [IPv6] built on Jun 3 2013 Mon Jul 22 19:09:04 2013 MANAGEMENT: TCP Socket listening on [AF_INET]127.0.0.1:25340 Mon Jul 22 19:09:04 2013 Need hold release from management interface, waiting... Mon Jul 22 19:09:05 2013 MANAGEMENT: Client connected from [AF_INET]127.0.0.1:25340 Mon Jul 22 19:09:05 2013 MANAGEMENT: CMD 'state on' Mon Jul 22 19:09:05 2013 MANAGEMENT: CMD 'log all on' Mon Jul 22 19:09:05 2013 MANAGEMENT: CMD 'hold off' Mon Jul 22 19:09:05 2013 MANAGEMENT: CMD 'hold release' Mon Jul 22 19:09:05 2013 Socket Buffers: R=[65536->65536] S=[65536->65536] Mon Jul 22 19:09:05 2013 UDPv4 link local: [undef] Mon Jul 22 19:09:05 2013 UDPv4 link remote: [AF_INET]66.666.66.666:9999 Mon Jul 22 19:09:05 2013 MANAGEMENT: >STATE:1374494945,WAIT,,, Mon Jul 22 19:10:05 2013 TLS Error: TLS key negotiation failed to occur within 60 seconds (check your network connectivity) Mon Jul 22 19:10:05 2013 TLS Error: TLS handshake failed Mon Jul 22 19:10:05 2013 SIGUSR1[soft,tls-error] received, process restarting Mon Jul 22 19:10:05 2013 MANAGEMENT: >STATE:1374495005,RECONNECTING,tls-error,, Mon Jul 22 19:10:05 2013 Restart pause, 2 second(s) Note I have changed the IP and port no (it uses a non-standard port for security reasons). That port is open on the hardware firewall. The server logs are showing a connection attempt from my client: TLS: Initial packet from [AF_INET]118.68.xx.xx:65011, sid=081af4ed xxxxxxxx Mon Jul 22 14:19:15 2013 118.68.xx.xx:65011 TLS Error: TLS key negotiation failed to occur within 60 seconds (check your network connectivity) How can I problem solve this & find the problem? Thx Update - Client config file: ############################################## # Sample client-side OpenVPN 2.0 config file # # for connecting to multi-client server. # # # # This configuration can be used by multiple # # clients, however each client should have # # its own cert and key files. # # # # On Windows, you might want to rename this # # file so it has a .ovpn extension # ############################################## # Specify that we are a client and that we # will be pulling certain config file directives # from the server. client # Use the same setting as you are using on # the server. # On most systems, the VPN will not function # unless you partially or fully disable # the firewall for the TUN/TAP interface. ;dev tap dev tun # Windows needs the TAP-Win32 adapter name # from the Network Connections panel # if you have more than one. On XP SP2, # you may need to disable the firewall # for the TAP adapter. ;dev-node MyTap # Are we connecting to a TCP or # UDP server? Use the same setting as # on the server. ;proto tcp proto udp # The hostname/IP and port of the server. # You can have multiple remote entries # to load balance between the servers. remote 00.00.00.00 1194 ;remote 00.00.00.00 9999 ;remote my-server-2 1194 # Choose a random host from the remote # list for load-balancing. Otherwise # try hosts in the order specified. ;remote-random # Keep trying indefinitely to resolve the # host name of the OpenVPN server. Very useful # on machines which are not permanently connected # to the internet such as laptops. resolv-retry infinite # Most clients don't need to bind to # a specific local port number. nobind # Downgrade privileges after initialization (non-Windows only) ;user nobody ;group nobody # Try to preserve some state across restarts. persist-key persist-tun # If you are connecting through an # HTTP proxy to reach the actual OpenVPN # server, put the proxy server/IP and # port number here. See the man page # if your proxy server requires # authentication. ;http-proxy-retry # retry on connection failures ;http-proxy [proxy server] [proxy port #] # Wireless networks often produce a lot # of duplicate packets. Set this flag # to silence duplicate packet warnings. ;mute-replay-warnings # SSL/TLS parms. # See the server config file for more # description. It's best to use # a separate .crt/.key file pair # for each client. A single ca # file can be used for all clients. ca "C:\\Program Files\\OpenVPN\\config\\ca.crt" cert "C:\\Program Files\\OpenVPN\\config\\my-laptop.crt" key "C:\\Program Files\\OpenVPN\\config\\my-laptop.key" # Verify server certificate by checking # that the certicate has the nsCertType # field set to "server". This is an # important precaution to protect against # a potential attack discussed here: # http://openvpn.net/howto.html#mitm # # To use this feature, you will need to generate # your server certificates with the nsCertType # field set to "server". The build-key-server # script in the easy-rsa folder will do this. ns-cert-type server # If a tls-auth key is used on the server # then every client must also have the key. ;tls-auth ta.key 1 # Select a cryptographic cipher. # If the cipher option is used on the server # then you must also specify it here. ;cipher x # Enable compression on the VPN link. # Don't enable this unless it is also # enabled in the server config file. comp-lzo # Set log file verbosity. verb 3 # Silence repeating messages ;mute 20 Server config file: ################################################# # Sample OpenVPN 2.0 config file for # # multi-client server. # # # # This file is for the server side # # of a many-clients <-> one-server # # OpenVPN configuration. # # # # OpenVPN also supports # # single-machine <-> single-machine # # configurations (See the Examples page # # on the web site for more info). # # # # This config should work on Windows # # or Linux/BSD systems. Remember on # # Windows to quote pathnames and use # # double backslashes, e.g.: # # "C:\\Program Files\\OpenVPN\\config\\foo.key" # # # # Comments are preceded with '#' or ';' # ################################################# # Which local IP address should OpenVPN # listen on? (optional) ;local 00.00.00.00 # Which TCP/UDP port should OpenVPN listen on? # If you want to run multiple OpenVPN instances # on the same machine, use a different port # number for each one. You will need to # open up this port on your firewall. std 1194 port 1194 # TCP or UDP server? ;proto tcp proto udp # "dev tun" will create a routed IP tunnel, # "dev tap" will create an ethernet tunnel. # Use "dev tap0" if you are ethernet bridging # and have precreated a tap0 virtual interface # and bridged it with your ethernet interface. # If you want to control access policies # over the VPN, you must create firewall # rules for the the TUN/TAP interface. # On non-Windows systems, you can give # an explicit unit number, such as tun0. # On Windows, use "dev-node" for this. # On most systems, the VPN will not function # unless you partially or fully disable # the firewall for the TUN/TAP interface. ;dev tap dev tun # Windows needs the TAP-Win32 adapter name # from the Network Connections panel if you # have more than one. On XP SP2 or higher, # you may need to selectively disable the # Windows firewall for the TAP adapter. # Non-Windows systems usually don't need this. ;dev-node MyTap # SSL/TLS root certificate (ca), certificate # (cert), and private key (key). Each client # and the server must have their own cert and # key file. The server and all clients will # use the same ca file. # # See the "easy-rsa" directory for a series # of scripts for generating RSA certificates # and private keys. Remember to use # a unique Common Name for the server # and each of the client certificates. # # Any X509 key management system can be used. # OpenVPN can also use a PKCS #12 formatted key file # (see "pkcs12" directive in man page). ca "C:\\Program Files\\OpenVPN\\config\\ca.crt" cert "C:\\Program Files\\OpenVPN\\config\\server.crt" key "C:\\Program Files\\OpenVPN\\config\\server.key" # Diffie hellman parameters. # Generate your own with: # openssl dhparam -out dh1024.pem 1024 # Substitute 2048 for 1024 if you are using # 2048 bit keys. dh "C:\\Program Files\\OpenVPN\\config\\dh2048.pem" # Configure server mode and supply a VPN subnet # for OpenVPN to draw client addresses from. # The server will take 10.8.0.1 for itself, # the rest will be made available to clients. # Each client will be able to reach the server # on 10.8.0.1. Comment this line out if you are # ethernet bridging. See the man page for more info. server 10.8.0.0 255.255.255.0 # Maintain a record of client <-> virtual IP address # associations in this file. If OpenVPN goes down or # is restarted, reconnecting clients can be assigned # the same virtual IP address from the pool that was # previously assigned. ifconfig-pool-persist ipp.txt # Configure server mode for ethernet bridging. # You must first use your OS's bridging capability # to bridge the TAP interface with the ethernet # NIC interface. Then you must manually set the # IP/netmask on the bridge interface, here we # assume 10.8.0.4/255.255.255.0. Finally we # must set aside an IP range in this subnet # (start=10.8.0.50 end=10.8.0.100) to allocate # to connecting clients. Leave this line commented # out unless you are ethernet bridging. ;server-bridge 10.8.0.4 255.255.255.0 10.8.0.50 10.8.0.100 # Configure server mode for ethernet bridging # using a DHCP-proxy, where clients talk # to the OpenVPN server-side DHCP server # to receive their IP address allocation # and DNS server addresses. You must first use # your OS's bridging capability to bridge the TAP # interface with the ethernet NIC interface. # Note: this mode only works on clients (such as # Windows), where the client-side TAP adapter is # bound to a DHCP client. ;server-bridge # Push routes to the client to allow it # to reach other private subnets behind # the server. Remember that these # private subnets will also need # to know to route the OpenVPN client # address pool (10.8.0.0/255.255.255.0) # back to the OpenVPN server. ;push "route 192.168.10.0 255.255.255.0" ;push "route 192.168.20.0 255.255.255.0" # To assign specific IP addresses to specific # clients or if a connecting client has a private # subnet behind it that should also have VPN access, # use the subdirectory "ccd" for client-specific # configuration files (see man page for more info). # EXAMPLE: Suppose the client # having the certificate common name "Thelonious" # also has a small subnet behind his connecting # machine, such as 192.168.40.128/255.255.255.248. # First, uncomment out these lines: ;client-config-dir ccd ;route 192.168.40.128 255.255.255.248 # Then create a file ccd/Thelonious with this line: # iroute 192.168.40.128 255.255.255.248 # This will allow Thelonious' private subnet to # access the VPN. This example will only work # if you are routing, not bridging, i.e. you are # using "dev tun" and "server" directives. # EXAMPLE: Suppose you want to give # Thelonious a fixed VPN IP address of 10.9.0.1. # First uncomment out these lines: ;client-config-dir ccd ;route 10.9.0.0 255.255.255.252 # Then add this line to ccd/Thelonious: # ifconfig-push 10.9.0.1 10.9.0.2 # Suppose that you want to enable different # firewall access policies for different groups # of clients. There are two methods: # (1) Run multiple OpenVPN daemons, one for each # group, and firewall the TUN/TAP interface # for each group/daemon appropriately. # (2) (Advanced) Create a script to dynamically # modify the firewall in response to access # from different clients. See man # page for more info on learn-address script. ;learn-address ./script # If enabled, this directive will configure # all clients to redirect their default # network gateway through the VPN, causing # all IP traffic such as web browsing and # and DNS lookups to go through the VPN # (The OpenVPN server machine may need to NAT # or bridge the TUN/TAP interface to the internet # in order for this to work properly). ;push "redirect-gateway def1 bypass-dhcp" # Certain Windows-specific network settings # can be pushed to clients, such as DNS # or WINS server addresses. CAVEAT: # http://openvpn.net/faq.html#dhcpcaveats # The addresses below refer to the public # DNS servers provided by opendns.com. ;push "dhcp-option DNS 208.67.222.222" ;push "dhcp-option DNS 208.67.220.220" # Uncomment this directive to allow differenta # clients to be able to "see" each other. # By default, clients will only see the server. # To force clients to only see the server, you # will also need to appropriately firewall the # server's TUN/TAP interface. ;client-to-client # Uncomment this directive if multiple clients # might connect with the same certificate/key # files or common names. This is recommended # only for testing purposes. For production use, # each client should have its own certificate/key # pair. # # IF YOU HAVE NOT GENERATED INDIVIDUAL # CERTIFICATE/KEY PAIRS FOR EACH CLIENT, # EACH HAVING ITS OWN UNIQUE "COMMON NAME", # UNCOMMENT THIS LINE OUT. ;duplicate-cn # The keepalive directive causes ping-like # messages to be sent back and forth over # the link so that each side knows when # the other side has gone down. # Ping every 10 seconds, assume that remote # peer is down if no ping received during # a 120 second time period. keepalive 10 120 # For extra security beyond that provided # by SSL/TLS, create an "HMAC firewall" # to help block DoS attacks and UDP port flooding. # # Generate with: # openvpn --genkey --secret ta.key # # The server and each client must have # a copy of this key. # The second parameter should be '0' # on the server and '1' on the clients. ;tls-auth ta.key 0 # This file is secret # Select a cryptographic cipher. # This config item must be copied to # the client config file as well. ;cipher BF-CBC # Blowfish (default) ;cipher AES-128-CBC # AES ;cipher DES-EDE3-CBC # Triple-DES # Enable compression on the VPN link. # If you enable it here, you must also # enable it in the client config file. comp-lzo # The maximum number of concurrently connected # clients we want to allow. ;max-clients 100 # It's a good idea to reduce the OpenVPN # daemon's privileges after initialization. # # You can uncomment this out on # non-Windows systems. ;user nobody ;group nobody # The persist options will try to avoid # accessing certain resources on restart # that may no longer be accessible because # of the privilege downgrade. persist-key persist-tun # Output a short status file showing # current connections, truncated # and rewritten every minute. status openvpn-status.log # By default, log messages will go to the syslog (or # on Windows, if running as a service, they will go to # the "\Program Files\OpenVPN\log" directory). # Use log or log-append to override this default. # "log" will truncate the log file on OpenVPN startup, # while "log-append" will append to it. Use one # or the other (but not both). ;log openvpn.log ;log-append openvpn.log # Set the appropriate level of log # file verbosity. # # 0 is silent, except for fatal errors # 4 is reasonable for general usage # 5 and 6 can help to debug connection problems # 9 is extremely verbose verb 3 # Silence repeating messages. At most 20 # sequential messages of the same message # category will be output to the log. ;mute 20 I have changed IP's for security

    Read the article

  • Using R to Analyze G1GC Log Files

    - by user12620111
    Using R to Analyze G1GC Log Files body, td { font-family: sans-serif; background-color: white; font-size: 12px; margin: 8px; } tt, code, pre { font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Droid Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', Consolas, Monaco, monospace; } h1 { font-size:2.2em; } h2 { font-size:1.8em; } h3 { font-size:1.4em; } h4 { font-size:1.0em; } h5 { font-size:0.9em; } h6 { font-size:0.8em; } a:visited { color: rgb(50%, 0%, 50%); } pre { margin-top: 0; max-width: 95%; border: 1px solid #ccc; white-space: pre-wrap; } pre code { display: block; padding: 0.5em; } code.r, code.cpp { background-color: #F8F8F8; } table, td, th { border: none; } blockquote { color:#666666; margin:0; padding-left: 1em; border-left: 0.5em #EEE solid; } hr { height: 0px; border-bottom: none; border-top-width: thin; border-top-style: dotted; border-top-color: #999999; } @media print { * { background: transparent !important; color: black !important; filter:none !important; -ms-filter: none !important; } body { font-size:12pt; max-width:100%; } a, a:visited { text-decoration: underline; } hr { visibility: hidden; page-break-before: always; } pre, blockquote { padding-right: 1em; page-break-inside: avoid; } tr, img { page-break-inside: avoid; } img { max-width: 100% !important; } @page :left { margin: 15mm 20mm 15mm 10mm; } @page :right { margin: 15mm 10mm 15mm 20mm; } p, h2, h3 { orphans: 3; widows: 3; } h2, h3 { page-break-after: avoid; } } pre .operator, pre .paren { color: rgb(104, 118, 135) } pre .literal { color: rgb(88, 72, 246) } pre .number { color: rgb(0, 0, 205); } pre .comment { color: rgb(76, 136, 107); } pre .keyword { color: rgb(0, 0, 255); } pre .identifier { color: rgb(0, 0, 0); } pre .string { color: rgb(3, 106, 7); } var hljs=new function(){function m(p){return p.replace(/&/gm,"&").replace(/"}while(y.length||w.length){var v=u().splice(0,1)[0];z+=m(x.substr(q,v.offset-q));q=v.offset;if(v.event=="start"){z+=t(v.node);s.push(v.node)}else{if(v.event=="stop"){var p,r=s.length;do{r--;p=s[r];z+=("")}while(p!=v.node);s.splice(r,1);while(r'+M[0]+""}else{r+=M[0]}O=P.lR.lastIndex;M=P.lR.exec(L)}return r+L.substr(O,L.length-O)}function J(L,M){if(M.sL&&e[M.sL]){var r=d(M.sL,L);x+=r.keyword_count;return r.value}else{return F(L,M)}}function I(M,r){var L=M.cN?'':"";if(M.rB){y+=L;M.buffer=""}else{if(M.eB){y+=m(r)+L;M.buffer=""}else{y+=L;M.buffer=r}}D.push(M);A+=M.r}function G(N,M,Q){var R=D[D.length-1];if(Q){y+=J(R.buffer+N,R);return false}var P=q(M,R);if(P){y+=J(R.buffer+N,R);I(P,M);return P.rB}var L=v(D.length-1,M);if(L){var O=R.cN?"":"";if(R.rE){y+=J(R.buffer+N,R)+O}else{if(R.eE){y+=J(R.buffer+N,R)+O+m(M)}else{y+=J(R.buffer+N+M,R)+O}}while(L1){O=D[D.length-2].cN?"":"";y+=O;L--;D.length--}var r=D[D.length-1];D.length--;D[D.length-1].buffer="";if(r.starts){I(r.starts,"")}return R.rE}if(w(M,R)){throw"Illegal"}}var E=e[B];var D=[E.dM];var A=0;var x=0;var y="";try{var s,u=0;E.dM.buffer="";do{s=p(C,u);var t=G(s[0],s[1],s[2]);u+=s[0].length;if(!t){u+=s[1].length}}while(!s[2]);if(D.length1){throw"Illegal"}return{r:A,keyword_count:x,value:y}}catch(H){if(H=="Illegal"){return{r:0,keyword_count:0,value:m(C)}}else{throw H}}}function g(t){var p={keyword_count:0,r:0,value:m(t)};var r=p;for(var q in e){if(!e.hasOwnProperty(q)){continue}var s=d(q,t);s.language=q;if(s.keyword_count+s.rr.keyword_count+r.r){r=s}if(s.keyword_count+s.rp.keyword_count+p.r){r=p;p=s}}if(r.language){p.second_best=r}return p}function i(r,q,p){if(q){r=r.replace(/^((]+|\t)+)/gm,function(t,w,v,u){return w.replace(/\t/g,q)})}if(p){r=r.replace(/\n/g,"")}return r}function n(t,w,r){var x=h(t,r);var v=a(t);var y,s;if(v){y=d(v,x)}else{return}var q=c(t);if(q.length){s=document.createElement("pre");s.innerHTML=y.value;y.value=k(q,c(s),x)}y.value=i(y.value,w,r);var u=t.className;if(!u.match("(\\s|^)(language-)?"+v+"(\\s|$)")){u=u?(u+" "+v):v}if(/MSIE [678]/.test(navigator.userAgent)&&t.tagName=="CODE"&&t.parentNode.tagName=="PRE"){s=t.parentNode;var p=document.createElement("div");p.innerHTML=""+y.value+"";t=p.firstChild.firstChild;p.firstChild.cN=s.cN;s.parentNode.replaceChild(p.firstChild,s)}else{t.innerHTML=y.value}t.className=u;t.result={language:v,kw:y.keyword_count,re:y.r};if(y.second_best){t.second_best={language:y.second_best.language,kw:y.second_best.keyword_count,re:y.second_best.r}}}function o(){if(o.called){return}o.called=true;var r=document.getElementsByTagName("pre");for(var p=0;p|=||=||=|\\?|\\[|\\{|\\(|\\^|\\^=|\\||\\|=|\\|\\||~";this.ER="(?![\\s\\S])";this.BE={b:"\\\\.",r:0};this.ASM={cN:"string",b:"'",e:"'",i:"\\n",c:[this.BE],r:0};this.QSM={cN:"string",b:'"',e:'"',i:"\\n",c:[this.BE],r:0};this.CLCM={cN:"comment",b:"//",e:"$"};this.CBLCLM={cN:"comment",b:"/\\*",e:"\\*/"};this.HCM={cN:"comment",b:"#",e:"$"};this.NM={cN:"number",b:this.NR,r:0};this.CNM={cN:"number",b:this.CNR,r:0};this.BNM={cN:"number",b:this.BNR,r:0};this.inherit=function(r,s){var p={};for(var q in r){p[q]=r[q]}if(s){for(var q in s){p[q]=s[q]}}return p}}();hljs.LANGUAGES.cpp=function(){var a={keyword:{"false":1,"int":1,"float":1,"while":1,"private":1,"char":1,"catch":1,"export":1,virtual:1,operator:2,sizeof:2,dynamic_cast:2,typedef:2,const_cast:2,"const":1,struct:1,"for":1,static_cast:2,union:1,namespace:1,unsigned:1,"long":1,"throw":1,"volatile":2,"static":1,"protected":1,bool:1,template:1,mutable:1,"if":1,"public":1,friend:2,"do":1,"return":1,"goto":1,auto:1,"void":2,"enum":1,"else":1,"break":1,"new":1,extern:1,using:1,"true":1,"class":1,asm:1,"case":1,typeid:1,"short":1,reinterpret_cast:2,"default":1,"double":1,register:1,explicit:1,signed:1,typename:1,"try":1,"this":1,"switch":1,"continue":1,wchar_t:1,inline:1,"delete":1,alignof:1,char16_t:1,char32_t:1,constexpr:1,decltype:1,noexcept:1,nullptr:1,static_assert:1,thread_local:1,restrict:1,_Bool:1,complex:1},built_in:{std:1,string:1,cin:1,cout:1,cerr:1,clog:1,stringstream:1,istringstream:1,ostringstream:1,auto_ptr:1,deque:1,list:1,queue:1,stack:1,vector:1,map:1,set:1,bitset:1,multiset:1,multimap:1,unordered_set:1,unordered_map:1,unordered_multiset:1,unordered_multimap:1,array:1,shared_ptr:1}};return{dM:{k:a,i:"",k:a,r:10,c:["self"]}]}}}();hljs.LANGUAGES.r={dM:{c:[hljs.HCM,{cN:"number",b:"\\b0[xX][0-9a-fA-F]+[Li]?\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:0},{cN:"number",b:"\\b\\d+(?:[eE][+\\-]?\\d*)?L\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:0},{cN:"number",b:"\\b\\d+\\.(?!\\d)(?:i\\b)?",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:1},{cN:"number",b:"\\b\\d+(?:\\.\\d*)?(?:[eE][+\\-]?\\d*)?i?\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:0},{cN:"number",b:"\\.\\d+(?:[eE][+\\-]?\\d*)?i?\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:1},{cN:"keyword",b:"(?:tryCatch|library|setGeneric|setGroupGeneric)\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:10},{cN:"keyword",b:"\\.\\.\\.",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:10},{cN:"keyword",b:"\\.\\.\\d+(?![\\w.])",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:10},{cN:"keyword",b:"\\b(?:function)",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:2},{cN:"keyword",b:"(?:if|in|break|next|repeat|else|for|return|switch|while|try|stop|warning|require|attach|detach|source|setMethod|setClass)\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:1},{cN:"literal",b:"(?:NA|NA_integer_|NA_real_|NA_character_|NA_complex_)\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:10},{cN:"literal",b:"(?:NULL|TRUE|FALSE|T|F|Inf|NaN)\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:1},{cN:"identifier",b:"[a-zA-Z.][a-zA-Z0-9._]*\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:0},{cN:"operator",b:"|=||   Using R to Analyze G1GC Log Files   Using R to Analyze G1GC Log Files Introduction Working in Oracle Platform Integration gives an engineer opportunities to work on a wide array of technologies. My team’s goal is to make Oracle applications run best on the Solaris/SPARC platform. When looking for bottlenecks in a modern applications, one needs to be aware of not only how the CPUs and operating system are executing, but also network, storage, and in some cases, the Java Virtual Machine. I was recently presented with about 1.5 GB of Java Garbage First Garbage Collector log file data. If you’re not familiar with the subject, you might want to review Garbage First Garbage Collector Tuning by Monica Beckwith. The customer had been running Java HotSpot 1.6.0_31 to host a web application server. I was told that the Solaris/SPARC server was running a Java process launched using a commmand line that included the following flags: -d64 -Xms9g -Xmx9g -XX:+UseG1GC -XX:MaxGCPauseMillis=200 -XX:InitiatingHeapOccupancyPercent=80 -XX:PermSize=256m -XX:MaxPermSize=256m -XX:+PrintGC -XX:+PrintGCTimeStamps -XX:+PrintHeapAtGC -XX:+PrintGCDateStamps -XX:+PrintFlagsFinal -XX:+DisableExplicitGC -XX:+UnlockExperimentalVMOptions -XX:ParallelGCThreads=8 Several sources on the internet indicate that if I were to print out the 1.5 GB of log files, it would require enough paper to fill the bed of a pick up truck. Of course, it would be fruitless to try to scan the log files by hand. Tools will be required to summarize the contents of the log files. Others have encountered large Java garbage collection log files. There are existing tools to analyze the log files: IBM’s GC toolkit The chewiebug GCViewer gchisto HPjmeter Instead of using one of the other tools listed, I decide to parse the log files with standard Unix tools, and analyze the data with R. Data Cleansing The log files arrived in two different formats. I guess that the difference is that one set of log files was generated using a more verbose option, maybe -XX:+PrintHeapAtGC, and the other set of log files was generated without that option. Format 1 In some of the log files, the log files with the less verbose format, a single trace, i.e. the report of a singe garbage collection event, looks like this: {Heap before GC invocations=12280 (full 61): garbage-first heap total 9437184K, used 7499918K [0xfffffffd00000000, 0xffffffff40000000, 0xffffffff40000000) region size 4096K, 1 young (4096K), 0 survivors (0K) compacting perm gen total 262144K, used 144077K [0xffffffff40000000, 0xffffffff50000000, 0xffffffff50000000) the space 262144K, 54% used [0xffffffff40000000, 0xffffffff48cb3758, 0xffffffff48cb3800, 0xffffffff50000000) No shared spaces configured. 2014-05-14T07:24:00.988-0700: 60586.353: [GC pause (young) 7324M->7320M(9216M), 0.1567265 secs] Heap after GC invocations=12281 (full 61): garbage-first heap total 9437184K, used 7496533K [0xfffffffd00000000, 0xffffffff40000000, 0xffffffff40000000) region size 4096K, 0 young (0K), 0 survivors (0K) compacting perm gen total 262144K, used 144077K [0xffffffff40000000, 0xffffffff50000000, 0xffffffff50000000) the space 262144K, 54% used [0xffffffff40000000, 0xffffffff48cb3758, 0xffffffff48cb3800, 0xffffffff50000000) No shared spaces configured. } A simple grep can be used to extract a summary: $ grep "\[ GC pause (young" g1gc.log 2014-05-13T13:24:35.091-0700: 3.109: [GC pause (young) 20M->5029K(9216M), 0.0146328 secs] 2014-05-13T13:24:35.440-0700: 3.459: [GC pause (young) 9125K->6077K(9216M), 0.0086723 secs] 2014-05-13T13:24:37.581-0700: 5.599: [GC pause (young) 25M->8470K(9216M), 0.0203820 secs] 2014-05-13T13:24:42.686-0700: 10.704: [GC pause (young) 44M->15M(9216M), 0.0288848 secs] 2014-05-13T13:24:48.941-0700: 16.958: [GC pause (young) 51M->20M(9216M), 0.0491244 secs] 2014-05-13T13:24:56.049-0700: 24.066: [GC pause (young) 92M->26M(9216M), 0.0525368 secs] 2014-05-13T13:25:34.368-0700: 62.383: [GC pause (young) 602M->68M(9216M), 0.1721173 secs] But that format wasn't easily read into R, so I needed to be a bit more tricky. I used the following Unix command to create a summary file that was easy for R to read. $ echo "SecondsSinceLaunch BeforeSize AfterSize TotalSize RealTime" $ grep "\[GC pause (young" g1gc.log | grep -v mark | sed -e 's/[A-SU-z\(\),]/ /g' -e 's/->/ /' -e 's/: / /g' | more SecondsSinceLaunch BeforeSize AfterSize TotalSize RealTime 2014-05-13T13:24:35.091-0700 3.109 20 5029 9216 0.0146328 2014-05-13T13:24:35.440-0700 3.459 9125 6077 9216 0.0086723 2014-05-13T13:24:37.581-0700 5.599 25 8470 9216 0.0203820 2014-05-13T13:24:42.686-0700 10.704 44 15 9216 0.0288848 2014-05-13T13:24:48.941-0700 16.958 51 20 9216 0.0491244 2014-05-13T13:24:56.049-0700 24.066 92 26 9216 0.0525368 2014-05-13T13:25:34.368-0700 62.383 602 68 9216 0.1721173 Format 2 In some of the log files, the log files with the more verbose format, a single trace, i.e. the report of a singe garbage collection event, was more complicated than Format 1. Here is a text file with an example of a single G1GC trace in the second format. As you can see, it is quite complicated. It is nice that there is so much information available, but the level of detail can be overwhelming. I wrote this awk script (download) to summarize each trace on a single line. #!/usr/bin/env awk -f BEGIN { printf("SecondsSinceLaunch IncrementalCount FullCount UserTime SysTime RealTime BeforeSize AfterSize TotalSize\n") } ###################### # Save count data from lines that are at the start of each G1GC trace. # Each trace starts out like this: # {Heap before GC invocations=14 (full 0): # garbage-first heap total 9437184K, used 325496K [0xfffffffd00000000, 0xffffffff40000000, 0xffffffff40000000) ###################### /{Heap.*full/{ gsub ( "\\)" , "" ); nf=split($0,a,"="); split(a[2],b," "); getline; if ( match($0, "first") ) { G1GC=1; IncrementalCount=b[1]; FullCount=substr( b[3], 1, length(b[3])-1 ); } else { G1GC=0; } } ###################### # Pull out time stamps that are in lines with this format: # 2014-05-12T14:02:06.025-0700: 94.312: [GC pause (young), 0.08870154 secs] ###################### /GC pause/ { DateTime=$1; SecondsSinceLaunch=substr($2, 1, length($2)-1); } ###################### # Heap sizes are in lines that look like this: # [ 4842M->4838M(9216M)] ###################### /\[ .*]$/ { gsub ( "\\[" , "" ); gsub ( "\ \]" , "" ); gsub ( "->" , " " ); gsub ( "\\( " , " " ); gsub ( "\ \)" , " " ); split($0,a," "); if ( split(a[1],b,"M") > 1 ) {BeforeSize=b[1]*1024;} if ( split(a[1],b,"K") > 1 ) {BeforeSize=b[1];} if ( split(a[2],b,"M") > 1 ) {AfterSize=b[1]*1024;} if ( split(a[2],b,"K") > 1 ) {AfterSize=b[1];} if ( split(a[3],b,"M") > 1 ) {TotalSize=b[1]*1024;} if ( split(a[3],b,"K") > 1 ) {TotalSize=b[1];} } ###################### # Emit an output line when you find input that looks like this: # [Times: user=1.41 sys=0.08, real=0.24 secs] ###################### /\[Times/ { if (G1GC==1) { gsub ( "," , "" ); split($2,a,"="); UserTime=a[2]; split($3,a,"="); SysTime=a[2]; split($4,a,"="); RealTime=a[2]; print DateTime,SecondsSinceLaunch,IncrementalCount,FullCount,UserTime,SysTime,RealTime,BeforeSize,AfterSize,TotalSize; G1GC=0; } } The resulting summary is about 25X smaller that the original file, but still difficult for a human to digest. SecondsSinceLaunch IncrementalCount FullCount UserTime SysTime RealTime BeforeSize AfterSize TotalSize ... 2014-05-12T18:36:34.669-0700: 3985.744 561 0 0.57 0.06 0.16 1724416 1720320 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:34.839-0700: 3985.914 562 0 0.51 0.06 0.19 1724416 1720320 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:35.069-0700: 3986.144 563 0 0.60 0.04 0.27 1724416 1721344 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:35.354-0700: 3986.429 564 0 0.33 0.04 0.09 1725440 1722368 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:35.545-0700: 3986.620 565 0 0.58 0.04 0.17 1726464 1722368 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:35.726-0700: 3986.801 566 0 0.43 0.05 0.12 1726464 1722368 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:35.856-0700: 3986.930 567 0 0.30 0.04 0.07 1726464 1723392 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:35.947-0700: 3987.023 568 0 0.61 0.04 0.26 1727488 1723392 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:36.228-0700: 3987.302 569 0 0.46 0.04 0.16 1731584 1724416 9437184 Reading the Data into R Once the GC log data had been cleansed, either by processing the first format with the shell script, or by processing the second format with the awk script, it was easy to read the data into R. g1gc.df = read.csv("summary.txt", row.names = NULL, stringsAsFactors=FALSE,sep="") str(g1gc.df) ## 'data.frame': 8307 obs. of 10 variables: ## $ row.names : chr "2014-05-12T14:00:32.868-0700:" "2014-05-12T14:00:33.179-0700:" "2014-05-12T14:00:33.677-0700:" "2014-05-12T14:00:35.538-0700:" ... ## $ SecondsSinceLaunch: num 1.16 1.47 1.97 3.83 6.1 ... ## $ IncrementalCount : int 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ... ## $ FullCount : int 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ... ## $ UserTime : num 0.11 0.05 0.04 0.21 0.08 0.26 0.31 0.33 0.34 0.56 ... ## $ SysTime : num 0.04 0.01 0.01 0.05 0.01 0.06 0.07 0.06 0.07 0.09 ... ## $ RealTime : num 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.04 0.02 0.04 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.06 ... ## $ BeforeSize : int 8192 5496 5768 22528 24576 43008 34816 53248 55296 93184 ... ## $ AfterSize : int 1400 1672 2557 4907 7072 14336 16384 18432 19456 21504 ... ## $ TotalSize : int 9437184 9437184 9437184 9437184 9437184 9437184 9437184 9437184 9437184 9437184 ... head(g1gc.df) ## row.names SecondsSinceLaunch IncrementalCount ## 1 2014-05-12T14:00:32.868-0700: 1.161 0 ## 2 2014-05-12T14:00:33.179-0700: 1.472 1 ## 3 2014-05-12T14:00:33.677-0700: 1.969 2 ## 4 2014-05-12T14:00:35.538-0700: 3.830 3 ## 5 2014-05-12T14:00:37.811-0700: 6.103 4 ## 6 2014-05-12T14:00:41.428-0700: 9.720 5 ## FullCount UserTime SysTime RealTime BeforeSize AfterSize TotalSize ## 1 0 0.11 0.04 0.02 8192 1400 9437184 ## 2 0 0.05 0.01 0.02 5496 1672 9437184 ## 3 0 0.04 0.01 0.01 5768 2557 9437184 ## 4 0 0.21 0.05 0.04 22528 4907 9437184 ## 5 0 0.08 0.01 0.02 24576 7072 9437184 ## 6 0 0.26 0.06 0.04 43008 14336 9437184 Basic Statistics Once the data has been read into R, simple statistics are very easy to generate. All of the numbers from high school statistics are available via simple commands. For example, generate a summary of every column: summary(g1gc.df) ## row.names SecondsSinceLaunch IncrementalCount FullCount ## Length:8307 Min. : 1 Min. : 0 Min. : 0.0 ## Class :character 1st Qu.: 9977 1st Qu.:2048 1st Qu.: 0.0 ## Mode :character Median :12855 Median :4136 Median : 12.0 ## Mean :12527 Mean :4156 Mean : 31.6 ## 3rd Qu.:15758 3rd Qu.:6262 3rd Qu.: 61.0 ## Max. :55484 Max. :8391 Max. :113.0 ## UserTime SysTime RealTime BeforeSize ## Min. :0.040 Min. :0.0000 Min. : 0.0 Min. : 5476 ## 1st Qu.:0.470 1st Qu.:0.0300 1st Qu.: 0.1 1st Qu.:5137920 ## Median :0.620 Median :0.0300 Median : 0.1 Median :6574080 ## Mean :0.751 Mean :0.0355 Mean : 0.3 Mean :5841855 ## 3rd Qu.:0.920 3rd Qu.:0.0400 3rd Qu.: 0.2 3rd Qu.:7084032 ## Max. :3.370 Max. :1.5600 Max. :488.1 Max. :8696832 ## AfterSize TotalSize ## Min. : 1380 Min. :9437184 ## 1st Qu.:5002752 1st Qu.:9437184 ## Median :6559744 Median :9437184 ## Mean :5785454 Mean :9437184 ## 3rd Qu.:7054336 3rd Qu.:9437184 ## Max. :8482816 Max. :9437184 Q: What is the total amount of User CPU time spent in garbage collection? sum(g1gc.df$UserTime) ## [1] 6236 As you can see, less than two hours of CPU time was spent in garbage collection. Is that too much? To find the percentage of time spent in garbage collection, divide the number above by total_elapsed_time*CPU_count. In this case, there are a lot of CPU’s and it turns out the the overall amount of CPU time spent in garbage collection isn’t a problem when viewed in isolation. When calculating rates, i.e. events per unit time, you need to ask yourself if the rate is homogenous across the time period in the log file. Does the log file include spikes of high activity that should be separately analyzed? Averaging in data from nights and weekends with data from business hours may alias problems. If you have a reason to suspect that the garbage collection rates include peaks and valleys that need independent analysis, see the “Time Series” section, below. Q: How much garbage is collected on each pass? The amount of heap space that is recovered per GC pass is surprisingly low: At least one collection didn’t recover any data. (“Min.=0”) 25% of the passes recovered 3MB or less. (“1st Qu.=3072”) Half of the GC passes recovered 4MB or less. (“Median=4096”) The average amount recovered was 56MB. (“Mean=56390”) 75% of the passes recovered 36MB or less. (“3rd Qu.=36860”) At least one pass recovered 2GB. (“Max.=2121000”) g1gc.df$Delta = g1gc.df$BeforeSize - g1gc.df$AfterSize summary(g1gc.df$Delta) ## Min. 1st Qu. Median Mean 3rd Qu. Max. ## 0 3070 4100 56400 36900 2120000 Q: What is the maximum User CPU time for a single collection? The worst garbage collection (“Max.”) is many standard deviations away from the mean. The data appears to be right skewed. summary(g1gc.df$UserTime) ## Min. 1st Qu. Median Mean 3rd Qu. Max. ## 0.040 0.470 0.620 0.751 0.920 3.370 sd(g1gc.df$UserTime) ## [1] 0.3966 Basic Graphics Once the data is in R, it is trivial to plot the data with formats including dot plots, line charts, bar charts (simple, stacked, grouped), pie charts, boxplots, scatter plots histograms, and kernel density plots. Histogram of User CPU Time per Collection I don't think that this graph requires any explanation. hist(g1gc.df$UserTime, main="User CPU Time per Collection", xlab="Seconds", ylab="Frequency") Box plot to identify outliers When the initial data is viewed with a box plot, you can see the one crazy outlier in the real time per GC. Save this data point for future analysis and drop the outlier so that it’s not throwing off our statistics. Now the box plot shows many outliers, which will be examined later, using times series analysis. Notice that the scale of the x-axis changes drastically once the crazy outlier is removed. par(mfrow=c(2,1)) boxplot(g1gc.df$UserTime,g1gc.df$SysTime,g1gc.df$RealTime, main="Box Plot of Time per GC\n(dominated by a crazy outlier)", names=c("usr","sys","elapsed"), xlab="Seconds per GC", ylab="Time (Seconds)", horizontal = TRUE, outcol="red") crazy.outlier.df=g1gc.df[g1gc.df$RealTime > 400,] g1gc.df=g1gc.df[g1gc.df$RealTime < 400,] boxplot(g1gc.df$UserTime,g1gc.df$SysTime,g1gc.df$RealTime, main="Box Plot of Time per GC\n(crazy outlier excluded)", names=c("usr","sys","elapsed"), xlab="Seconds per GC", ylab="Time (Seconds)", horizontal = TRUE, outcol="red") box(which = "outer", lty = "solid") Here is the crazy outlier for future analysis: crazy.outlier.df ## row.names SecondsSinceLaunch IncrementalCount ## 8233 2014-05-12T23:15:43.903-0700: 20741 8316 ## FullCount UserTime SysTime RealTime BeforeSize AfterSize TotalSize ## 8233 112 0.55 0.42 488.1 8381440 8235008 9437184 ## Delta ## 8233 146432 R Time Series Data To analyze the garbage collection as a time series, I’ll use Z’s Ordered Observations (zoo). “zoo is the creator for an S3 class of indexed totally ordered observations which includes irregular time series.” require(zoo) ## Loading required package: zoo ## ## Attaching package: 'zoo' ## ## The following objects are masked from 'package:base': ## ## as.Date, as.Date.numeric head(g1gc.df[,1]) ## [1] "2014-05-12T14:00:32.868-0700:" "2014-05-12T14:00:33.179-0700:" ## [3] "2014-05-12T14:00:33.677-0700:" "2014-05-12T14:00:35.538-0700:" ## [5] "2014-05-12T14:00:37.811-0700:" "2014-05-12T14:00:41.428-0700:" options("digits.secs"=3) times=as.POSIXct( g1gc.df[,1], format="%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%OS%z:") g1gc.z = zoo(g1gc.df[,-c(1)], order.by=times) head(g1gc.z) ## SecondsSinceLaunch IncrementalCount FullCount ## 2014-05-12 17:00:32.868 1.161 0 0 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:33.178 1.472 1 0 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:33.677 1.969 2 0 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:35.538 3.830 3 0 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:37.811 6.103 4 0 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:41.427 9.720 5 0 ## UserTime SysTime RealTime BeforeSize AfterSize ## 2014-05-12 17:00:32.868 0.11 0.04 0.02 8192 1400 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:33.178 0.05 0.01 0.02 5496 1672 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:33.677 0.04 0.01 0.01 5768 2557 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:35.538 0.21 0.05 0.04 22528 4907 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:37.811 0.08 0.01 0.02 24576 7072 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:41.427 0.26 0.06 0.04 43008 14336 ## TotalSize Delta ## 2014-05-12 17:00:32.868 9437184 6792 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:33.178 9437184 3824 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:33.677 9437184 3211 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:35.538 9437184 17621 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:37.811 9437184 17504 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:41.427 9437184 28672 Example of Two Benchmark Runs in One Log File The data in the following graph is from a different log file, not the one of primary interest to this article. I’m including this image because it is an example of idle periods followed by busy periods. It would be uninteresting to average the rate of garbage collection over the entire log file period. More interesting would be the rate of garbage collect in the two busy periods. Are they the same or different? Your production data may be similar, for example, bursts when employees return from lunch and idle times on weekend evenings, etc. Once the data is in an R Time Series, you can analyze isolated time windows. Clipping the Time Series data Flashing back to our test case… Viewing the data as a time series is interesting. You can see that the work intensive time period is between 9:00 PM and 3:00 AM. Lets clip the data to the interesting period:     par(mfrow=c(2,1)) plot(g1gc.z$UserTime, type="h", main="User Time per GC\nTime: Complete Log File", xlab="Time of Day", ylab="CPU Seconds per GC", col="#1b9e77") clipped.g1gc.z=window(g1gc.z, start=as.POSIXct("2014-05-12 21:00:00"), end=as.POSIXct("2014-05-13 03:00:00")) plot(clipped.g1gc.z$UserTime, type="h", main="User Time per GC\nTime: Limited to Benchmark Execution", xlab="Time of Day", ylab="CPU Seconds per GC", col="#1b9e77") box(which = "outer", lty = "solid") Cumulative Incremental and Full GC count Here is the cumulative incremental and full GC count. When the line is very steep, it indicates that the GCs are repeating very quickly. Notice that the scale on the Y axis is different for full vs. incremental. plot(clipped.g1gc.z[,c(2:3)], main="Cumulative Incremental and Full GC count", xlab="Time of Day", col="#1b9e77") GC Analysis of Benchmark Execution using Time Series data In the following series of 3 graphs: The “After Size” show the amount of heap space in use after each garbage collection. Many Java objects are still referenced, i.e. alive, during each garbage collection. This may indicate that the application has a memory leak, or may indicate that the application has a very large memory footprint. Typically, an application's memory footprint plateau's in the early stage of execution. One would expect this graph to have a flat top. The steep decline in the heap space may indicate that the application crashed after 2:00. The second graph shows that the outliers in real execution time, discussed above, occur near 2:00. when the Java heap seems to be quite full. The third graph shows that Full GCs are infrequent during the first few hours of execution. The rate of Full GC's, (the slope of the cummulative Full GC line), changes near midnight.   plot(clipped.g1gc.z[,c("AfterSize","RealTime","FullCount")], xlab="Time of Day", col=c("#1b9e77","red","#1b9e77")) GC Analysis of heap recovered Each GC trace includes the amount of heap space in use before and after the individual GC event. During garbage coolection, unreferenced objects are identified, the space holding the unreferenced objects is freed, and thus, the difference in before and after usage indicates how much space has been freed. The following box plot and bar chart both demonstrate the same point - the amount of heap space freed per garbage colloection is surprisingly low. par(mfrow=c(2,1)) boxplot(as.vector(clipped.g1gc.z$Delta), main="Amount of Heap Recovered per GC Pass", xlab="Size in KB", horizontal = TRUE, col="red") hist(as.vector(clipped.g1gc.z$Delta), main="Amount of Heap Recovered per GC Pass", xlab="Size in KB", breaks=100, col="red") box(which = "outer", lty = "solid") This graph is the most interesting. The dark blue area shows how much heap is occupied by referenced Java objects. This represents memory that holds live data. The red fringe at the top shows how much data was recovered after each garbage collection. barplot(clipped.g1gc.z[,c("AfterSize","Delta")], col=c("#7570b3","#e7298a"), xlab="Time of Day", border=NA) legend("topleft", c("Live Objects","Heap Recovered on GC"), fill=c("#7570b3","#e7298a")) box(which = "outer", lty = "solid") When I discuss the data in the log files with the customer, I will ask for an explaination for the large amount of referenced data resident in the Java heap. There are two are posibilities: There is a memory leak and the amount of space required to hold referenced objects will continue to grow, limited only by the maximum heap size. After the maximum heap size is reached, the JVM will throw an “Out of Memory” exception every time that the application tries to allocate a new object. If this is the case, the aplication needs to be debugged to identify why old objects are referenced when they are no longer needed. The application has a legitimate requirement to keep a large amount of data in memory. The customer may want to further increase the maximum heap size. Another possible solution would be to partition the application across multiple cluster nodes, where each node has responsibility for managing a unique subset of the data. Conclusion In conclusion, R is a very powerful tool for the analysis of Java garbage collection log files. The primary difficulty is data cleansing so that information can be read into an R data frame. Once the data has been read into R, a rich set of tools may be used for thorough evaluation.

    Read the article

  • Exporting a non public Type through public API

    - by sachin
    I am trying to follow Trees tutorial at: http://cslibrary.stanford.edu/110/BinaryTrees.html Here is the code I have written so far: package trees.bst; import java.util.ArrayList; import java.util.List; import java.util.StringTokenizer; /** * * @author sachin */ public class BinarySearchTree { Node root = null; class Node { Node left = null; Node right = null; int data = 0; public Node(int data) { this.left = null; this.right = null; this.data = data; } } public void insert(int data) { root = insert(data, root); } public boolean lookup(int data) { return lookup(data, root); } public void buildTree(int numNodes) { for (int i = 0; i < numNodes; i++) { int num = (int) (Math.random() * 10); System.out.println("Inserting number:" + num); insert(num); } } public int size() { return size(root); } public int maxDepth() { return maxDepth(root); } public int minValue() { return minValue(root); } public int maxValue() { return maxValue(root); } public void printTree() { //inorder traversal System.out.println("inorder traversal:"); printTree(root); System.out.println("\n--------------"); } public void printPostorder() { //inorder traversal System.out.println("printPostorder traversal:"); printPostorder(root); System.out.println("\n--------------"); } public int buildTreeFromOutputString(String op) { root = null; int i = 0; StringTokenizer st = new StringTokenizer(op); while (st.hasMoreTokens()) { String stNum = st.nextToken(); int num = Integer.parseInt(stNum); System.out.println("buildTreeFromOutputString: Inserting number:" + num); insert(num); i++; } return i; } public boolean hasPathSum(int pathsum) { return hasPathSum(pathsum, root); } public void mirror() { mirror(root); } public void doubleTree() { doubleTree(root); } public boolean sameTree(BinarySearchTree bst) { //is this tree same as another given tree? return sameTree(this.root, bst.getRoot()); } public void printPaths() { if (root == null) { System.out.println("print path sum: tree is empty"); } List pathSoFar = new ArrayList(); printPaths(root, pathSoFar); } ///-------------------------------------------Public helper functions public Node getRoot() { return root; } //Exporting a non public Type through public API ///-------------------------------------------Helper Functions private boolean isLeaf(Node node) { if (node == null) { return false; } if (node.left == null && node.right == null) { return true; } return false; } ///----------------------------------------------------------- private boolean sameTree(Node n1, Node n2) { if ((n1 == null && n2 == null)) { return true; } else { if ((n1 == null || n2 == null)) { return false; } else { if ((n1.data == n2.data)) { return (sameTree(n1.left, n2.left) && sameTree(n1.right, n2.right)); } } } return false; } private void doubleTree(Node node) { //create a copy //bypass the copy to continue looping if (node == null) { return; } Node copyNode = new Node(node.data); Node temp = node.left; node.left = copyNode; copyNode.left = temp; doubleTree(copyNode.left); doubleTree(node.right); } private void mirror(Node node) { if (node == null) { return; } Node temp = node.left; node.left = node.right; node.right = temp; mirror(node.left); mirror(node.right); } private void printPaths(Node node, List pathSoFar) { if (node == null) { return; } pathSoFar.add(node.data); if (isLeaf(node)) { System.out.println("path in tree:" + pathSoFar); pathSoFar.remove(pathSoFar.lastIndexOf(node.data)); //only the current node, a node.data may be duplicated return; } else { printPaths(node.left, pathSoFar); printPaths(node.right, pathSoFar); } } private boolean hasPathSum(int pathsum, Node node) { if (node == null) { return false; } int val = pathsum - node.data; boolean ret = false; if (val == 0 && isLeaf(node)) { ret = true; } else if (val == 0 && !isLeaf(node)) { ret = false; } else if (val != 0 && isLeaf(node)) { ret = false; } else if (val != 0 && !isLeaf(node)) { //recurse further ret = hasPathSum(val, node.left) || hasPathSum(val, node.right); } return ret; } private void printPostorder(Node node) { //inorder traversal if (node == null) { return; } printPostorder(node.left); printPostorder(node.right); System.out.print(" " + node.data); } private void printTree(Node node) { //inorder traversal if (node == null) { return; } printTree(node.left); System.out.print(" " + node.data); printTree(node.right); } private int minValue(Node node) { if (node == null) { //error case: this is not supported return -1; } if (node.left == null) { return node.data; } else { return minValue(node.left); } } private int maxValue(Node node) { if (node == null) { //error case: this is not supported return -1; } if (node.right == null) { return node.data; } else { return maxValue(node.right); } } private int maxDepth(Node node) { if (node == null || (node.left == null && node.right == null)) { return 0; } int ldepth = 1 + maxDepth(node.left); int rdepth = 1 + maxDepth(node.right); if (ldepth > rdepth) { return ldepth; } else { return rdepth; } } private int size(Node node) { if (node == null) { return 0; } return 1 + size(node.left) + size(node.right); } private Node insert(int data, Node node) { if (node == null) { node = new Node(data); } else if (data <= node.data) { node.left = insert(data, node.left); } else { node.right = insert(data, node.right); } //control should never reach here; return node; } private boolean lookup(int data, Node node) { if (node == null) { return false; } if (node.data == data) { return true; } if (data < node.data) { return lookup(data, node.left); } else { return lookup(data, node.right); } } public static void main(String[] args) { BinarySearchTree bst = new BinarySearchTree(); int treesize = 5; bst.buildTree(treesize); //treesize = bst.buildTreeFromOutputString("4 4 4 6 7"); treesize = bst.buildTreeFromOutputString("3 4 6 3 6"); //treesize = bst.buildTreeFromOutputString("10"); for (int i = 0; i < treesize; i++) { System.out.println("Searching:" + i + " found:" + bst.lookup(i)); } System.out.println("tree size:" + bst.size()); System.out.println("maxDepth :" + bst.maxDepth()); System.out.println("minvalue :" + bst.minValue()); System.out.println("maxvalue :" + bst.maxValue()); bst.printTree(); bst.printPostorder(); int pathSum = 10; System.out.println("hasPathSum " + pathSum + ":" + bst.hasPathSum(pathSum)); pathSum = 6; System.out.println("hasPathSum " + pathSum + ":" + bst.hasPathSum(pathSum)); pathSum = 19; System.out.println("hasPathSum " + pathSum + ":" + bst.hasPathSum(pathSum)); bst.printPaths(); bst.printTree(); //bst.mirror(); System.out.println("Tree after mirror function:"); bst.printTree(); //bst.doubleTree(); System.out.println("Tree after double function:"); bst.printTree(); System.out.println("tree size:" + bst.size()); System.out.println("Same tree:" + bst.sameTree(bst)); BinarySearchTree bst2 = new BinarySearchTree(); bst2.buildTree(treesize); treesize = bst2.buildTreeFromOutputString("3 4 6 3 6"); bst2.printTree(); System.out.println("Same tree:" + bst.sameTree(bst2)); System.out.println("---"); } } Now the problem is that netbeans shows Warning: Exporting a non public Type through public API for function getRoot(). I write this function to get root of tree to be used in sameTree() function, to help comparison of "this" with given tree. Perhaps this is a OOP design issue... How should I restructure the above code that I do not get this warning and what is the concept I am missing here?

    Read the article

< Previous Page | 250 251 252 253 254 255  | Next Page >